Arohan 2024 With 2023

1
(For Internal Circulation Only)-

AROHAN 2023 Updated By
STAFF Members
(For Internal Circulation Only)
AROHAN 2023
AROHAN(A Series of Learning )
(Auto Loan: Products & Features)
By: Neeraj Kumar Sahu

AROHAN 2023
Updated By STAFF Members
Chapter – 1 Auto Loan: Products & Features
Sl. Questions Answers

No.
Maximum age for Sanction of Car Loan is____. In case of Joint accounts, repayment period
01 21-70 Years
will be counted on the basis of applicant with higher age.
02 Maximum age for repayment of Car Loan is____ 75 Years
03 Repayment period under: SBI Car Loan Scheme is ___ Min-3 Years, Max-7 Years
Rs. 20 Lakhs
04 Opinion Reports/ Assets & Liabilities Statements to be waived for all loans up to
if CIC score is 721 and above
Minimum Income (Salaried): Net Annual Income of applicant and/or co-applicant, if any, together should
05 Rs. 3.00 lacs
be Rs. ____p.a. and above.
Minimum Income ((Self-employed, Professionals and Businessmen): Net Profit or Gross Taxable income
06 Rs.3.00 lacs
of Rs. ____ p.a. as per ITRs. Income from other sources like Bank Interest/Dividend/Rent can be added.
Minimum Income (Agriculturist): Net annual income of applicant and/or co applicant together to be Rs.
_____.The Net Annual Income will be arrived at based on the nature of the activity, land holding, Rs. 4.00 Lacs
07 cropping pattern, yield etc.
In case of agriculturists, other than the agricultural income, the borrower should have additional income stream sufficient
to take care of monthly installments. NMI of applicant(s) should be at least 2 times of EMI.
08 Minimum Loan amount under Auto Loan scheme is Rs. _____ Lacs Rs. 1.00 Lakh
Salaried = 48 X Net Monthly Income or (4 X Net Annual Income)
19 Maximum Car Loan Self-Employed / Professional / Businessman: 4 X Net Profit or Gross Taxable Income
Agriculturist: 3 X Net Annual Income
Project Cost (On-road price) include ex-showroom price, road taxes, insurance. The cost of accessories, extended warranty
10 and total maintenance should not be included in the project cost. In no case the Loan amount should go beyond 100% of
Ex-showroom Price of the Vehicle.
11 Now only Maximum ___ car loans can be sanctioned to same individual for personal use. 03 (Three)
12 EMI / NMI Ratio: Depending on Net Annual Income EMI/NMI Ratio will be as under:
Net Annual Income: Up to Rs.5 Lakhs Maximum EMI/NMI: 50%
Net Annual Income: Above Rs. 5 Lakhs to Rs. 10 Lakhs Maximum EMI/NMI: 60%
Net Annual Income: Above Rs.10 Lakhs Maximum EMI/NMI: 65%
Others: 85% of on-road price (Max. 100% of ex-showroom price)
13 LTV for Normal Car Loan
CSP Customer: 90% of on-road price (Max. 100% of ex-showroom price)
Form-16/ITR is Waived for our Salary Package customers who are maintaining their salary account with the Bank for
14
minimum 12 months.
Statement of Bank Account (For six months): For our Salary Package customers = Submission of Bank Account Statement
is waived for our Salary Package customers who are maintaining Salary account with us. Branch staff will download the
15
same from the CBS, analyze and kept with Documents for Inspection & audit and for verification by Senior Official during
visit to branches.
Place of availing Loan:
16 Other Customers: Permanent Place of residence/ Place of Posting.
DSP/PMSP/ICGSP: Permanent Place of residence/Place of Posting/Salary account maintaining branch.
New Car loan and

17 Flexi Pay option has been introduced in Auto Loan under ____ product for all customers.
NRI Car loan
Repayment Options & Frequency available under Flexi Pay option are as under:
 Tenure <= 36 Months: First 6 months EMI to be 50% of Regular EMI applicable
18  Tenure <= 60 Months: First 6 months EMI to be 50% of Regular EMI applicable & next 6 months 75% of Regular EMI applicable
The Flexi EMI schedule will be calculated and generated considering the lesser EMI being paid during the Flexi Pay option period.
Delegation of Financial powers in case of Auto Loan Non-Hub Spoke/linked to RACC Branches are as under: SMGS-IV – 15
19
Lakhs, MMGS-III – 10 Lakhs, MMGS-II – 7.50 Lakhs and JMGS-I – NIL
20 YONO applied car loan consist of _____ digit reference No. viz (CLY 280918144136) 15 (Fifteen)
The person whose income is included will join as a co-borrower. The maximum number of
21 2 (Two)
applicants should be restricted to ____.
Car Loan Scheme except NRI Car Loan: Co-applicant can be Parent, Spouse, Son, unmarried Daughter, Brother, or unmarried
22
Sister.
Sl. No. Questions Answers
23 TAT scheduled for receipt of application and sanction/disbursal of the loan is ____ days. 2 Days
The maximum cost of accessories, extended warranty and total maintenance should not exceed 5% of
24 Rs. 50,000/-
the ex-showroom cost of the vehicle or Rs. ___ whichever is lower.
Car Loan Overdraft, Take Over & Reimbursement of Cars Purchased Out of Owned Fund
25 Scheme Discontinued
(NBG/PBU/AL-AUTOLOAN/21/2018–19 dated 21.08.2018).
27 Penal interest on irregular auto loan should not be charged for loans up to ___ Rs. 25,000/-.
For irregular auto Loans above Rs.25000/- , if the irregularity exceeds EMI or Installment amount, for
28 a period of one month , then penal interest would be charged @__% p.a.(over and above the 2%
applicable interest rate) on the overdue Amount for the period of default.
Foreclosure charges @ ______% + GST on theo-balance to be levied only if closed within 1 year from
29 2% + GST
the disbursement of loan.
Pre-payment penalty @ ______% + GST to be levied quarterly on the prepaid amount if prepaid within
30 Now NIL
2 years from the date of disbursement.
Processing fee will be recovered on the loan amount upfront @ ____% of the Loan Amount;
31 0.25% of Loan amount
(subject to Min- 750 + GST, Max- 7500/- + GST.) (Waived upto 31.01.2023.)
A Dealer can be allowed to map max up to ____ branches, with incumbency of Scale –III &
32 3 Branches
above and all such branches will be allowed to give pay-out to the mapped dealers.
Govt Salary Package account with us: 650
33 Minimum CIC / CIBIL CV Score:
Corporate Salary Package and others: 700
34 Where, there is no credit history i.e. New to Credit, revised NTC CIBIL CV Score 151 to 200 : Clear Sanction
If Revised New to Credit (NTC) CIBIL CV Score is 101-150, Deviation Structure as given below.
 Customer should have bank account for more than 12 months.
 Monthly single credit of Rs.25000/- in the account other than system credit for last 12 months and Income Tax returns are
electronically filed. Status of acknowledgement receipt to be verified (ITR – V) online.
35
 Verification of the business / profession continuity is done through online verification of TAN/TIN/GSTIN Number, which
contains Date of Registration and Address.
 Pre-sanction inspection is to be carried out by Bank official only.
 No deviation required in case of SALARIED CUSTOMERS maintaining salary account with us.
36 2 CIC reports are required in case of sanctioning of Auto Loan of Rs. ___ Above Rs. 5.00 Lacs
37 Sequence of CIC reports Primary-CIBIL CV, Secondary-Experian, Next- CRIF, Next-Equifax
In case of joint borrowers, CIBIL Score that of borrower/co-borrower from whose account EMI for the auto loan is
38
to be recovered, is to be taken.
If the Account Status for a secured loan/ unsecured loan/ credit card is – i) Suit Filed, ii) Willful default, iii) Suit filed
(Willful Default), iv) Suit filed and Written-off or v) Suit filed (Willful Default) and written off, vi) Restructured, This
39
clause is waived for applicants who have such negative “Account status” in their CIR with the default pertaining to
more than 5 years old and have since maintained a satisfactory credit history.
40 Expand “DPD” in terms of CIBIL Day-Past-Due
Discretionary Powers for approval of deviations in respect of ‘Accounts in default’
Overdue amount Empowered Authority
Upto Rs.10,000/- Sanctioning authority not below the rank of SMGS-4
Above Rs. 10000/- Officer of the Rank of AGM
One overdue monthly payment in last 12 months would be allowed provided DPD did not exceed 30 days. There should be no
overdue at the time of processing of the loan.
The following category of borrowers will get additional 0.50% concession on Rate of Interest.
41  Platinum salary package customers:
 Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) Considered under ‘RATNA’ Status
Member of Parliament is offered concession in Rate of Interest at ___ bps below
42 5 bps (i.e. 0.05%) applicable ROI under various car loans schemes for purchase of new cars.
DGM(B&O) = 5 bps
Discretionary power of the authority to give concession in ROI is ___ (CIBIL score must be GM (NW) = 10 bps
43
721 to 756) CGM = 15 bps
DMD (RB) = Upto MCLR
 Auto loans of Rs 15 lacs and above.
 To purchase new cars.
Stipulated Conditions for concession in pricing
44  Age of borrower should be 25 years & above.
(ROI) in MCLR linked Car Loan products:
 CIBIL Score must be minimum 721-756
 No dealer commission should be paid
No.
Circle CGM is authorized to exercise the discretionary powers of 30 bps to bulk business with the following terms and
conditions:
• The Bulk business will be minimum of 20 Car Loans with gross value of Car Loans amount of Rs 1 Cr and above,
emanating from a single source of entity i.e. from organization / unit etc.
46
• The concessions will be applicable to purchase new cars only.
• For Car Loans up to Rs 5 Lacs, CIBIL score must be 721 & above and for car loans above Rs.5 Lacs, CIBIL and 2nd CIC
score (each) must be 721 & above.
• Dealer commission should not be paid on direct sourcing.
While generally the Equated Monthly Installment need not be changed with every change in the
interest rate, should the borrower seek an EMI reduction consequent to a rate reduction the same
47 Rs. 5 lakhs
may be permitted if the account is a Standard Asset and the loan outstanding is at least Rs. _____and
the interest rate reduction is of 1% or more.
48 EMI Change facility can be provided ___ times during the currency of loan. Only ONCE
CirMac (Circle Management Committee) may decide to suspend sanctioning powers of car loans in branches
49 with higher NPA in car loans (say ___ %). The sanctioning power can be restored after NPA% has reduced below 1.50%
1%.
50 Expand OCAS Online Customer Acquisition Solution
Pre-sanction survey and KYC can be waived for existing customer in following conditions: if the
address of the customer has not changed and he is a;
 Home/Personal Loan customer with minimum one year’s satisfactory track record. Or
 A car loan customer with a satisfactory track record, who wants to avail another car loan, Or
 Customer having satisfactory deposit account with average balance of Rs. 50,000/ - & above and banking with us for at
51 least one year. Or
 Under Corporate Tie-ups where check-off is available
 VIP flagged salary accounts (in terms of e-Circular no NBG/PBU/PREM-VIPCOD/5/2018-19 Dt. 01.02.2019)
 Gold & above variant Salary package accounts with minimum 6 months old salary account with our Bank, which are
linked to respective Employer codes where applicable and are KYC compliant in CBS with verifiable PAN & Mobile
Number.
Verification of margin money paid:
52  For cheque payment: - To be verified from account statement.
 For cash payment: - Stamped receipt to be obtained from the dealer.
The ALC (Auto Loan Counsellors) will play the role of a Direct Sales Executive of car dealers for booking Car Loans and
53 he/she will be paid an incentive of ___% of the car loan amount for the proposal sourced and sanctioned with no fixed 0.20%
remuneration.
Vehicle Registration Number: – verify by sending SMS to VAHAN (space) registration number to 7738299899 and on
54
https://vahan.nic.in
Further the parameters i.e., Segment and Occupation have been bifurcated as under:
Small Car Ex-showroom price: upto Rs. 7 lakhs
55 Mid Car Ex-showroom price: > Rs. 7 lakhs up to Rs. 15.00 Lakhs
Luxury/Premium Segment Ex-showroom price: > Rs. 15.00 Lakhs
SUV/MPV/MUV Sport Utility Vehicles/Multi-Purpose Vehicle/Multi Utility Vehicle
Controller to take action on Online Control Report (OCR) (approve/send back) within 48 hours of the receipt of mail. In case OCR
56
is sent back, the branch has to resubmit the same for approval within 15 days from the date it is sent back.
57 Under Auto Loan Form-20 refers to Application for Registration of a motor vehicle
58 Under Auto Loan Form-29 refers to Form of Notice of Transfer of Ownership of a Motor Vehicle
59 Under Auto Loan Form-30 refers to Report of Transfer of Ownership of a Motor Vehicle
Application for making an entry of an agreement of Hire Purchase Lease /
60 Under Auto Loan Form-34 refers to
Hypothecation subsequent to Registration.
61 Under Auto Loan Form-35 refers to Hypothecation clearance letter from Bank
Revised Scoring Model: Proposal having score of ___ is considered for Clear Sanction.
62 46 & above
(As per Annexure-15 of Master Circular dated 20.03.2021)
Post disbursement inspection of vehicle must be carried out within ____ days from the date of disbursement
63 15 Days
in respect of auto loans.
The verification of vehicle registration details from the website ‘vahan.nic.in’ should be made in all car loans
64 30 Days
after ___days from the date of disbursement.
The charge for each vehicle search has been fixed as Rs. ____, which is to be paid online
65 Rs. 50/- without any tax
through SBI Internet Banking.
The maximum payment limit for the portal is to be set as Rs. 500/- or less. At maximum payment limit of Rs 500/-
66
search for 10 vehicles can be done.
67 The default user id & password for Vahan.nic.in is ____ sbibbbbb (e.g. sbi31006)
If the borrower fails to get the vehicle registered, with hypothecation charge in favour of the Bank, within 120 days from
the date of disbursement Or Bank‘s hypothecation charge is vacated before liquidation of the loan, charge of Rs. 2500/-
68
plus GST per month to be recovered from borrower till Bank‘s hypothecation charge is noted by RTO, after sending due
notice to the borrower.
69 BGL Head for Vehicle Registration Verification Charges- BGL-4599284
st
A copy of Insurance policy for 1 year to be obtained and retained with the loan documents. Borrower is expected to
keep the vehicle insured. But for the subsequent years, in subsequent years, obtention of insurance policy for bank
70
record is waived for loans up to Rs. 20.00 Lakh. Operating officials may endeavor to obtain the same if account becomes
NPA. (Insurance coverage: Market value or at least 110% of outstanding, whichever is higher.)
71 Insurance (each year during tenure of loan) is mandatory for auto loan of Rs. ______. Above Rs. 20 Lacs
72 At all the centers where ECS/ NACH is active, ____ PDCs to be obtained for initial repayment. 3 PDCs
While doing staff accountability exercise when the account becomes NPA and/or fraud, delay
73 Activation of SI
in ______if any should be examined.
GITC have also increased the chase period from existing 30 days to ___ days. The extra days
74 32 Days
of chase will help the system to process at least two SIs.
75 While setting-up S.I. in account for servicing the EMI, option to be chosen__ “100 : Loan Servicing”
76 Charges of Rs. ___for each failed Standing Instruction (S.I.) will be recovered. Rs. 250 + GST
For Standard Asset accounts periodical inspections will be waived after the initial inspection.
77 However, if there is a default of 1 monthly installment, inspection would be required. In case Twice (i.e. Half-yearly)
of NPA accounts inspections would be made ____ a year.
Penalty for delayed payments: If the EMI/Installments (s) is not credited in the loan account of the
78 7 days
borrower within ___ days from the date of ECS/SI/PDCs, Rs 500/ + GST will be recovered.
In BPR centres migration of the auto loan documents to respective RACPCs and
79 2 Months (60 days)
RASMECCs to be effected within ____ months from the date of disbursement.
In the event of pendency in migration beyond 60 days for want of RC, the approval of Network Head for grace period of
80
maximum 30 days to be obtained for all cases of pendency citing valid reasons, within 7 days.
Salaried customers and Non-Salaried Customers such as Professionals & Self-employed, businessman are eligible for
81 auto loan through CLP; Agriculturists are kept out of the purview of this journey. A customer is required to visit the
branch only once during entire journey i.e. at the time of documentation only.
PBBU Heads would be responsible for ensuring that quick mortality cases are examined from fraud
82 angle within ____days of being flagged and a status report of the same has to be put up in the Circle 60 Days
P-review under advice to Corporate Centre.
____% of the Processing Fee will be retained if the application is rejected after pre-sanction survey rest
83 25%
will be refundable.
84 Now Auto Loan is sanctioned along with Fixed Rate of Interest w.e.f. 1 Year MCLR 15.12.2022
85 Now the Security Interest created in Auto Loans to be filed with VAHAN registry only and not on CERSAI.
Comparative Chart of two approaches for Seizure of Vehicles
Parameter Seizure under Loan Agreement Seizure under SARFAESI
When the account is irregular for more

Cause of Action After account becomes NPA
than 30 days i.e., SMA 1
Enabling Law Terms of Loan Agreement SARFAESI Act
Police help can be taken after approaching Chief Metropolitan

If borrower objects, Police protection is
Police Protection Magistrate (CMM) or District Magistrate (DM) and they are
not available
bound to provide.
The amount due should not be less than 20% of principal plus
Amount due No minimum amount
interest.
Value of Security (Vehicle) No stipulation for Min. value of security The value of security should not be less than Rs. 1 lac
Authorized Officer Sanctioning Officer of any Scale. Only Officers of Scale IV & above
Min. 7 days’ notice for starting seizure. Min. 60 days of notice for seizure.
Notice Period
Min. 7 days’ notice for intended sale. Min. 30 days’ notice for intended sale
Pre-Approved Car Loan (PACL) Scheme
Eligibility Our existing Resident Indian Salary Package Customers only
 Employees of Government, PSUs and ECR A and better rated corporate borrowers of CAG/CCG.
 Existing Gold, Diamond & Platinum Salary Package account holders of Corporates having more
than 50 salary accounts with us.
 At least one credit of Rs 25000 per month in salary account during 5 of the last 6 months, excluding
Eligibility Criteria
cash deposit and system credit.
 Total salary credit summation of Rs 3 lac during last 12 months.  There should be salary credit
in the immediate last month (6th month)  Account should be in single name and KYC compliant.
 None of the existing loan accounts under the same CIF should be in SMA2 and/or NPA category
Age 21 years to 57 years (Loan to be repaid by the time of retirement)
Loan Amount 48 times NMI Subject to Min. Rs. 1.00 Lakh; Max. Rs. 5.00 Crore,
Repayment Min-3 Years; Max-7 Years
RSM Score 45 & Above
CIC Score 700 and CV New to Credit Score -1 (151-200).
Validity of Offer 30 days
SBI Green Car Loan (Electric Vehicle) Scheme
Eligible Age Age: 21-70 years. (For sanction of loan)
Repayment Min-3 Years, Max-8 Years.
Rate of Interest Concession of 25 BPS in applicable rate of interest for SBI car loan & not below 1 year MCLR
CIC Score 700 & above

Assured Car Loan Scheme
Age Min-18 Years, Max- No Limit Repayment Min-3 Years, Max-7 Years
Min-1.00 Lakh EMI / NMI
Loan Amount
Max- On Road Price (100% of FD Value) RSM Score Not Applicable
Min. Income Not Stipulated (Only Declaration basis) LTV / Margin
Third party TDRs will not be accepted.
For the customers who do not have income proof documents, by keeping lien on the deposits.
During continuation of car loan, partial withdrawal of TDR will not be allowed.
Other Features
Maximum Joint Account holder in STDR/TDR can be – 2
No Processing Fee
PSS – Waived if earlier & present address is same
SBI Certified Pre-owned CAR LOAN Scheme
Eligible Age Age- 21-67 Years (Loan Should be liquidated upto the age of 70 years)
Salaried = Rs. 3.00 Lakhs,
Self-employed / Professionals & Others = Rs. 3.00 Lacs,
Net Monthly Income
Agriculturist= discontinued
NMI of applicant(s) should be at least 2 times of EMI in all types of borrowers.
Minimum: Rs. 3.00 Lakhs
Maximum: if CIC V3 based Score 721-757 = 100 Lakhs; Otherwise
Loan Amount
= 10 Lakhs
(Salaried =30 X NMI; Others 2.5 X Net Annual Income)
Age of the vehicle Not more than 10 years old.
Repayment 10 years minus the age of the vehicle, subject to a Maximum Tenure of 5 years
Processing Fee 1.25% of loan amount subject to minimum ₹ 3,750/- & maximum ₹ 10,000/-.
EMI / NMI % 50%
Margin % 15% (Valuation of Vehicle based on Invoice Price)
• Financing of old vehicles based on Duplicate Registration Books will NOT be entertained.
• Maximum Number of ownerships: The ownership vehicle which is put up for sale under certified
pre-owned should not have changed more than 2 times.
Others
• Outstanding RC & Insurance Limit: Within 30 days the RC book and car insurance policy should be
provided to the Bank by the Dealer. In case of pendency beyond 45 days (even for a single case),
Dealer will be hot listed. Takeover not permitted
NRI Car Loan Scheme
Age 21-70 Years (Must be closed by 75 Yrs) Net Monthly Income $1000 or NAI = $ 12000 or equivalent
Min: Rs. 1.00 Lakhs Margin 15% of On-Road Price

Loan Amt.
Max: 18 X NMI (Based on Income) Repayment 3-7 Years
Obtaining of Collateral Security is waived

For our bank Customer: NRI should be employed for 2 years and maintaining NRI account with SBI for at least
for 12 months with minimum balance of Rs. 50000 or New Account with USD 5000/- or equivalent. For Other
Bank Customers: Having NRI account with other Banks for last 24 months with a minimum balance/fixed
Others deposits of Rs.50,000/-.
 Statement of bank account for the last twelve months which reflect credit of salary, savings etc.
 No Income stipulated for the Guarantor
 Resident Indian who is the guarantor to the loan should be a close relative as under:
1. Husband/Wife; 2. Father; 3. Mother; 4. Son; 5. Daughter;
Parameters viz Purpose, Age, Rate of Interest, EMI/NMI, Loan to Value (LTV), Margin, Loan Term, Risk Scoring Model, will be
applicable; as in SBI Car Loan Scheme.
Loyalty Car Loan Scheme
 Availed the housing loan from SBI
 Satisfactorily serviced the loan for at least 1 year after the moratorium period  Taken the
Eligibility possession of the house
 Created valid equitable mortgage and
 Maintained security margin of at least 15% for purchase/construction of plot/house.
Age 21-70 Years (Must be closed by 75 Yrs) Net Monthly Income Minimum = Rs. 2.00 Lakhs
Margin = Nil Processing Fee 0.25% of Loan + GST (Min 500 Max-5000)
Margin
LTV% = 100% of Ex-show Room Price Repayment 7 Years
Lowest of (a), (b) and (c)
a) 75% of present market value of the house property less present outstanding in the Home Loan
Loan Amount account and Home Equity, if any.
b) EMI/NMI ratio will be as per respective car loan scheme.
c) 100% of Ex-show Room price of the vehicle.
CIC Score Minimum 650. No Loan will be sanctioned below 650.
Rate of Interest: - 5 bps concession in interest applicable to SBI Car Loan even after all the concessions.
Others No need to extension of Equitable Mortgage for Loan up to Rs. 10.00 Lacs, only a letter from borrower is
required that title teed will be in possession of the bank till the loan is fully liquidated.
Parameters viz Purpose, Age, EMI/NMI, Loan Term, Risk Scoring Model, will be applicable; as in SBI Car Loan Scheme.
Super Bike Loan Scheme
Eligible Age Age- 21-57 years (For Sanction of Loan and must be repaid by 60 years of age)
Salaried / Pensioner / Self-professional / Businessman = Rs. 3.00 Lacs Agriculturist =
Net Monthly Income
4.00 Lacs
Loan Amount Min- 1.50 Lakhs, Max- 25.00 Lakhs
15% of On-road price (On-road price of the vehicle is inclusive of Showroom cost, Registration Charges,
Margin %
Road tax and Insurance only)
EMI / NMI % 50% for all applicants
Repayment 48 Months or 60 years of Age, whichever is earlier
Processing Fee 2% of Loan Amount (Maximum = Rs. 10000/-)
Capacity = 500 Cubic Capacity (CC) or more

Others
The young upwardly mobile youths who buy these bikes are in the age bracket of 18 to 40 years.
SBI Two-Wheeler Loan Scheme
Eligible Age 21 – 57 Years
Net Monthly Income Rs. 10000/- (Net Annual Income = 1.50 Lakh)
Min- 50000/-
Loan Amount
Max: 3.00 Lakhs; (Subject to 4 times of NMI and EMI/NMI%)
Margin % 15% of On-road price. (i.e. Loan to Value (LTV%) = 85% of On-road Price)
Repayment 36 Months and 48 Months, subject to the Loan must be closed before 60 years of age.
Processing Fee 2% of Loan + GST
Up to 50% = For other applicants

EMI / NMI %
Up to 60% = For Existing Salary Package Customers of SBI
CIC Score Salary package account : 650 and for other 700 for all customers
Pre-sanction Survey of Residence and Workplace to be conducted, except for (i.e.
waived for following category of customers)
• Our Bank Credit relationship customers with 1 year’s satisfactory track record.
Others
• Our Bank SB A/c customers with average monthly balance of Rs 10,000 and above with 1 year’s
relationship and minimum 1 non BGL credit transaction in the past 12 months
Vehicle be insured for 3 years upfront, with hypothecation clause in favor of Bank.
“SBI Easy Ride” Digital Two -Wheeler Loan “PA2WeeL” Scheme
Age 21 – 57 Years Margin 15% of On-Road Price
Min-50000/-, Max-3.00 Lacs Repayment Min-12 Months, Max-48 Months

Loan Amount
(4 x NMI subject to EMI/NMI%) CSP Customers– 650
CIBIL Score
EMI / NMI% 50% (RSM - 45 & above) Other Customers-700
Minimum Income The customer should have consistent single credit of Rs >=10000 in 9 out of last 12 months.
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) On Seizure and Sale of Vehicles
Before Possession
When the account is irregular for more than 30 days i.e., SMA 1, 1st Notice will be sent to the
borrower/s giving 15 days’ time reckoned from the date of service of notice, to clear the overdue
amount. -The notice will be signed by the Branch Manager/CPC Head/ Head of Recovery Cell.
1st Notice (Letter
to defaulting If the borrower or his agent is avoiding the service of the notice or for any other reason the notice
Borrower)
could not be served, a copy of the demand notice may be affixed on the outer door or at a
conspicuous part of the house or building of the borrower or his agent where he resides or carries on
business.
2nd notice will be issued after classifying the loan account as NPA. It will be intimated to the borrower
that the loan is recalled and entire amount with interest becomes payable within 7 days from the
date of the notice. When the second notice is also ignored the bank has the right to repossess the
2nd Notice
vehicle. The authority empowered to sanction the loan would be the authority to take a decision on
(Letter from the repossession of the vehicle. In other words, Branch Manager /CPC Head/ Head of the Recovery Cell
Branch to
is authorized to take decision to repossess the vehicle for which no approval from Controlling
Borrower/
Authority is required.
Guarantor about
engagement of In case the customer does not hand over the vehicle as requested in our second notice; the
Recovery Agent for repossession should be resorted to by Resolution Agent. Presence of Bank official is not required
Repossession of while repossessing. Please note that Ras are not permitted to resort to unfair means while
vehicle) repossessing. Panchnama and Safe Custody: After repossessing the vehicle, in the presence of two
witnesses, a Panchnama should be drawn up. The repossessed vehicle should be kept in the custody
of Recovery Agents.
After Possession
The valuation of the vehicle should be arranged immediately on possession of the vehicle. An
authorized service centre of the manufacturer, a government approved valuer or an insurance
Valuation surveyor’s services may be used for valuation. This will help in fixing the base price for auction. It
should be completed within one week of repossession.
Immediately after the valuation, the Reserve Price should be arranged to be fixed by the Zonal Office
Fixing of Reserve Credit Committee/Competent Authority. It should be completed within 7 days’ time.
Price Valuation and Fixing of Reserve Price should be completed within 15 days from the date of seizure/
repossession of the vehicle.
Before effecting the sale, a notice of minimum 7 days to be given to the borrower intimating that as
3rd Notice he failed to repay the dues by him and having repossession of the vehicle by the Bank, it has been
(Sale Notice) decided to sell the vehicle to recover the dues under the loan account. The notice will be signed by
Branch Manager /CPC Head/ Head of the Recovery Cell.
All three notices mentioned above should be sent in duplicate, one copy by courier/ ordinary post and the second copy
by Registered Post.
Demand notices to guarantors may be served only in cases where the guarantor has provided
Notice to
guarantee to the Bank. In other cases, a copy of the notice may be sent to the Guarantor for
Guarantor
information.
The sale of the vehicle would be carried out as per the law and in a transparent manner. The Bank
will have right to recover from the borrower the balance due if any after the sale of the vehicle. Excess
amount obtained if any on the sale of the vehicle will be returned to the borrower. The authorized
officer may sell the vehicle either by public auction, by inviting tenders from public, by inviting
Sale of the Vehicle
quotations from parties dealing in vehicles. In case of public auction, the notice of auction should be
published in two leading newspapers one of which should be in vernacular language.
GST: Will be applicable as per Bank’s laid down instructions and will be recovered from the buyer of
the vehicle.
After receipt of the sale price, authorized officer shall issue a Certificate of Sale which shall be the
Sale Certificate prima facie evidence of the title of the purchaser.
Opportunity for
The bank will hand over the possession of the asset to the borrower any time after repossession but
the borrower to
before concluding the sale transaction, provided the Bank dues are cleared in full or a compromise
take back the
settlement has been reached between the borrower and the Bank.
vehicle
y: Neeraj Kumar Sahu
AROHAN (A Series of Learning )
(Xpress Credit and Pension Loan)

(Products & Features)

AROHAN 2023
Chapter – 2 Xpress Credit and Pension Loan: Products & Features
Xpress-Credit (School
Features Normal Xpress Credit REAL TIME XPRESS CREDIT LOAN
Teachers)
RTXC: >=Rs 15000/-
Minimum NMI Rs. 15000/- Rs. 15000/-
RTXC-Elite: >=Rs 1.00 Lakh
Minimum: Minimum:
Term Loan: Rs. 25000/- Overdraft: Rs. Term Loan: Rs. 25000/- Overdraft: Rs.
Minimum: Rs.25,000/- Maximum: 24
5.00 Lakhs 5.00 Lakhs
times NMI
Subject to max. Rs 30 lacs (RTXC)
Loan Amount Maximum: 24 X NMI subject to Maximum: 24 X NMI subject to
Rs 35 lacs (RTXC-Elite)
Diamond Variant: 30 Lakhs Diamond Variant: 30 Lakhs
Silver & Gold: 20 Lakhs Silver & Gold: 20 Lakhs
Maximum Loan amount Rs. 35.00 Lakhs is applicable to only XPRESS ELITE scheme.
Silver & Gold variant < = 50% Diamond RTXC: < = 50% RTXC Silver & Gold variant < = 50% Diamond
EMI / NMI %
Variant: < = 55% Elite: < = 60% Variant: < = 55%
Min. 6 Months Min. 6 Months
Max: 72 Months Minimum 6 months and Max: 72 Months
Subject to Maximum 72 years or Loan should be repaid Subject to
Repayment
CSP Customer: 60 years of Age by the time customer attains the age of 58 CSP Customer: 60 years of Age Govt
Govt Salary Package Emp.: Residual years Salary Package Emp.:
Service whichever is less Residual Service whichever is less
Term Loan / Overdraft with Term Loan / Overdraft with
Facility Term Loan
reducing DP reducing DP
41 & Above – Clear Sanction
Scoring Model
40 & below – Decline
CSP = 1.5% of Loan Amount + GST, CSP = 1.5% of Loan Amount + GST,
CSP = 1.5% of Loan + GST, (Min-1000,
(Min-1000, Max- 15000 + GST) Govt (Min-1000, Max- 15000 + GST) Govt
Processing Fee Max- 15000 + GST)
Employee = 50% concession. Employee = 50% concession.
Govt Teachers = 50% concession.
DSP/CAPSP/IGSP = Waived DSP/CAPSP/IGSP = Waived
• Customer’s Age: =>18 to <58 Years
• Penal Interest: 2% + ROI • Salary Account’s Age: >6 Months Account
• There cannot be more than 2 Xpress should be opened with a Govt./ Defense • For Private Schools and Colleges, they
Credit Loans (including all variants) in Salary Package (SP) product code. (viz. CGSP, should be at least 15 years old and
one CIF. DSP, ICGSP, PMSP, PSP, RSP, SGSP) should be affiliated to CBSE/ ICSE /
• 2nd Loan = Applicants may avail second • There should not be more than one existing UGC / AICTE
loan any time after availing first loan Xpress Credit loan (including PAXC/ Insta • Such Private Schools and Colleges
subject to overall satisfactory track Top up loans) account under the CIF. must have 5 years of banking
record and EMI/NMI ratio not exceeding relationship with us.
50%. • Not more than one RG3 history in last 6
Other Conditions • The number of employees
months (open + closed).
• Customer may opt for a second loan or (teaching and non-teaching) of such
may close the existing loan and open a • None of the existing DL-TL/CC-OD accounts Institutes should not be less than 50.
new loan with enhanced limit. (open status) under the CIF should have RG-
• There should not be any default in
2 and above.
• Interest Rate: 2 Year MCLR with no reset contribution towards EPFO pertaining
i.e., fixed for entire period. • RTXC will be available only through “YONO” to the employees of these Private
App. The loan account will be parked in the Schools and
• Min Service: Home Branch salary account (Except for Colleges.
Govt. employee: 6 Months DSP/PMSP/ICGSP where there will be
CSP employee: 12 months option to select the Branch at place of
posting)
“XPRESS CREDIT TO NON-PERMANENT EMPLOYEES” product since withdrawn vide circular n. Circular No.: NBG/PBU/PL-XPRESS/4/2022 – 23 Dated
21.04.2022.
Minimum CIC Stipulation: for Normal Xpress Credit Scheme.

• For Govt Salary Package (DSP, ICGSP, PMSP, RSP, PSP, SGSP, CGSP etc.): CIC Score of 650 and above.
• For Corporate Salary Package (CSP): CIC score of 670 and above
• Further, applicants with NIL Credit history for Govt as well as CSP accounts may be considered in respect of : a. Gold & above
category Govt salary package customers
b. VIP flagged salary accounts (in terms of e-Circular no. NBG/PBU/PREMVIP-COD/ 5/ 2018-19 dated 01.02.2019).
c. Gold & above variant Corporate Salary package accounts which are linked to respective Employer Codes.
Xpress Credit – ELITE (for Senior

Features Xpress Lite
Officials)
All salary package customers with regular credit of • All employees in the specified organizations with Net Monthly salary of Rs
Eligibility salary accounts excluding non-permanent 1.00 lac & above will be eligible under the scheme, irrespective of the
employees and those having irregular salary designations.
credits. (For CSP customers mapping of employer • There is no compulsory requirement of him/ her maintaining salary
code is mandatory) account with the Bank
Net Monthly Income NMI: Min-7000, Max-14999 Net Monthly Income- Rs. 1 Lac & above
12 times of NMI 24 times NMI
Loan Amount
Minimum: Rs. 25000 Maximum: Rs. 1.80 Lakhs Minimum: Rs. 3.00 Lacs Maximum of Rs 35 Lacs.
Where, NMI <=2.00 Lakhs: EMI/NMI < = 60% Where, NMI >2.00
EMI / NMI % < = 40%
Lakhs: EMI/NMI < = 65%
Maximum 36 Months 72 months or remaining period of service whichever is lower.
Repayment
or residual service whichever is less
Term Loan /
Facility Term Loan
Overdraft (Reducing DP) [With cheque book facility]
• For NIL Credit history (New to Credit) provided verifiable regular salary
credits during the last 6 months will be eligible.
• 2nd Loan = Applicants may avail second loan any time after availing first
• Rate of Interest will be 1% higher than ROI loan subject to overall satisfactory track record and EMI/NMI ratio
applicable under normal Xpress credit scheme • Customer may opt for a 2nd loan or may close the existing loan and open
Other Conditions across various brackets. a new loan with enhanced limit.
• No second loan. Fresh loan can be sanctioned • PSS waived for VIP flagged salary accounts and elite customers linked to
after closing the existing loan. respective Employer Codes where applicable (CSP) and are KYC compliant
with Mobile Number registered in CBS and verifiable PAN. For Customers
not maintaining salary accounts with the bank: PSS is Mandatory
• Review of loan to be done if 2 months’ instalments are overdue

Features Pre-Approved Xpress Credit Loans (PAXC) Pre-Approved Pension Loans (PAPNL)
• Account should be in single name (Joint Accounts not • Customer’s PPOs must be with Bank; Treasury & Family
eligible). Aadhar is Mandatory. Pensioners are not eligible.
• Age-18-56 Years. • Age of customer should be less than 72 years (71 years and 9 months at
• There should not be any existing Xpress Credit loan the time of data extraction).
(including Insta Credit/Top up loans) account under
the CIF
• There should not be any existing Pension account under the CIF
Eligibility
• There must be at least one credit every month for last 12 months.
• There must be at least one credit every month for last
12 months. • None of the existing loan accounts under the CIF should have SMA-1 and
• Median of the ‘Maximum credit in salary account in above / NPA.
each month for last 12 months.’ ≥ Rs 5000. • PAPNL will be offered to only those pensioners whose family details are
available in pension database at the time of data extraction.
• All Salary Package- No cut off
CIBIL Score ***
• Others: 700
Minimum- ₹ 25000/-
Maximum Limit: 24 times NMI
Max- ₹ 8,00,000/-
Minimum Limit: ₹ 25000/-
NMI = Median of the ‘Maximum credit in
Maximum Limit: 18 times Net Monthly Pension (NMP)
Loan Amount salary account in each month for last 12
Max- ₹ 5,00,000/-
months.
Diamond & Platinum category Defence salary NMP= Median of Monthly pension amount for last 6 months
package customers and Platinum category
Govt. salary package customers limit
enhanced to 15 lakhs
Facility Term Loan Term Loan
EMI / NMI % = < 50% = < 50%
72 months or (58 years of age) whichever
Repayment Maximum 72 months (repayable by 78 years of age)
is earlier
Processing Fee 1.50% of Loan (Min-Rs. 2000) + GST 1% of Loan (Min-1000, Max-10000) + GST
Penal Interest 2% above applicable ROI
Pre-Payment
Nil Nil
Penalty
No. of Loan Only one PAXC at any point of time. Only one PAPNL at any point of time.
Validity of Offer Till end of quarter, in which they are offered
Till end of quarter, in which they are offered the loan
the loan
In case, a customer is eligible for more than one product out of the 4 digital products (PAXC, PAPNL, PAPL & XP Insta top up),
he will be offered the product with the highest eligible amount out of the 4 products
“PAPL Non-CSP”
Existing Only Literate, P-Segment & Resident Indian Customers: With
• Single operated Regular SB Account. (CSP and NO Frill Account not allowed)
• CIBIL cut-off score of 760
• Account should be operative for a minimum period of 2 years
• The customer should not have existing overdraft within SB account or SBI Insta-Credit Top up Loan or any clean OD
• Customers with value of Education Code 99 will be excluded
• None of the existing loan accounts under the CIF should have SMA 1 and above
Eligibility • None of the existing loan accounts under the CIF had been NPA in last 12 months
• Computing average quarterly balance (AQB) by combining customer’s savings account balance with multi option
deposits (MOD) held under his/her CIF.
• In addition to existing AQB criteria, minimum Rs.15000/- monthly credit summations in 4 of the last 6 months will be
made mandatory.
• Should have at least one credit transaction every month in the last 6 months.
• Pension accounts will be removed from the eligible list of Non-CSP customers for PAPL
• None of the closed loan accounts (CC-OD & DL-TL) under the CIF should have been in RG 4 and above anytime in the
past.
Loan Amount Min: Rs 20,000/- Max: Rs 2,00,000/- (Term Loan Only) (Only one Loan at a Time)
Tenure Minimum 6 months to maximum 24 months
Validity of Offer It will be valid for a period of one month from the date of activation of the offer.
Xpress Credit Insta Top-up through YONO
• Existing Xpress Credit Loan Borrowers: With

• Minimum existing Xpress Credit Loan Limit of Rs 1 Lakh Minimum residual maturity of Xpress Credit Loan 1
year.
• Satisfactory repayment record of at least 1 year
Eligibility
• No instance of the Xpress Credit Loan slipping to RG-2 and beyond in last 1 year
• None of the Loans of the customer should be RG2 and above at time of extraction Repayment of Loan will
be only through SI.
• Customer falling in the age bracket of 18-60 years (Filter Out all the customers with Age > 59 Years and 9
Months as on Date of Extraction).
• KYC Not falling due within 4 Months from Date of Extraction
Loan Amount 20% of Xpress Credit Limit (Existing Loan Limit) Min: Rs 20,000/- Max: Rs 3,00,000/-
Where Residual Maturity is: Then, Loan Tenure will be:
Loan Tenure 12 Months to 35 Months Max-12 Months Only
36 Months to 48 Months Max-36 Months
Facility Demand Loan
No. of Loan At any point of time, only 1 “Insta Credit Topup Loan
Insta Pension Top-up Loan through YONO
• Existing Pension Loan Borrowers: With

• Minimum existing Pension Loan Limit of Rs 1 Lakh Minimum residual maturity of Pension Loan 1 year.
• Satisfactory repayment record of at least 1 year
Eligibility
• No instance of the Pension Loan slipping to RG-3 and beyond in last 1 year
• Existing Pension Loan account should not be RG-2 and beyond at the time of scrubbing Repayment of Loan will
be only through SI.
20% of Pension Loan Limit (Existing Loan Limit)

 Minimum: Rs 20,000/-
Loan Amount
 Maximum: Rs 2,80,000/-
Rationale: Existing Pension Loan limit under the scheme are: Min- Rs 100,000 Max- Rs 14,00,000
Min- 12 months to Max- 36 month. The top up loan will be co-terminus with the existing loan. (Through EMI maximum 3
Loan Tenure
years) (Prepayment Penalty is waived)
Facility Demand Loan

Processing Fee 1% of Loan (Min-1000, Max-10000) + GST
No. of Loan At any point of time, only 1 “Insta Credit Top-up Loan”
SBI Quick Personal Loan Scheme Through Contactless Lending Platform (CLP)
Eligible Employee Salaried employee (Aged: 21 to 58 years) having minimum one-year regular service
Net Monthly Income Rs.15,000/- to Rs. 1.00 Lakh Salary Account with another bank
Minimum: Rs. 24,000/-
Loan Amount EMI / NMI % = < = 50%
Maximum: Rs. 20,00,000/- subject to 24 times NMI
Repayment 72 Months / residual service period whichever is less
Processing Fee 1.50% of Loan amount (Min- 1000, Max- 15000) + GST
CIBIL CV Score Minimum 670
Existing customers who are maintaining salary account with SBI will get 25 bps concession in rate
Rate of Interest
of interest over the card rate.
Pre-Payment/
3% of the prepaid amount, as applicable under Xpress Credit Scheme
Closure Charges
As applicable to Xpress Credit Scheme. For Customers not maintaining salary accounts with the
Pre-Sanction Survey
bank: Mandatory
TAT If PSS not required: 1 Day, otherwise 2 to 3 days
• The maximum time limit for sanction/ rejection will be 7 days from the date of receipt of
Other Conditions inprincipal sanction in CLP portal.
• Only one visit of customer will be required i.e. at the time of documentation only.
SBI Pension Loan to Regular SBI Pension Loan to Family

Features Jai Jawan Pension Loan
Pensioner Pensioner
• All Central, State Government pensioners, and SBI Pensioners whose pension accounts
are with us, and their PPOs are maintained by Centralized Pension Processing Centre
(CPPC) of SBI.
• Family pensioners (including Family Pensioners of Defense & Central Armed Police
Forces Personnel), i.e., spouse/ legal heir authorized to receive pension after the
death of the pensioner, whose pension accounts are with us and their PPOs are
maintained by Centralized Pension Processing Centre (CPPC) of SBI or at PCDA,
Prayagraj under SPARSH.
• Pensioners whose pensions are disbursed by Govt. Treasuries by cheques drawn in Regular Pensioners of Defense (Army,
favor of our branches as per mandate of the pensioner are also eligible subject to the Navy, Air Force, Coast Guards, Rashtriya
Eligibility Rifles, Assam Rifles, Special Frontier
following conditions:
Force, etc.) and Central Armed Police
 The original Pension Payment Order (PPO) remains in the custody of the treasury
Forces (CRPF, CISF, BSF, ITBP,
and the pensioner gives a mandate to the Treasury for payment of pension
SSB, RPF, RPSF, etc.), hose Pension
through a particular branch of a Bank.
Payment Order is maintained by
 The pensioner concerned furnishes an irrevocable undertaking that he will not Centralized Pension Processing Centre
amend his mandate to the Treasury to pay his pension from the branch, during the (CPPC) of SBI or at PCDA, Prayagraj under
currency of a loan availed by him from SBI. SPARSH.
 The Treasury concerned consents in writing that it will not accept any request from
the pensioner to transfer his pension payment to any other bank/ Branch till an
NOC is issued by the Bank.*
*Condition mentioned in (iii.) above can be waived with the following conditions:
i) CIBIL CV score of pensioners: More than 658 (-1) may be considered if no credit history ii) RSM
Score to be more than 45. iii) A premium of 50 bps (0.50%) to be charged over the applicable card
rate is applicable. iv) The other two conditions as mentioned in (i) & (ii), to be invariably adhered to.
Min. Loan Rs. 25000/- Rs. 25000/- Rs. 25000/-
Maximum of 18 months’ pension Maximum of 18 months’ pension

with a ceiling of, where Age is:- with a ceiling of, where Age is:- Age: <=56 Years: 36 X NMP
Age: >56 Years: 18 X NMP
Max. Loan
Up to 72 years = Rs. 14.00 Lacs Up to 72 years = Rs. 5.00 Lacs
>72 to 74 Years = Rs. 12.00 Lacs >72 to 74 Years = Rs. 4.50 Lacs Subject to Max. Rs. 14.00 Lakhs
>74 to 76 Years = Rs. 7.50 Lacs >74 to 76 Years = Rs. 2.50 Lacs
Age Upto 76 years of age at the time of loan sanction
Repayment 72 months (Loan to be repaid by 78 years of age)
Facility Demand Loan Demand Loan Term Loan

EMI / NMI < = 50% < = 33% < = 50%
RSM Score 41 & Above
For Pensioners : TPG of the for
family
spouse eligible pension. In the absence
For Regular Pensioners: Where PPO is not with us, Third party guarantee of the spouse of the spouse, TPG of any other family
eligible for family pension. In the absence of the spouse, TPG of any other family member or a third party worth the loan
member or a third party worth the loan amount. amount.
• If, having PPO with our Bank (including Staff Pensioners): TPG is NIL subject to Pension Waived if PPO maintained with us
Collateral compliant and mobile no is registered in
Account being KYC Compliant with Mobile Number registered in CBS.
For Family Pensioners: Third party guarantee of a person who has been maintaining a CBS. Fo mandatory
and account is fully KYC
satisfactorily conducted account with the Bank; preferably of the son/daughter of the
family pensioner.
r other Pensioners, TPG is
Processing Fee
1% of Loan 0.50% of Loan
(SBI Pensioner: Nil) NIL
(Min-1000, Max-10000) + GST (Min- 500, Max-2500) + GST
Note: Processing fee to be recovered from the respective pension/savings bank account before disbursement of the loan.
For Para-Military Regular Pensioners, the waiver in Processing Fee stands withdrawn.
Rate of Interest 2.55% + 2 Year MCLR
PSS Pre-Sanction Survey is Waived
Pre-Payment
3% on prepaid amount *****
Penalty
Penal Interest 2% per month on irregular amount for overdue period. *****
Top-up loan (2nd loan) can be sanctioned to Pensioner and Family pensioner anytime provided the 1st loan
Others
has been satisfactorily conducted and within EMI/NMI%. Max. 2 Loan at any point of time.
Availment of Loan Regular/ Family Pensioner having PPO with our Bank: At home branch (Pension paying branch) or any
branch nearby his/ her place of present posting/ residence. (Others: Home Branch Only)

No.
01 RSM Score for sanction of unsecured personal loan (Xpress Credit) 41 & Above (Clear Sanction)
The remedies for nonpayment of EMIs are available under section ___Act and in case of
02 NPAs regular Legal action to be initiated for loan recovery. Sec-25 of Payment and settlement system act 2007
List of D rated companies have been placed on bank’s PBBU website and is updated at ______ intervals
03 Quarterly
04 Loss-making State PSUs to be considered only with prior approval of_____. DMD (RB)
Govt. Salary Package = (-1) or 650
05 Minimum CIC Scores of the CIBIL CV under Xpress Credit Loan.
Corporate Salary Package = (-1) or 670
Govt. Salary Package = 6 months Corporate Salary
06 Minimum Service requirement for Xpress Credit Loan.
Package = 1 Year
If CIC score is (-1), Gold & above variant CSP accounts, linked to respective Employer relationship code, are eligible, provided Verifiable regular salary
07 credits during the last 6 months. (Silver not eligible)
If the Account Status for a secured loan/unsecured loan /credit card is i) Suit Filed, (ii) Willful default (iii) Suit filed (Willful Default), (iv) Suit filed &
Written-off, (v) Willful default & written-off or (vi) Suit filed (willful default) and written off, the applicant’s proposal to be rejected.
08 The above clause has been waived for applicants who have such negative “Account Status” in their CIR more than 5 years old and have since
maintained a satisfactory credit history without any further default.
Overdues seen in the CIBIL Report would be dealt with as below:

• One instance of overdue monthly payment in the last 6 months with DPD upto 60 days, Xpress Credit may be offered and there should be no
overdue at the time of processing of the loan.
09 • For customers having one instance of overdue monthly payment in the last 6 months with DPD more than 60 days & upto 89 days, Xpress Credit-
RMP product may be offered and there should be no overdue at the time of processing of the loan
• A single credit card default (settled or otherwise) more than 5 years old, regardless of amount, may be ignored provided there are no other instances
of overdues and credit discipline is demonstrated by regular repayment of other loans.
Extra precaution may be exercised in cases where more than 2 enquiries of the same product and same amount are
10 observed within a space of last ___ month.
1 Month
Maximum age should not be more than 60 years for Corporate Salary Package Customers or more than 65 years for Govt./ Defense Salary Package
11 customers (loan to be repaid by retirement age).
RTXC: What are the Pre-requisites for DDE process?
12  Availability of Aadhar
 Availability of Aadhar registered Mobile for OTP based e-Signature
13 RTXC: Loan can be applied for by the customer through YONO App between ____ 8 am to 8 pm
For RTXC with documentation at Branch: The Loan will be sanctioned real-time and YONO Reference number will be
14 generated for the Customer. The reference number generated will be valid for ____ days. 7 Days
Under RTXC / RTXC-Elite: SI date will be fixed as 1st /5th /10th/ 25th of following month within the overall window of 30 days.
15
Unsecured Personal Loan: Any prepayment of EMIs in full or in part and closure of account before the end of term will
attract the prepayment charges of ___% on prepaid amount. No prepayment / foreclosure charges will be applicable if the
16 account is closed from the proceeds of a new loan account opened under the same scheme.
3%
 However, no prepayment/ foreclosure charges will be applicable if the account is closed from the proceeds of a new loan account opened under
the same scheme.
 No pre-payment/ foreclosure charges to be levied if the loan account is closed after the completion of loan tenure of 3 years.
 In case of Defence customers, 100% waiver of prepayment/ foreclosure charges to be applicable irrespective of the loan tenure.
 However, Foreclosure charges/ Pre-Payment penalty @ 3% on prepaid amount to be levied in case of all takeover cases by other banks,
irrespective of the tenure (including Defence customers).
In respect of Customers whose Salary Accounts are not with our Bank, no Xpress Credit Loans shall be
Xpress Elite or
17 sanctioned. Such customers may be considered under ____ as per eligibility).
Quick Personal Loan
Branches with Xpress Credit NPAs of above ___% are debarred from fresh sanctions unless
18 Above 2% compelling reasons exist which should be approved by the respective CMC.
Sanction of Loans to be done only by the Branches where Salary account is maintained. However, DSP/CAPSP/ICGSP/SGSP/CGSP customers may avail
19 Xpress Credit loans either from the Branch located at or near the place of their posting or Branch where the salary account is maintained.
In case of loans sanctioned under Overdraft facility, effective interest rates will be ____% above the
20 corresponding Card rates for Term Loans.
0.50% above ROI
Processing of New Xpress Credit loan applications in LOS-PB has been de-activated w.e.f. 08.02.2021 and henceforth all new Xpress Credit loan
21 applications will be mandatorily processed through RLMS only.
Sl.
Questions Answers
No.
Concessions in ROI for Xpress Credit: The following type of concessions are available, subject to total maximum
concession of 100 bps (1.00%) over the Card rate
Loan amount ≥ Rs 10,00,000 0.50% in Rate of Interest
22 Platinum Salary Package customers 0.50% in Rate of Interest

Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) Considered Under ‘RATNA’ Status
0.50% in Rate of Interest
25 bps concession in ROI as Circle’s Discretion and 50 bps concession for check-off facility have been withdrawn.
Xpress Credit: The NMI for the purpose of loan eligibility to be considered on the basis of the Net Monthly Income
23 as verified from the salary credit in the Salary Account and calculated as 110% of the average of last 6 months’
salary.
Minimum one-month salary credit in salary account with our bank is mandatory. (Except Xpress Elite and Quick
Personal Loan Scheme where customers having salary accounts with other banks are also eligible). But where salary
24
account with our bank is less than six months old it has to be ensured that previous month’s salary has been credited
in salary account with other banks.
25 “Arrangement Letter” must be signed and acknowledged by the borrower on annexure___ XP-2
26 “Loan Agreement” must be signed and acknowledged by the borrower on annexure___ XP-3
Where Cheque-off facility is given: Undertaking from the applicant addressed to the employer (DDO)
27 XP-4
must be obtained on annexure___.
Where Cheque-off facility is given: Undertaking from the employer (DDO) addressed to Bank, based
28 XP-5
upon the annexure XP-4, must be obtained on annexure___.
Where Cheque-off facility is given: Undertaking from the applicants addressed to Bank when the
29 XP-6
applicant is himself DDO (no XP-4 or XP-5 to be obtained), must be obtained on annexure___.
30 Undertaking from Borrower regarding other deductions, will be taken on annexure____. XP-8
The Annexure ____ is only meant when only one loan account pertaining to the specific DDO is
31 XP-10
sanctioned during the week
32 Annexure __ is required to be sent if 2 or more accounts are sanctioned pertaining to the specific XP-11
DDO.
33 Irrevocable Standing Instruction given by the borrower to the Bank is taken on annexure_ XP-12
In respect of category of borrowers falling under Private Schools & Colleges, Chief Manager (Sales) of
34 the Region must personally visit the branch by _______ of the month subsequent to that of sanction 15th
and confirm that sanctions are in order.
35 Letter to DDO (XP-10 / XP-11) is not applicable in case of ___ type of customers. DSP / PMSP* / ICGSP
36 Revised name of Para Military Salary Package (PMSP*) is Central Armed Police Salary Package (CAPSP)
No Blank Cheque/PDC to be obtained. Before the EMI due date (5 days and 2 days before due dates), 2 SMS are
37
sent from CBS to the customers. (SI date to be within 5 days of Salary Credit date).
OTMS Alerts are also generated in case of non-credit of 2-month salary credit to the Salary Account or on closure
38
of the Salary Account linked to the Xpress Loan Account.
For customers having one instance of overdue monthly payment in the last 6 months with DPD more than 60 days
39 & up to 89 days, Xpress Credit- RMP product may be offered and there should be no overdue at the time of
processing of the loan
40 While closing existing Xpress Credit account, closure of Insta top up loan if any should also be ensured.
NPA in Digital Products: In spite of all the recovery efforts, if some loan Accounts slips to NPA, Corporate Centre
will continue to support Branches in recovery efforts through tele-calling by Contact Centers. However, like
41
business, the recovery process is the primary responsibility of the Branches. Branches will take all steps for NPA
recovery from these Salaried customers, including hard recovery as per Bank’s policy.
From Registered Mobile No:
Short Code SMS Functionality
42 “PAPL<space>XXXX” to 567676 where XXXX is last 4 digits of the SB account
no.
To Check Eligibility Under PAPL of the customer
43 LCS Tele-calling is being done to such customers through Contact Centre from 7-180 days past due (DPD).
• First Priority: SMA-2
Priority & focused LCS calling to all digital loans based on risk status of the • Second: NPA
44
account as ___ • Third: SMA-1
• Fourth: SMA-0
45 Takeover of unsecured personal loan can also be taken over vide circular dated 10.01.2020.
DP note on _____ to be executed by the pensioner in favour of the
46 COS 228
guarantor and endorsed by the guarantor in favour of the Bank
Pension Loan under Jai Jawan scheme: For all Regular Pensioners maintaining their PPO with our Bank: Loan can be
sanctioned at home branch (Pension paying branch) or any branch nearby his/ her place of present posting/
47
residence. The loan account as stated above should only be created under the CIF on which Pension Payment
account exists and branch should obtain the proof of address of present posting/ residence.
Sl. No. Important Points
SBI Pension loan scheme for Pensioners of PSUs whose PPOs are maintained by PSU themselves:
All such loans will be sanctioned subject to following stipulations:
48
(a) RSM Score to be more than 45. (b) An irrevocable undertaking from the pensioner that he will not amend his
mandate to the PSU to pay his pension from that branch, during the currency of a loan availed by him from SBI.
In case of Defense Pensioner whose PPO is maintained at PCDA, Prayagraj, following additional points to be
ensured:
 A copy of PPO will mandatorily be obtained from the Pensioner to ensure that the PPO is maintained at
PCDA, Prayagraj.
49
 The loan sanctioning branch will send an intimation letter (as per Annexure-III) to PCDA, Prayagraj
informing about the loan availed by Defense Pensioner and requesting not to permit shifting of Pension
Account of the pensioner to any other Bank/Branch of SBI during the tenor of the said Pension Loan/ till the
said loan is fully repaid.
“Pension Loan to Coal Mines Provident Fund Employees (CMPF)” product has been withdrawn vide circular no.
50
Circular No.: NBG/PBU/PL-PENSION/13/2022 – 23 Date: Wed 8 Jun 2022 .
Operating units must obtain CIR from one or two CICs as mentioned below:
Criteria Primary CIC Secondary CIC
Loans up to Rs.4 lacs CIBIL Not Applicable
Loans above Rs.4 lacs CIBIL Experian
If no hit under (2) above CRIF High Marks Equifax

AROHAN
(A Series of Learning)
(Core Banking Solutions)
AROHAN 2023
Chapter – 3 Core Banking Solution (CBS)

No.
Now customers can reprint their passbooks through SWAYAM. CBS will not calculate any charges and same
01 will not be applied on the accounts. Start date selected should be maximum of _____ days prior from the 90 Days
current system date.
SMS Alerts is now available through CBS Notification Engine through CBS screen _____ in the following 13
languages including Hindi and English.
02 Screen No. 67108
(1.Assamese 2.English 3.Bengali 4.Gujrati 5.Hindi 6.Kannada 7.Maithili 8.Marathi 9.Malyalam 10.Punjabi
11.Tamil 12.Telugu 13.Odia
Facility of flagging of customer as ‘Premier Banking Customer’ has been developed in CBS system. ‘Premier Banking Customer’ flag
03 as ‘Y’ / ‘N’ will be displayed on F7 hot key screen i.e. 69020 screen. This has replaced the existing Vishesh flag in the F7 screen. Existing
screen ‘67254’ for marking ‘Vishesh Flag’ has been disabled.
Unique Random Key has been introduced on each cheque leaf of the account and the random key will be validated at the time of
payment. The new field will be displayed only if instrument types 29, 30, 31 are selected on screen. The field label will be “Random
04 Key”. The field will allow numbers and alphabets. Unique 6-character Random alpha numeric key will be generated and printed on
the cheque. Printing of Random Key on the cheque book has been started for the cheque book request made from 25.06.2022
onwards.
Development has been done for DEAF functionality of IOI-BC and IOI- DD. On__________, automation of DEAF
functionality will run. It will consider previous month end as basis for identifying unclaimed IOI-DD’s e.g. If job is 25th of every
05
executed in month of FEB than data shall be taken for calculation as 31/01/2014 minus 10 years. Existing screen month at EOD
020088 can be used for claiming the amount of IOI-BC as well IOI-DD.
Once collateral security related to Auto loans has been discharged and linked Auto Loan account has been closed in CBS, operating
units can initiate Hypothecation Termination (HPT) request for “VAHAN portal” through CBS Screen No - 01883: Form35/Closure
letter for Auto Loan.
06
This will make entry under VAHAN portal regarding removal of SBI’s Hypothecation charge. Post successful transaction
Form35/Closure letter print option will be enabled on CBS Screen. This Form35/Closure letter will contain SBI and VAHAN portal
reference numbers.
New Unified universal passbook printing screen _____ is introduced by merging and clubbing of
passbook first page printing, first page reprinting, transaction printing and transaction reprinting (001510: Unified screen for
07
screens 1600,1500,1505 and 1620 respectively. Now PIN Code and Sr. Citizen Flag “Y”, if applicable, Passbook Print)
will be printed on the front page of passbook.
Bank has decided to Generate SMS on selected Branch transactions to capture Customer feedback under Net Promoter Score (NPS).
Following Transactions have been covered:
 20066 Transfer Payments: Create NEFT Message,
 20054 Cash Payments: Create NEFT Message,
 51026 Cheque Payments: Create NEFT Message,
 20035 Transfer Payments: Create RTGS Message,
 51025 Cheque Payments: Create RTGS Message,
 9584 : ATM Card Issue
08  51300 CAS: Set Chequebook Issue (BPR),  50210 CAS: Set Stop.
 1060 Deposits: Cash Withdrawal By Voucher,
 1010 Deposits: Cash Deposit,
 1045 Deposits: Transfer of Funds,
 SMS will not be sent for other transaction codes in which 1045 is triggered internally  2000 Create Deposit Account,
 SMS will be sent for all types of deposits account opening
 3060 Deposits: Cash Closure
 3045 Deposits: Transfer Closure,
 3080 Deposits: Account Closure by Bank Cheque and Demand Draft,  67000 CIF: Amend Customer
A new Screen 036041 is assigned to Swap Denomination transaction available in cash drawer of Teller and at below menu option
Transaction Posting > Cash Maintenance > Cash Enquiry > Cash Swap (Denomination Exchange)
09
Whenever cash swap denomination transaction will be performed by Teller then a queue will be generated for authorization from
checker.
New Screen 70824: Enquire Linked MOD Accounts has been provided in CBS, for enquiring linked MOD Accounts and option to print
10
the same in PDF is also provided.
New Screen 60150 has been provided to enquire Customer Details, Active Accounts and Closed Accounts with Radio Button Options.
On click of Active Accounts Radio Button and Transmit, system will display List of Active Accounts only with additional column as
11
“Mode of Operation”. Initially, 100 Accounts will be displayed and on click of More Button- next set of 100 Accounts will be fetched
and so on. File can be downloaded in Excel format.

A new screen _____ has been developed to provide ACH Debit transaction detail on account
12 Screen No. 36691
Validation built on the screen _______ to restrict the renewal of Term Deposit if the renewal period is less than
13 Screen No. 7047
the remaining period of maturity.
This functionality of renewal of deposit and its validation through screen 7047 is available for (TDR, STDR &
14 Max. 3 Years
FRBTD) ____ years.
New functionality developed for auto closure/cancel of P-segment (PBBU) loans (DL/TL) except education loan, if
15 not disbursed up to ______ days, where there is either no sanction or sanctioned but balance is zero 45 days
OTP Based Cash Withdrawal Through GCC at Branch. Launched at Branches – 40524 and 21464 at pilot basis If customer does not have Debit
16 Card, Cheque book or Passbook, for presentation for withdrawal of Cash, additional facility is developed in GCC & CBS to permit withdrawal
of cash based on the OTP received on Registered Mobile No of the Customer
New “Quick Loan / OD against Deposit closure” screen (70487) is introduced in CBS to enable Branches to close linked Time Deposit and
OD/DL availed against said time deposit. There would not be any need to delink / discharge collateral security or removing the lien manually
17 to close linked time deposit / DL/OD accounts. (To be used only, where DL/OD account against time deposit has to be closed by linked time
deposit. One OD / Loan account against One deposit account linked to one collateral is only covered.)
Floater screen (060015) is a pop-up screen which displays whether the below data fields in CBS are compliant or require update:
18 AADHAAR + PAN/Aadhar Linking Status + Mobile + KYC Compliant + KYC Updated on + EMAIL + Sr. Citizen.
CRM- TRACKING OF DISBURSEMENT: To monitor the exact conversion of all these leads, a development in CBS has been done for tracking of
disbursement in respect of CRM Leads and to monitor its conversion rate, “CRM Lead ID” field is created in CBS with Screen: 067154 (This
19 screen comes from Prompt screen: 067152 under CISLA 2). CRM Lead ID should be entered against each account under this field. This field
will be used to derive the disbursement amount and SUD (Sanctioned but undisbursed) amount against the lead.
20 Now UPI transaction facility can also be managed (i.e. enabled / disabled) through CBS platform.
21 If a teller does not login for __ days or more, his/her uses ID gets inactive. 7 Days
22 Maximum Capability level is at branch ___ & CDC ___ respectively. 9 in Branch & 16 in CDC
23 CGL/BGL cash Difference A/c 1204505001
24 CGL Suspense A/c 1111111111
25 Technical Suspense A/c 1260505001
Outstanding in CGL Suspense account, Technical Suspense account, and System Suspense account, is shown by ___
26 GLCNTR
report.
27 IN CBS if branch is having cash difference, then the same will appear in which of the reports? GLCOMP
28 No. of Digits in UTR (Unique Transaction Reference) in RTGS Txn. 22
29 No. of Digits in UTR (Unique Transaction Reference) in NEFT Txn. 16
30 No. of Digits in SYS 20
31 No of Digits in CERSAI Asset ID and Security Interest ID are___ 12
32 Name the Antivirus being used in our Bank (SBI) Trend Micro
33 Trend Micro Antivirus scanning is scheduled by default weekly on___ Thursday at 2.30 pm
34 SAN (Short Account Number) is provided in cheques to enable___ Posting in CBS
35 The data related to online VVR is available in CBS up to____. 3 Years
The OVVR allotment and checking reports needs to be stored in separate server for retrieval purpose as
36 10 Years
and when required as per record retention period of__
37 The brand name of CMP product of SBI is__ SBI FAST
IBTS entry & reversal shall be responded by minimum capability level___ and authorized by minimum
38 3&5
capability level___
Age-wise break up of IBTS (Inter Branch Transfer System) entries outstanding beyond one month (for values Rs.1 lac and above) and more than
39
3 months for other entries are maintained and reported to Controllers.
An auto-generated e-mail message will be sent to responding branch (in case of IBTS) for originating
40 Rs. 5 Lacs & above
entry of Rs. ____
An auto-generated e-mail & SMS both will be sent to responding branch (in case of IBTS) for originating
41 Rs. 1 Crore & above
entry of Rs. ____
To enquire about the facilities about Acct/CIF + INB + ATM + SMS + KYC Status + CRC Date + Cust
42 Segment + VIP Code + RISK Category + Customer Consent can be enquired on invoking _____Key on CTRL + SHIFT + A
CBS screens after inputting Account No.
43 To see new account no from the existing old Bank Master account no, which key is to be pressed? F8 Key

44 Software used in CBS for maintenance of data-base is___ Oracle
45 Now RTGS and NEFT transactions can be routed at ____ 24x7 basis
RTGS: The beneficiary Bank has to credit the beneficiary’s account ______ of receiving the funds transfer
46 Within 30 minutes
message.
RTGS: If the beneficiary’s bank is unable to credit the beneficiary’s account for any reason, the former will
47 Within 1 hour
return the money to the remitting bank within ____ hour.
48 “R-41” type of transaction under RTGS denotes to___ Customer-to-Customer
49 “R-42” type of transaction under RTGS denotes to___ Bank-to-Bank
50 Under NEFT transaction only one type of transaction can be done____ R-41 (Customer to Customer)
51 ___ means information is accessible only to those authorized to have access. Confidentiality
52 ___ means safeguarding the accuracy & completeness of information and processing methods. Integrity
_____ means ensuring that authorized users have access to information and associated assets as per
53 Availability
commitment when required.
54 Account segment code 0806 refers to Per-NRI
55 Account segment code 0706 refers to Per-PUB
56 Account segment code 5004 refers to SBF
57 Account segment code 5001 refers to C&I
58 A facility provided to remit foreign remittance introduced in CBS name the product ___ Fxout
59 Hash Generation Utility for Corporate Clients for Trickle feed file upload (SAL) works on DotNet
60 In month of ___Report, Inoperative Account repot is provided by the Bank. December
In IBCH enabled branches, the teller who handles cash has to necessarily perform the following
61 Lock The Cash Drawer
transactions before sign-off.
Under “Online Savings Bank Account Application”, applicant should apply within ____ to the branch with KYC
62 30 Days
documents otherwise application will be discarded by the system automatically.
63 CC-OD Balance File & Loan Balance File are kept in ___ report folder. Transaction Report Folder
64 AUCA List (CTA Balance File) is kept in ___ report folder. Transaction Report Folder
Home Loan provisional interest certificate and Final Interest certificates for financial year
Prov. Int. Cert- 30th April Final Int.
65 are available in Branch Report Folder dated-
Cert.- 31st March
(Circular No.: NBG/RE,H&HD-HL/19/2018 – 19 Date: Thu 9 Aug 2018)
66 NPA tracking in CBS happens__ Daily
67 Stamping of NPA accounts in CBS is based on __ Arrear Condition
68 Conversion of Plain Text to Cipher Text using certain logic__ Encryption
The Name of the website launched by the bank to track stressed assets at the branch in a
69 AT@M
systematic manner.
Exercising Passing Power for Cash & Transfer (In CBS)
 Junior Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-15,000; Transfer-20,000
 Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-35,000; Transfer-70,000
 Senior Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-50,000; Transfer-1,00,000
 Special Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-2,00,000; Transfer-6,00,000
 Chief Associates (Customer Support & Sales) Cash-4,00,000; Transfer-10,00,000
Passing Powers for User having capability level – 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12
(Circular No. R&DB/BOD-GB/139/2018 – 19 Date: Mon 18 Mar 2019)
 Capability Level – 6 (Relationship Manager etc.) Rs. 5 Crore
 Capability Level – 7 (Accountant & other Officers in MMGS-II & Above) Rs. 10 Crore
 Capability Level – 8 (Manager of Division) Rs. 50 Crore
 Capability Level – 9 (Branch Manager) Rs. 100 Crore
 Capability Level – 10 (Chief Manager) Rs. 1000 Crore
 Capability Level – 11 (Assistant General Manager) Rs. 10000 Crore
 Capability Level – 12 (Dy. General Manager) Rs. 100000 Crore
Passing power of JMGS-I, who are not posted in 3 specific assignments as Branch Manager, Manager/ Dy. Manager of a
70
division, Service Manager or Field Officer: (Cash-4,00,000; Transfer-10,00,000)
Powers of Chief Associates (Customer Support & Sales):
Signing of Draft / IOIs etc singly below Rs. ___ and Jointly with an officer above Rs. ___. The
71 Below Rs. 50000/- (singly)
feasibility of circulation of signature will be examined. Till such time counter signature will be
made by the permanent official.
A new User Type _____ has been created to be used exclusively for branch level external/
72 User Type-27
statutory auditors.
73 What is needed to print/issue IOI ? Date & Journal No.

The reversal of these Banker’s Cheques to Charges A/c and vice-versa be done only by using Screen
74 Screen no. 036034
no. ____.
75 In Account there is STOP due to fund transfer to DEAF. Reason Code is “25: DEAF Transfer”
76 PPO Capturing in CBS, Maximum Length ____ characters. Alphanumeric and only special characters. 30 characters
77 The users for the Branch for use of i-FAMS software are created at …. Levels 3 (Three)
Under Disaster Recovery Solution: To face any exigencies, the bank conducts DR drills at _____
78 Quarterly
intervals
Testing of fire alarms, evacuation drill, automatic deactivation of access control devices, etc. should
79 6 (Six)
be conducted at least once in ____months
80 The evacuation plan should be reviewed at least______. Annually
81 Depreciation on Computer System applies as Straight Line Method @ __% 33.33%
82 Depreciation on Server applies as Straight Line Method @ ____% every year. 25%
Depreciation on Automated Teller Machine/ Cash Deposit Machine/ Coin Dispenser/ Coin Vending
83 20%
Machine as Straight-Line Method @ ____% every year.
Approach for good quality data feeding in system so that it is ensured of Data
84 GET IT RIGHT FIRST TIME refers to- integrity. New account set-up complete and correct in all respect and existing
errors are corrected in CBS.
85 Expand DRP Disaster Recovery Plan
86 Expand BCP Business Continuity Plan
87 Expand OTMS Offsite Transaction Monitoring System
88 Expand “MIS” Management Information System
89 Expand “BPR” Business Process Reengineering
90 Expand GLIF General Ledger Interface File
91 Expand GLCC General Ledger Classification Code
92 Expand GLCOMP General Ledger Comparison Report
93 Expand CTS Cheque Truncation System
94 Expand IFSC Indian Financial System Code
95 Expand COV Customer One View
96 Expand CSP Customer Service Point
97 Expand “DAC” Document Archival Centre
98 AUCA stands for__ Advances Under Collection Account
99 Expand CEEP Customer Experience and Excellence Project
100 Expand IQMS Intelligent Queue Management system
101 Expand BAS Biometric Authentication System
102 What does B@ncs24 mean? Bank‘s Automation & Networking Control System for 24 hours
103 In CBS environment, AT@M refers to Asset Tracking and Monitoring
104 Expand VPIS Valuable Paper Inventory System
105 Expand IBCH In-Branch Cash Handling
106 What is C-Cube Centralized Capital Calculator
A new CBS Screen named “ACH Credit Transaction Enquiry” has been developed to provide ACH Credit
107 Screen No. 036695
transaction detail on account.
108 New Screen ____ for capturing of Additional Information for reporting to CKYCR for existing accounts. Screen No. 69978
109 Debit Restriction at Account Level will be removed by LCPC through Screen No.___ in CBS. Screen No. 9843
110 New Screen ____ for CIF- Additional Details for Legal Entity has been introduced Screen No. 69978
A new screen no. ______“GST invoice generation” has been developed in the CBS to facilitate generation of Tax
Screen No. 36703
Invoices for Business to Business (B2B) customers, at the branches on real time basis.
111 This new functionality will enable the branches to issue invoices to customers for commission booked manually through screen no. 20459 as well
as charges recovered by CBS directly from customers’ account.
Real time invoice can be generated on the SAME DAY of transaction. It means on the next day user will not be allowed to generate invoice for
the transaction that happened on the previous day.
112 Teller to input the Positive Pay System (PPS) registration details in CBS screen No. 51066.
113 Under PPS: Cheque details (Lodgment) provided by the customer in CBS screen No. 51075.

114 Partial Freeze shall be set using CBS Screen No. ___. Screen No. 9091
115 Screen No. in CBS for- Nominee Details Enquiry Screen No: 408
116 Screen No. in CBS for- STDR/TDR Prepayment Charges Enquiry___ Screen No: 474
117 Screen No. in CBS for- TDS Enquiry Screen No: 510
118 Screen No. in CBS for- PPF Maturity Extension Scheme Screen No: 2012
119 Screen No. in CBS for- Single Screen for all financial Transaction Screen No: 4444
120 Screen No. in CBS for- Extension/Closure of Matured SCSS Accts Screen No: 7008
121 Screen No. in CBS for claim the funds from DEAF Account Screen No: 7177
122 Screen No. in CBS for- Penalty for Sukanya Samriddhi Account Screen No: 8004
123 Hanging transactions can be verified and corrective steps can be taken through Screen No: 8083
124 Screen No. in CBS for- Set Stop Screen No: 9091
125 Screen No. in CBS for- Remove Stop Screen No: 9092
126 Screen No. in CBS for- Set Hold / Lien Screen No: 9093
127 Screen No. in CBS for- Remove Hold in Deposit Accounts Screen No: 9095
Capturing of PPO details
128 Screen No: 9765
(After transmitting, Screen No: 9766 (Account Additional Details) will open.)
129 BGL Account Statement Request Screen: Screen No: 20707
130 Screen No. in CBS for- Manual charge collection Screen No: 20452
131 Manual Charges Reversal CBS Screen: Screen No: 20552
132 Screen No. in CBS for- Unified Payment Service Screen No: 29061
133 Screen No. in CBS for- To generate the request for product/branch change Screen No: 31669
134 Cash Handling Charges Enquiry Screen: Screen No: 36050
135 GSTIN is to be entered in CBS Screen No: 36071
136 Screen No. in CBS for- Cheque Book Returned Screen No: 51377
137 Screen No. in CBS for- Relationships/ownership Screen No: 60440
138 For MAB Enquiry: CBS Screen No: Screen NO: 70849
139 To Enquire Home and Non-Home Transaction Limit, CBS Screen No: Screen No: 70890
140 Nodal Branch for entire bank to handle NACH Transaction is: CCPC, Mumbai
141 First Bank in India to introduce computerization is__ State Bank of India
142 Computerization started in our Bank i.e. Bank acquired “Bankmaster” software in Feb-1992
143 First branch ___ to be fully computerized with Bankmaster Software Application. Backbay Reclamation
144 First branch, which migrated into CBS at Pilot basis in August-2003. PBB, Hiranandhani
145 Expand CORE in Core Banking Solutions (CBS). Centralized Online Real-time Environment
146 Bank’s WAN State Bank Connect is maintained and supported by__ Dimension Data Ltd.
147 Network Operations Centre (NOC) of State Bank Connect is located at___ Bangalore
148 Head Quarter of SWIFT is situated at___ Brussels
149 Customized forex outward remittance facility on the INB platform of bank__ remXout
150 Trade Finance software of the bank known as___ and acquired from__ Eximbills (Taiwan-China)
151 Eximbills software is used for__ Forex Business
152 Signtrieve package is used for___ Signature Retrieval
153 B@ncsLink & B@ncs24 software is produced from___ FNS, Australia
154 Finance1 (Finance-one) for CDC has been acquired from__ Comlink, USA
Oracle Financial Services Application Suite Which software acts as a platform for Asset Liability Management?
155 (OFSA)
156 What is the name of the software used by bank used for online forex rates Mercury FX
157 Software used for reporting of CMP transactions is__ Cash@will
Which of the following company that has been entrusted with the work relating to customization,
integration and pilot implementation of CBS is: -
158 TCS India Ltd.
159 Core Banking Solution-Hardware installed at CDC has been acquired from: HP Systems, USA
160 The Disaster Recovery Site is located at ___ for CBS & INB. Chennai
161 The Disaster Recovery Site is located at ___ for ATM. Hyderabad
AROHAN
(A Series of Learning)
(Safe Deposit Locker)

AROHAN 2023
Chapter – 4 Safe Deposit Lockers

01 Responsibility of Banker in Safe Deposit article is described in Indian Contract Act
Relationship of the Banker and the hirer in case of lockers –Licensor & licensee,
02 COS 404
established by stamped agreement___.
Lessor & Lessee/
03 Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- LOCKER
Licensor & Licensee
04 Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Safe Custody of Articles Bailee & Bailor
05 Safe Custody A/c in the name of Minor can be opened only in respect of keeping- TDR of our Bank
06 Safe Custody/ Security are balanced once in ____. Half Year
Branches may cover the entry and exit of the strong room and the common areas of
07 operation under CCTV camera and preserve its recording for a period of not less than 180 Days
____ days to observe cases of theft or security breach.
• A locker can also be rented out to a Non-Resident Indians.
• In case facility of Safe Deposit Locker is extended to Minor, it must be ensured
that lawful guardian of the minor is acting on behalf of the Minor.
• Locker can be allotted in the name of blind/visually impaired person(s), literate or
illiterate, single or joint operation with other person permitted.
In respect of LOCKERS,
08 • POA holder can operate the Locker but cannot surrender the locker.
All statements are true-
• Lockers to be allotted on first come first serve basis.
• 80% of the lockers to be issued on First come first basis whereas 20% may be
issued as per BM’s discretion.
• Nomination is not available in survivorship benefit viz E or S / F or S / L or S Safe
Deposit Vault Account consist of 11 digits.
09 The seal affixed on the packet of the duplicate keys of the branch is ___. Branch metallic seal
10 The box containing duplicate keys of nearby branch will be entered in ____ Safe Deposit Register
Receipt of Duplicate keys safe deposited at Nearest Branch should be kept in custody
11 Branch Manager
of _______ and recorded in BD Register.
12 The scripts are held in the strong room / fireproof safe in the single custody of __ Branch Manager
13 Scrips accepted under Safe Custody are entered in____ Safe Custody Ledger
14 If a scrip is withdrawn for renewal, it is entered in___ Securities Ex-Custody Register
15 Life Insurance Policies are entered in ____ Miscellaneous Security Register
16 All customers individuals, HUFs, Firms, Companies etc. are eligible for the facility of Safe Custody Article.
The STDR taken from the locker hirers at the time of allotment of locker should be kept
Safe Custody
in __ (Equal to 2 years’ Rent and breakopen charges) (Not mandatory)
Branches, however, shall not insist on such Term Deposits from existing Locker hirers or those who have
satisfactory operative account. Satisfactory operative account shall be established as per following criteria: a)
Account should be KYC compliant and
17 b) Customer should be maintaining Savings Bank/ Current Account for last 3 years and
c) Account should not have been Inoperative for the last one year and
d) Customer should be maintaining average account balance which would cover two years’ rent for the last one
year.
Above criteria will not be applicable for Salaried, HNI and Wealth and VIP Customers. Further, Staff / Staff
Pensioners would not be required to provide Term Deposit for availing locker facility.
18
Gold ornaments of deceased borrower pending their settlement must be kept in Safe Deposit Articles
For the unrented or surrendered lockers, both the keys (custodian key and hirers’ key) should not be held by the
19
same official. Adequate arrangements should be made for safe and separate custody of both keys.
Government securities must be sent by registered and insured post and a Rs. 1,00,000/-
20
single package cannot contain securities of face value exceeding Rs. ____ ?
Gold, TDR/STDR, Shares & Paper
21 In Safe custody, there can be 04 types of collateral, name them.
based securities
Search warrant for Locker issued by In-come Tax Department should
22 Commissioner of Income Tax
bear Signature of official not below the rank of___
23 When locker is sealed by Income Tax department, rent will be recovered Customer
from__
In case of Joint Locker holding: For intimating the bank regarding loss of key, all hirers should sign the letter
24 irrespective of their presence either in India or abroad. However, at the time of breaking open of locker all the
joint account holders should be present or authorize one or more of them to be present.

25 To surrender of Locker, customer must tender the notice at least of ____days? 07 Days
The Bank shall have a right to break open the Locker, in case of any one or more of the following events-  The Rent remains
unpaid for 3 consecutive years.
26  The Locker remains inoperative (irrespective of whether Rent is paid or not) for a period of 7 years or more; and
 The Customer cannot be located by the Bank even if rent is being paid regularly.
 In the event Termination Notice of 3 months on breach / default of Locker agreement.
In the event of surrender of a locker by a customer, he/she shall be charged rent up to the month in which locker is surrendered and
27
advance rent, if any, for the remaining period shall be refunded.
Controllers/ their duly authorized representatives shall conduct surprise periodic verification at _____interval of
28 Half-yearly
surrendered/vacant lockers and their keys (officer who is not connected with the custody).
29 Nomination: For nomination in Safe Custody Accounts (Sec_ of BR Act, 1949) Sec.45 ZC
30 Nomination: For nomination in Safe Deposit Locker. (Sec_ of BR Act, 1949) Sec.45 ZE
Creation Cancellation Variation (Change)
SL-1 (Single operated) SL-3 (Single operated)
31 Locker Nomination Forms SL-2

SL-1A (Jointly) SL-3A (Jointly)

32 Safe Custody Nominee
SC-1 SC-2 SC-3
Nomination can be done in favour of one person only. However, nomination in favour of more than one person
33 Up to 2 persons
is permissible in jointly operated locker accounts with common consent.
34 Nomination in Safe Custody Accounts is allowed only for ____ Single Customer
Nomination facility is available only in the case of individual depositor / sole proprietary concern and not in respect of persons jointly
35 depositing articles under Safe Custody Articles facility (It is not Locker).
(Please remember under Locker facility, only individual can be allotted locker, hence sole proprietor will not be eligible).
A passport size photo of the nominee attested by the customer may be obtained from customers, at their option and preserved in the
36
records.
Branch shall provide mirror, table, chair, low stool (for ease of access to lockers at the bottom of Cabinet) and step ladder (for access to
37
lockers at the top of Cabinet) for customer convenience. No other item shall be kept in the locker room except as mentioned above.
Safe Deposit Packet containing ‘Will’: In case of death of customer, only the ‘Will’ to be delivered to the claimant on completion of
38
formalities. Other articles kept along with ‘Will’ can be delivered only after obtention of probate from competent court.
For locker hiring, if customers are in waitlist and if any hirer vacates a locker or the branch acquires a new locker
cabinet, the allotment of locker should be as per the order of wait list maintained at the branch. A written
39 At least 15 days
communication should be sent to the applicant’s address by registered post giving him sufficient time, say, ____
to acquire the locker.
As per Condition-7 of Locker Agreement: The Bank has ___ type of lien & can recover its dues by
40 General Lien
sale of the contents after giving adequate notice.
In CBS, Cabinet creation and Locker creation can be done only by officers with user type of____.
41 40, 45, 50 or 60
This is a one-time activity.
42 How many variants of lockers are present in our Bank? 4 Variant
43 How many types/sizes of lockers are present in our Bank? 11 Sizes
44 Locker rent is credited in BGL Head____ 98324
On allotment, Locker Rent shall be collected at prevalent rate in advance from Locker -hirers. Locker rent will be payable in advance up
45 to 31st March of current financial year on pro-rata basis including month of hiring together with 12 months’ rent for the following year
plus One Time registration charges.
46 Annual rent for Locker is recovered on ____ April every year. 02nd April
47 Locker- Standing Instructions (S.I.) will be chased for ____ days. 90 days
When it is reported that the locker hirer is dead, a noting should be made in the locker ledger, key
48 register, systems and on the locker, itself. Marking of Deceased flag to Locker ID status is available CBS Screen no. 35500
through Screen no _____ in CBS.
Access to a locker may be allowed to a hirer's representative/attorney only against a power of
COS-512 = Singly COS-513 =
49 attorney in favour of the latter, on form C.O.S. _____ in case of single hirers, and on form C.O.S.
Jointly
____ in case of joint hirers.
Push button of call bell should be provided ____ the locker room and call bell should be installed
50 Inside the locker room
outside the locker room so that customer can indicate completion of locker operation.

51 In case of E or S, the locker can be surrendered, and the account closed by____. Both holders
52 In case of E or S, after the death of any of the locker holder, Survivors of the locker can operate the locker.
In case of E or S, when a locker holder informs that another holder is insane now and request Bank not to let another holder to operate the
53
locker. In such case, only joint operations will be allowed here after.
54 Excessive or illegal interest rate is called___. Usury
When shares are deposited for safe custody only the distinctive number and the number
55 Value of Shares will not be entered.
of shares will be put on record but the _____.
Memorandum of securities can be issued in respect of both security and safe custody account where safe custody receipt is issued only in
56
respect of safe custody account.
In case of loss of safe custody receipt by the customer the bank can issue a duplicate upon obtaining
57 Indemnity Bond
_____.
In respect of purchase of new locker cabinets for the branch, the supplier of locker cabinets should
58 engrave all the keys of the lockers with abbreviation of State Bank of India and five-digit branch code “SBI/00001”
______ as identification code.
Salary Package Customers (CGSP ) Platinum (25%) and Diamond (15%) of rent
DSP- Agniveer / Shaurya Family Pension -10% of Annual Rent
Exclusif / Wealth Account: 25% of Annual Rent /
59 Concessions in Locker Rent SBI Rishtey A/c -10% of Annual Rent
Corporate salary package(Rhodium & Platinum)- 50%

Diamond (15%) of rent GOLD (10%) of rent / GOLD (10%) of rent
Locker rent overdue charges in addition to Annual Rent will be recovered, if overdue occurs for____
60
1st Quarter-10%* 2nd Quarter-20%* 3rd Quarter-30%* 1 Year -40%* * (__% of Annual rent)
Small / Medium: 500 + GST Large / Ex.
61 First time registration charges for Safe Deposit Locker is: Rs, ____
Large: 1000 + GST
62 Locker visit charges are, (12 Visits are free in a FY thereafter) Rs. 100 + GST per visit.
63 Locker Break-open charges (Either Loss of Key or Non-payment of dues) Rs. 1000 + GST
Bank reserves the right to refuse access to the locker in the event of non-payment of rent whether the same
64 True
has been demanded or not. (True / false)
In case the nominee(s)/ survivor(s)/ legal heir(s) wishes to continue with the locker, branch may enter into a fresh contract with nominee(s)/
65
survivor(s)/ legal heir(s) and KYC guidelines to be followed.
Qns: A customer keeps NSCs in the name of his minor son in safe custody with the bank. Immediately after attaining majority the son
66 approaches the bank with a request that the certificates be delivered to him as he is major now, in this event-
Ans: Bank will deliver to him after obtaining proper introduction and discharge
Qns: ‘A’, while keeping a sealed packet in safe custody gives instruction to the bank that the packet should be delivered to ‘B’ after his death.
67
In this event— Ans: Bank Should not accept the packet
Qns: Mr. X approaches your branch to deposit as safe custody his term deposit receipt (issued by another bank), how would you react? Ans:
68
It can be accepted in normal course
BREAK OPEN OF THE LOCKER- REVISED PROCEDURE
Steps Timeline / Procedures
1st Notice On or before the due date regarding payment of Locker rent
Reminder-I of 1st Notice 1 month after the due date.
Reminder-II of 1st Notice (COS-405) 2 months after due date.
Final Notice (COS-406) 3 months after due date giving one-month time to pay.
Approval from controlling Authority should be obtained before break-open of the Locker.
Notice for intention to break-open By Registered Post with Acknowledgement Due.
Break-open of Locker before The committee consisting of 2 officers and 2 independent witnesses
After break-open, inventories should be prepared, and the contents of the locker must be valued by
Preparation of Inventories
Bank/Government Valuer.
• The Bank can sell those ornaments / contents that would be sufficient to cover the Bank’s overdues.
• Before sale of the contents of the Locker by conducting public auction, a notice of not less than 3
Sale of Contents / Ornaments months in writing by registered post/ speed post or SMS and/or WhatsApp where the mobile phone
number of the Customer is available.
• The date, time and place of auction should be mentioned in the Notice.
Publication of notice in the newspaper before break-open of the locker is not mandatory in normal course.
However, if notices returned undelivered:
Bank must issue a public notice of not less than 3 months about bank’s intention to break open the Locker in minimum 2 newspapers (one in English and
another in local language) in the same location where the Customer resides.
Chapter – 5 Know Your Customers, PMLA Act & FATF Guidelines
Sl No. Questions Answers
01 KYC Policy is reviewed by RBI every year on___ 01st July
02 “KYC compliance and Fraud Prevention Day” is celebrated on___ 1st August
03 Risk Awareness Day / Jokhim Jagrukta Diwas” is observed every year on 1st September
04 Bank has decided to observe ____ of every year as “AML-CFT” Day. 2nd November
05 The first AML/CFT Awareness Day was observed on _____. 2nd November 2015
06 “Customer” has been defined under_____ KYC Guidelines
 Customer Acceptance Policy

 Customer Identification Procedures
07 4 Key Elements of KYC Policy
 Monitoring of Transactions
 Risk Management.
08 ____ is an essential part of Customer Acceptance Policy. “Name Screening”
RBI has directed Banks to upload the KYC data pertaining to all individual Prevention of Money
09 accounts opened on or after 01.01.2017 to Centralised KYC Registry (CKYCR) Laundering (Maintenance of
in terms of the provisions of the ______. Records) Rules, 2005
Government of India has authorized the Central Registry of Securitization Asset Reconstruction and
10
Security Interest of India (CERSAI), to act as, and to perform the functions of the CKYCR.
Banks are required to file the electronic copy of the Customer’s KYC records/data
(Customer information, Photograph, Signature, KYC Documents) with the
11 Central KYC Records registry (CKYCR) within ______ days after the Within 3 days
commencement of an account-based relationship with a customer. (Circular Sl.
568/2021-22 Dt. 07.09.2021)
12 Expand “V-CIP” Video based Customer Identification Process
In case of offline verification of Aadhaar using XML file or Aadhaar Secure QR

13 Code, it shall be ensured that the XML file or QR code generation date is not older 3 Days
than ____ days from the date of carrying out V-CIP.
Description Action Taken by Turn Around Time (in days)
Upload of Customer Information File

(CIF) Account Opening Forms (AOF), Branch / Operating Units T+0 (i.e. same day of account opening
KYC documents and related annexures
Processing of documents uploaded by
T+1 (i.e. next day of uploading of
branch / operating units and removal LCPC / Processing Units
of the debit freeze in CBS documents by branch / operating units).
• The Passport
• The Driving License
List of Official Valid Documents
(OVDs): • Proof of possession of Aadhaar Number
• The Voter's Identity Card issued by Election Commission of India,
14
(PAN is not in the list as PAN or • Job card issued by NREGA duly signed by an officer of the State
Government,
Form-60 is mandatory)
• The letter issued by the National Population Register containing details
of name, address
Deemed Official Valid Document are accepted provided that the customer shall submit
15 updated officially valid document with current address within a period of ___months of 3 Months
submitting the deemed “officially valid documents”
Utility bill which is not more than ___months old of any service provider (electricity,
16 2 Months
telephone, post-paid mobile phone, piped gas, water bill)
Full KYC exercise will be required to be done at least every ______ years for
17 10 Yrs, 8 Yrs, & 2 Years
low, medium and high risk individuals and entities respectively
Positive confirmation (obtaining KYC related updates through email
2 Years- for Medium Risk
/letter/telephonic conversation /forms/interviews/visits, etc.), will be
18
required to be completed at least every _____years for medium risk and at
3 Years- for Low Risk
least every ____ years for low risk individuals
KYC ON TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS: KYC verification once done by one branch/office of the Bank shall
19 be valid for transfer of the account to any other branch/business unit, provided full KYC verification has already
been done for the concerned account and the same is not due for periodic updation.
All employee training programmes, of _____ days duration or more, will have a module on KYC
20 Standards/AML/CFT Measures so that members of the staff are adequately trained in 3 days
KYC/AML/CFT procedures.

Each banknote, which, on examination of various security features / parameters,
is determined as a counterfeit one, shall be branded with a stamp
21 5 cm X 5 cm
"COUNTERFEIT BANKNOTE". For this purpose, a stamp with a uniform size of
_____with the following inscription may be used.
These Counterfeit Notes at branches should be subjected to verification on a 31st March and
22
halfyearly basis ____by the Officer-in- Charge of the bank office concerned. 30th September
These Counterfeit Notes should be preserved for a period of ___years
23 03 Years
from the date of receipt from the police authorities.
Any deposit or any amount remaining unclaimed for more than ten years shall be credited to
24 3 Months
the (DEAF) Fund, within a period of _______ from the expiry of the said period of ten years.
Primary responsibility of ensuring KYC compliance in respect of all accounts
25 maintained with BCs including review of KYC, risk categorization, monitoring Home (Parent) Branch
of transactions etc. will rest with the___
Issue of Demand Drafts, etc, for Rs.___ effected by debit to the customer’s
26 account or against cheques and not against cash payment, irrespective Rs.50,000/- or Above
of providing PAN No.
27 All demand drafts issued of Rs ____ should be account payee/crossed only. Rs. 20000/- & above
28 Maximum Limit of Threshold (in CBS) can be___ Rs. 10.00 Lacs
29 Threshold in case of business___ (But not exceeding Rs. 10.00 Lacs) Equal to One Month’s Turnover
30 Threshold in case of salaried___ (But not exceeding Rs. 10.00 Lacs) Equal to 3 months’ Salary
JMGS-I : Upto Rs. 1.00 Lac

Suspicious Transactions be monitored by branch
31 MM-II (Accountant): > Rs. 1 Lac to Rs. 5 lacs BM:
officers:
> Rs. 5 lacs
Risk Categorization (Where Credit/Debit summations are____ per annum)
Risk Category Individual Non-Individual
Low Less than 50 Lacs Less than 2 Crore
Medium Above 50 Lacs but below 2 Cr. Above 2 Crore but below 10 Cr.
High Above 2 Crore Above 10 Crore
All Inoperative Accounts, Stockbrokers, Pawn Shops, Telemarketers, Auctioneers,

32 NonBank Financial Institution, Import/Export customers, & Venture Capital companies Medium Risk
are____ Customers.
33 New account up to 180 days comes under___ Medium Risk
Trusts accounts, NPA Loan Accounts, “Non-Face to Face” customers, Bullion Dealers
34 High Risk
/Jewelers, Pooled Account & Account of Mules are classified as __
 Low to Medium
After opening the account, the risk category of the customer can be altered by
35  Low to High
the branch only in the under mentioned manner repeated ONLY:
 Medium to High
Further, review of risk categorization once in six months, as mandated
Automated process only
36 by RBI, may be possible through an _____ considering the large customer
(Circular Dated 19.06.2018)
base of our bank.
For the purpose of monitoring individual transactions in accounts, “Customer Profile” of individual account
holders should be compiled in the account opening forms, covering information like Occupation/activity,
37
Source of funds, Monthly Income, Annual turnover (in the case of business), Date of Birth, Educational
qualification, Details of existing credit facilities, if any, Assets (approximate value) etc.
• Authorized officials of overseas branches of Scheduled Commercial
Banks registered in India.
Accounts of Non face to face • Branches of overseas banks with whom Indian banks have relationships
38
customers can be opened by a • Notary Public abroad
bank on the basis of ID & • Court Magistrate
Residential proof certified by:
• Judge
• Indian Embassy / Consulate General in the country where the
nonresident customer resides
Bank which is incorporated in a country where it has no physical presence and is not
39 Shell Bank
affiliated to any regulated financial group___
In case of transactions carried out by a non-account-based customer, that is a walkin-
customer, where the amount of transaction is equal to or exceeds Rs. Fifty thousand, Rs. 5 lacs or its
40
whether conducted as a single transaction or several transactions that appear to be equivalent
connected, the customer’s identity and address should be verified.

Persons of Indian Origin (PIO) and Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) who are desirous of opening
NRO/NRE/FCNB (B) accounts are required to submit ANY ONE of following documents in addition to the
copy of passport, while opening such accounts.
41 (i) Copy of PIO/OCI Card issued by Govt. of India.
(ii) Copy of relevant pages of passport of parents or grandparents, establishing them as NRI/Indian
origin (iii) Copy of marriage certificate establishing the spouse as NRI/Indian origin
• Aggregate of all credits in a financial year upto Rs. 1.00 Lac.#
Small Accounts are, where: • Aggregate of all withdrawals and transfers in a month upto Rs.
42 10000/- • The balance at any point of time does not exceed Rs. 50000/-#
# The limit on balance/ aggregate credits shall not be considered if deposits come through Government grants,
welfare benefits and payment against procurements
Small Account: As a measure of good customer service, we can alert the customer
when he crosses the limit of Rs ___ balance in all accounts put together or Rs ____ Rs. 40,000/- &
43 credit summations in all accounts put together to comply with the full KYC norms by Rs. 80,000/-
submitting the necessary documents or otherwise the operations in the account shall respectively.
have to be stopped.
Where the individual customer maintaining a small account is a prisoner in a jail, his signature or thumb
impression shall be affixed in presence of the officer in charge of the jail and the said officer shall certify the
44
same under his signature. The account shall remain operational on annual submission of certificate of proof of
address issued by the officer in charge of the jail.
Small Accounts can be opened only in___ by authorized
45 Only in Branches (Not at CSP)
signatories.
Students with Pakistani and Bangladesh nationality will need prior approval of
46 Reserve Bank of India
the ____________for opening the account.
47 Who can be guardian in case of Insane person ? Close Blood Relative Only
48 Detailed instructions on Risk Categorization is issued by AML CFT Department, Jaipur.
Non-Profit Organization: company registered (erstwhile Section 25 of Companies Act,

49 Section 8
1956) under Section _____ of the Companies Act, 2013
50 Who is Designated Director for compliance with the obligations of PML Act & Rules? Managing Director
Principal Officer for the Bank is General Manager (AML-CFT), Jaipur, and is responsible for ensuring
51 compliance, monitoring transactions, sharing, and reporting information as required under the
law/regulations.
Principal Officer may delegate the function of filing STRs/CTRs/CCRs/NTRs/
52 Report on Cross Border Wire Transfers to FIU-IND to one or more Alternate Principal DGM
Officers who shall not be below the grade of_____.
Low Risk- 50 Lacs
Bank has decided to fix following thresholds in AMLOCK Software, subject to
53 Medium Risk- 30 Lacs
review from time to time, for filtering transactions and generating STR alerts.
High Risk- 10 lacs
PRM (Proactive Risk Manager), a fraud monitoring software, is analyzing alerts,
54 ATM, POS & e-Com
based on__
55 AMLOCK software has been acquired from__ M/s 3i-Infotech
AML/CFT Monitors of Cash TXN of Rs. __(including those which are integrally
56 Rs. 10 Lakhs & above
connected) and generating reports thereon along with BGL accounts also.
AML/CFT Monitors of Cross Border Wire Transfers of the value of more
57 Rs. 5 lacs or its equivalent
than Rupees _____in foreign currency and generating reports thereon.
AML/CFT Monitors of Cash Transactions involving receipts by Non-Profit
58 Organizations of value more than rupees _____or its equivalent in Rs. 10 lacs or its equivalent
foreign currency and generating reports thereon.
REPORTING SYSTEM FOR FOREIGN OFFICES: Individual cash withdrawals and

deposits for _____and above / the threshold prescribed by the Regulators for cash
59 US $ 10,000/-
transactions are to be closely monitored and reported as per the host country regulatory
requirements.
Collection of Account Payee Cheque: Branches shall not collect Account payee
cheques for any person other than the payee constituent. They may, at their option, collect
60 account payee cheques drawn for an amount not exceeding Rs. _____ to the account of Rs. 50000/-
their customers who are co-operative credit societies, provided the payees of such cheques
are the constituents of such co-operative credit societies.
61 FIU-IND (Financial Intelligence Unit-India) comes under __ Ministry of Finance

The STR (Suspicious Transaction Reports) should be furnished to FIU-IND
through Principal Officer (AML/KYC) within _____of arriving at a conclusion
62 Within 7 days
that any transaction, whether cash or non-cash, or a series of transactions
integrally connected are of suspicious nature.
The CTR (Cash Transaction Report) for each month should be submitted to
63 15th of Next month
FIUIND by__
Cross-border Wire Transfer Report (CWTR) is required to be filed with
FIU-IND by __________for all cross-border wire transfers of the value of more
64 15th of next month
than five lakh rupees or its equivalent in foreign currency where either the origin
or destination of fund is in India.
The report of all transactions involving receipts by non-profit organizations of
65 value more than rupees ten lakh or its equivalent in foreign currency should be 15th of next month
submitted every month to the Director, FIU-IND
CCR (Counterfeit Currency Report) be submitted bank to FIU-IND by__
66 (Circular No.: RIT&S/AML-CFT-MEASURES/3/2018 – 19 Date: Tue 19 Jun 2018) 15th of next month
CCR (Counterfeit Currency Report) be submitted bank to RBI by__

67 https://www.rbi.org.in/Scripts/NotificationUser.aspx?Id=11059&Mode=0 07th of next month
68 Who issues list of High Risk countries in our Bank ? GMU (Kolkata)
All instances of detection of counterfeit currency notes reported to RBI / Police

69 authorities are required to be reported to FIU-ND as Counterfeit Currency CGM (BOD)
Reports (CCRs) on the prescribed format, through____, every month.
Proposal for entering into correspondent (banking) relationship should be Principal Officer
70
referred to the _____for ensuring compliance with KYC guideline. (AML/KYC)
As per (Section-13 of PML Act-2012) any deficiency in filing the mandatory
Min=Rs.10,000/-
71 reports (i.e. STR, CWTR, CCR, CTR) by reporting entities will attract minimum
Max=Rs. 1.00 Lac
penalty of Rs. ____ per instance per day.
In respect of accounts, where Suspicious Transaction Report has been filed with FIUIND,
whitelisting of the account for generation of alerts is done to avoid alert generation in the
72 03 Months
reported account and duplication of effort on analysis/finalization. Presently, Principal
Officer (AML/CFT) has fixed ____ months’ time for such whitelisting.
The _____is authorized for deciding on whitelisting of accounts for
73 GM & Principal Officer (AML/CFT)
STR alert generation including change in time parameter.
Branches / offices shall undertake Customer Identification in the following cases:
 While establishing an account-based relationship.
 Carrying out any international money transfer operations for a person who is not an account holder.
 When the Branch / Office has a doubt about the authenticity or adequacy of the customer identification
data it has obtained.
74  Selling of third-party products as agents, selling our own products, payment of dues of credit cards/sale
and reloading of prepaid/travel cards and any other product for more than Rs. 50,000/-
 Carrying out transactions for a non-account-based customer, that is a walk-in customer, where the
amount involved is equal to or exceeds Rs. 50000, whether conducted as a single transaction or several
transactions that appear to be connected.
 When the Bank has reason to believe that a customer (account based or walk-in) is intentionally
structuring a transaction into a series of transactions below the threshold of Rs. 50000.
In terms of PML Amendment Act 2012, banks/FIs should maintain for at least ___years from the
75 5 Years
date of transaction between the bank/FI and the client
76 Suspicious Transactions: is defined under Rule _____ of the PML Rules. Rule 2 (g)
77 Offence of Money Laundering defined under section __ of PMLA Act 2002 Sec-3
78 Punishment for Money Laundering defined under section __ of PMLA Act 2002 Sec-4
Punishment for offence of money laundering: Rigorous imprisonment from 3 years to 7 years and
79 where the proceeds of crime involved relate to any offence (Offences under the Narcotic Drugs and
Psychotropic Substance Act, 1985) the maximum punishment may extend to 10 years instead of 7 years.
80
Maintenance of Records are defined under section __ of PMLA Act 2002 Sec-12
Under the PMLA, the bank needs to preserve customer record for the period of minimum
81 ____ years from date of ending of business relationships. Transaction records need to be 5 Years
preserved for 5 years from the date of transaction.
Records relating to investigations and transactions, which have been the subject of a
82 5 years
disclosure, should be kept for _____ years from the time the STR is filed with FIU-IND.
If the matter related to a suspicious transaction is pending in a court, the relevant records
83 5 years
should be retained for _____from the date of final verdict of the court.
All financial records, which have been reported to the controlling authorities under suspicious
84 5 Years
transactions list, should be retained for at least _____years after the date of transaction.
85 Monetary Fine imposed under PMLA Act 2002, should be paid within _ 6 Months
86 Smurfing, Layering and Integration are three types of_____ Money Laundering Activity
Stage where, the Money Launderer, who is holding the money generated from
criminal activities, introduces the illegal funds into the financial systems. This
87 PLACEMENT*
might be done by breaking up large amount of cash into less conspicuous smaller
sums which are deposited directly into a Bank Account, is called______
*Structuring: This is a particular method of placement, also known as smurfing. It is the practice of
executing financial transactions such as making bank deposits in a specific pattern, calculated to avoid
88 triggering financial institutions to file reports required by law. It can also be described as the act of
breaking a large financial transaction into a series of smaller transactions to avoid scrutiny by regulators
and law enforcement agencies.
Stage where, the Money Launderer typically engages in a series of continuous
conversions or movements of funds, within the financial or banking system by way of
89 LAYERING
numerous accounts, so as to hide their true origin and to distance them from their
criminal source, is called____
Stage where, Having successfully processed his criminal profits through the first two
stages of Money Laundering, the Launderer then moves to this third stage in which the
INTEGRATION Or
90 funds reach the legitimate economy, after getting inseparably mixed with the legitimate
EXTRACTION
money earned through legal sources of income. The Money Launderer might then
choose to invest the funds into real estate, business ventures & luxury assets, etc.
_______ refers Creating document for non-existent shipment i.e.
91 Phantom / Ghost Shipment
where goods were never exported or imported.
Entities with liquid assets or “proceeds of corruption and crime” move asset value
92 to offshore locations, is called____ “Capital Flight”
“The “ISIL (Da’esh) & Al-Qaida Sanctions List”

93 and “1988 Sanctions List” are issued by __. United Nation Security Council (UNSC)
Risk is attributed on Different parameters. Final risk attributed to

94 customers will depend on___ Highest Risk Parameters
FATF (Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering) also known as GAFI
95 (Grouped action financier) has its head quarter in__ PARIS
In April 1990, less than one year after its creation, the FATF issued a report containing a
96 set of_______ Recommendations, which were intended to provide a comprehensive 40 (Forty)
plan of action needed to fight against money laundering.
97 The FATF Recommendation Number 21 describes about ___ Tipping off and confidentiality
98 The act of letting the money launderers know that they are under suspicion is generally referred tipping off.
99 Head quarter of Asia/Pacific Group of Money Laundering Sydney, Australia
100 India has been included as member of FATF in Years____. Year 2010
In case of Basic Savings Bank account, who is responsible for ensuring KYC
101 Business Correspondents
compliance___
KYC verification of all the members of SHG need not be done while opening the
savings bank account of the SHG; KYC verification of all the _____would suffice.
102 All the office bearers
However, Customer Due Diligence (CDD) of all the members of SHG
may be undertaken at the time of credit linking of SHGs.
103 NGOs/NPOs promoted by UN or its agencies are classified as___ Low Risk
104 Cash Txn of Rs. 10 Lacs & above and Suspicious nature to be recorded up to ___ Years. 10 years
Branches SHOULD NOT carry out any financial transactions requested by the customers
105 TRUE
through e-mail even if the request is made by a letter scanned as an attachment.
106 HNI Customers are, who has___ AQB of more than 20.00 lacs in P-segment at CIF level.
107 “DEAF” stands for___ (DEAF Account No- 161001006009) Depositors Education and Awareness Fund
The foreign NGOs, which have been put under prior approval category (PAC) can Ministry of Home Affairs,
108
receive foreign contribution only after taking prior permission from ___ Government of India
109 Banker’s Cheque (pertaining to customers) for more than 10 years should be transferred to__ DEAF A/c
The decision to open an account for a Politically Exposed Person (PEP) is taken by an official not
110 SMGS-IV
below the grade of __
Politically exposed persons are individuals who are / have been entrusted with prominent public position in a foreign
111 country, e.g. Heads of states or of Governments, senior politicians, senior government/judicial/military officers,
senior executives of state owned corporations, important political party officials, etc.
URL for reporting Online Reporting of instances of detection of counterfeit
112 https://ccr.statebanktimes.in
currency notes by designed officials
Beneficial Owner: Section 2 (fa) of PMLA, 2002, Beneficial Owner means an individual who ultimately owns or
113 controls a client of a reporting entity or the person on whose behalf a transaction is being conducted and includes a
person who exercises ultimate effective control over a juridical person.
Client: Chapter I Section 2 (ha) of PMLA, 2002 states that “Client” means a person who is engaged in a financial
114 transaction or activity with the Bank and includes a person on whose behalf the person who is engaged in the
transaction or activity, is acting
For opening an account of a Legal Person who is not a natural person, the beneficial owners should
be identified and all reasonable steps in terms of Rule 9(3) of the PML Act 2002:
In case of company or its subsidiary listed on a stock exchange what is criteria to identify and verify the shareholders
or beneficial owner of such companies: It is not necessary to identify and verify the identity of any shareholder or
beneficial owner.
The Beneficial Owners are natural persons acting through Judicial persons are: In case of
company, the natural person(s) controlling ownership interest by more than _____ % of
Above 10%
the shares / capital / profit in company and exercise right to appoint majority of directors/
115 control the management are policy decisions.
In case of unincorporated associations/ societies, the natural persons with ownership of
Above 15%
____ % of capital / profit of the firm/ Association.
Where the customer is a partnership firm,the beneficial owner is the natural
person(s), who, whether acting alone or together or through one or more juridical persons, has
/ have ownership of/entitlement to______ percent of capital or profits of the partnership or
more than 10
who exercises “control through other means”
In case of Trust, the author of the trust/ trustees/ beneficiaries with ____% or more interest
10% or More
in trust and exercising ultimate effective control over the trust.
116 Branches may open _____ bank account in favor of foreign students studying in India. NRO
Opening of accounts of foreign students studying in India.
117 For NRO Account: A declaration should be obtained about the local address within a period 30 Days
of ____days of opening the account and verify the said local address.
For NRO Account: During the 30 days period, the account may be operated with a condition
118 of allowing foreign remittances not exceeding ____or equivalent into the account and a cap of USD 1,000
monthly withdrawal to Rs. 50,000/-, pending verification of address.
In case of Minors, the acceptable KYC documents are, the documents

119 Guardian who will operates the account
of____ to be required.
Wherever PAN of minor is not available, Form 60 is to be
120 By Parent/Guardian
obtained, which shall be signed by ______only.
 Accounts opened with Deemed OVD, but updated OVD is not provided
In following situations accounts are within 3 months.
121 considered as KYC Non-compliant
 Small accounts where OVD is not provided within a period of 24
Accounts -
months.
122 Partial Freezing means: Disallowing All Debits
Partial freeze to be imposed after ______ months from date of first notice, by allowing all
123 03 Months
credits but disallowing all debits, if the account remains KYC non-compliant.
If the account remains KYC non-compliant after ____ months of imposing partial freeze, all
124 03 Months
credits to the account may be stopped, leading to full freeze.
___ shall be the designated officer for authorizing Partial Freeze/removal of Partial Freeze.
125 Branch Manager
If the accounts are still KYC non-compliant after _____ months of imposing initial ‘partial
6 Months
126 freezing’ all debits and credits from/to the accounts should be disallowed thereby rendering
them inoperative.
The competent authority to permit closure of such Inoperative accounts shall be the Branch
Head not below the rank of_____. In all other cases, Asst. General Manager (Region)
127 SMGS
of the branch/Dy. General Manager (B & O) shall be the competent authority to permit
closure of such accounts.
If the aggregate deposit is below Rs. 500/- and KYC is not complied with, bank can close the
128 30 days.
account after serving the notice of ___ days.
In case the address mentioned as per ‘proof of address’ undergoes a change, fresh proof of
129 6 Months.
address is to be submitted to the bank within a period of ____ Months.
While opening account of Partnership account, COS ___ is taken. COS-37*
130
*COS-37 must be signed by partner himself and on behalf of the firm.
131 While opening account of HUF account, COS ___ is taken. COS-38
132 No frill accounts has been replaced with___ BSBD Accounts
133 BSBDA (Basic Savings Bank Deposit Accounts) are___ Full KYC Compliance
134 Who cannot open Current Account ? Minor, Illiterate & Purdanashin Lady
While establishing a relationship with a customer, i.e. opening an account or making certain transaction,
e.g. cash transaction exceeding Rs. 50,000/, a physical copy of the OVD, duly signed by the
135
customer, containing details of Identity and address, as specified in our e-circular dated 23rd October, 2017,
should be obtained.
Money Mules are persons engaged by criminals to hide their route of funding.
(For Example: a fraudster may engage an ignorant person to get deposit in his account and later give that
136
money to fraudster.) Money Mules can also work outside banking channel and may use Hawala System to
transfer funds within country or even outside country.
“Money Mules” are third party who are recruited to be used to launder the proceeds of fraud schemes (e.g.,
phishing and identity theft) by criminals who gain illegal access to deposit accounts. In some cases these third
137 parties may be innocent while in others, they may be having complicity with the criminals. Money mules are
also recruited by various methods including spam e-mails, advertisements on genuine recruitment web sites,
social networking sites, instant messaging and advertisements in newspapers.
Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is different from FATCA. OFAC in only for remittance to US while
138 FATCA is for any financial asset outside US, in any country where tax is liable to pay in US. If a remittance is
found “positive” for OFAC, the remittance is referred to originating branch.
 Non FATCA Compliant countries are subject to 30% with-holding tax on payment from and to US Person
(by US Authorities).
 Quantum wise only a few accounts will be FATCA Reportable, because as on quarterly cut-off date (quarter
ending) accounts of individual with balance USD 50,000 and Entity with balance USD 2,50,000 are FATCA
139 Eligible accounts.
 BMs are designated as RM (Relationship Managers) in the context of FATCA/CRS. Responsibility to identify
an account FATCA/CRS Reportable or Non-Reportable has been assigned to BMs
 CBDT (Central Board of Direct Taxes) is nodal agency for FATCA/CRS Reporting in India 
CBDT will share the data with US Treasury IRS (Internal Revenue Service).
Government has since issued an Order dated August 27, 2009 detailing the procedure for implementation of
Section 51A of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967 relating to the purposes of Prevention
of, and for coping with Terrorist activities. In terms of Section 51A, the Central Government is
empowered to freeze, seize or attach funds and other financial assets or economic resources held by, on
140 behalf of or at the direction of the individuals or entities Listed in the Schedule to the Order, or any other person
engaged in or suspected to be engaged in terrorism and prohibit any individual or entity from making any
funds, financial assets or economic resources or related services available for the benefit of the individuals or
entities Listed in the Schedule to the Order or any other person engaged in or suspected to be engaged in
terrorism.
“On-going Due Diligence” means regular monitoring of transactions in accounts to ensure that they are
141
consistent with the customers’ profile and source of funds.
Identification of Risk of customers (Turnover wise)
Risk Individual Customers Risk Non-Individual Customers
High Turnover >= Rs. 5 Crore High Turnover >= Rs. 50 Crore
Medium Turnover >= Rs. 2 Crore and < Rs. 5 Crore Medium Turnover >= Rs. 20 Crore and < Rs. 50 Crore
Low Turnover < Rs. 2 Crore Low Turnover < Rs. 20 Crore
Identification of Risk of customers (Branch Risk wise)
Risk Individual Customers Risk Non-Individual Customers
High Customers (CIFs) up to 1 year old. High Customers (CIFs) up to 2 years old.
Medium Customers (CIFs) > 1 years & <= 3 years. Medium Customers (CIFs) > 2 years & <= 5 years.
Low Customers (CIFs) > 3 years old. Low Customers (CIFs) > 5 years old
Customer Risk Categorization (CRC)
Risk Individual Customers Non-Individual Customers
SB account with > 50 transactions in a quarter

High CA / OD/ CC >= 200 transactions for a quarter
Current & OD A/C (Individual) with >100 Txn for a quarter
SB account between 25 to <=50 transactions for a quarter
Medium CA / OD/ CC between 100 to <=200 Txn for a quarter
CA & OD (Individual) between 50 to <=100 Txn for a quarter
SB account <25 transactions for a quarter
Low CA / OD/ CC < 100 transactions for a quarter
Current & OD A/C (Individual) < 50 Txn for a quarter
The CRC (Customer Risk Categorization) by AML/ CFT Department is done at two levels:
 Daily for the incremental accounts/customers, and
142
 At half yearly intervals, i.e. as on 31st March and 30th September every year or in between if the need
arises.
143 Who is Assistant MLRO in our Bank AGM (Region) / Branch Head / Head of CPCs
144 Who is Deputy MLRO in our Bank Dy. General Manager (B&O)
 DGM & CFO/CCFO in Circles for branches in NBG and RBG.

 GM (SAMG) for SAMG branches/outfits.
145 Who is MLRO in our Bank
 GM (CAG – Central) for branches in CAG.
 Senior most DGM at MCG, CC for MCG owned branches.
To upgrade the risk category from High to Medium / Low or Medium to Low, the branch Head seeks an approval
146
from the MLRO of the Circle
_____is one of the main methods by which criminal
147 organizations and terrorist financiers move money for disguising TBML (Trade Based Money Laundering)
its origins and integrating it back into the formal economy.
_____ is a channel to receive cross-border remittances from
overseas jurisdictions. Under this arrangement, the Authorized
148 Rupee Drawing Arrangement (RDA)
Category-I banks enter tie-ups with the non-resident Exchange
Houses to open and maintain their Vostro Account.
Remittances through Exchange Houses for financing of trade
transactions are permitted up to Rs. ____ per transaction. This scheme
149 is not used for cross-border outward remittances from India. There is no limit on Rs. 15 lacs only per txn
the remittance amount as well as on the number of remittances. However, there
is an upper cap of Rs.15 lakh for trade related transaction.
Students from other countries (having Afghan origin) staying in India,
150 maintaining more than one account and generating cash more than Rs ____ lakh Rs 10.00 lakh in a year
in a year.
CBWTR Reporting: All transactions more than Rs. ____ processed through
151 GLS under RDA are shared with AML/CFT, Jaipur for being included in CBWTR Above Rs. 5 Lacs
reporting submitted to FIU-IND.
Information accompanying all domestic wire transfers of Rs. ___ must
152 include complete originator information i.e. name, address and account number Rs. 50000/- and above
etc.,
If the customer, at the time of onboarding, voluntarily provides Aadhaar number for identification purpose,
153 and wants to provide current address different from the address contained in Aadhaar records, a selfdeclaration
may be obtained from the customer to that effect and such current address may be entered in CBS.
 Operational Risk,
Noncompliance with KYC/AML/CFT standards can lead to use of the technology
 Reputation Risk,
154 channels of the Bank for Money Laundering/financing terrorism activities and
 Compliance Risk,
thus expose the Bank to risks such as ___.
 Legal Risk.
Risk Factor: The service provider may conduct business on its own behalf, which is
155 Strategic Risk
inconsistent with the overall strategic goals of the bank.
Risk Factor: Poor service from the service provider, its customer interaction not
156 Reputation Risk
being consistent with the overall standards of the bank.
157 Risk Factor: Privacy, consumer and prudential laws not adequately complied Compliance Risk
with.
Risk Factor: Arising due to technology failure, fraud, error, inadequate financial
158 Operational Risk
capacity to fulfil obligations and/or provide remedies.
Risk Factor: Includes, but is not limited to, exposure to fines, penalties or punitive
159 Legal Risk
damages resulting from supervisory actions, as well as private
160 FATCA stands for (It is a compact between India & USA) Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
161 CRS stands for (CRS is a compact between India & Others) Common Reporting Standards
162 Expand FCRA Foreign Contribution Regulation Act
163 Expand CVPS Currency Verification Processing System
164 Expand “UAPA”, 1967 Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967
165 GIIN Stands for Global Intermediary Identification Number
166 MLM stands for Multi-Level Marketing
167 MLRO stands for Money Laundering Reporting Officer
168 PIO Stands for Person of Indian Origin
169 UCIC stands for (as per RBI) Unique Customer Identification Code
170 UCIC stands for (as per State Bank of India) Uniform Customer Identification Code
171 Expand “CIDR” Central Identities Data Repository
172 CFT stands for__ Combating Financial Terrorism
173 Expand CKYCR____ Central KYC Records Registry
174 Expand “RBA” Risk Based Approach
175 Expand “NCCT” Non-Cooperative Countries & Terrorists
176 Expand “TBML” Trade Based Money Laundering
177 Expand “RDA” Rupee Drawing Arrangement
178 Expand “EDD” Enhanced Customer Due Diligence
179 OCI stands for___ Overseas Citizen of India
180 KUA stands for KYC User Agency

Chapter – 6 Legal Aspects of Banking & Various Acts related to Bank

01 Hypothecation is defined under Section__ of SARFAESI 2002. Section- 2(n)
RBI announced the ‘Banking Ombudsman Scheme, 1995’ on ____under

02 14.06.1995
powers conferred by section 35(A) of Banking Regulation Act
03 Banking Ombudsman scheme is applicable in whole India _____ ? Including J&K
04 Ombudsmen may award up to Rs. ___ Maximum Rs. 20.00 Lacs
05 Ombudsmen may award up to Rs. ___ in case of Credit Card. Maximum Rs. 1.00 Lacs
Compensation _____ can also be awarded by the Banking Ombudsman

06 to the complainant for loss of time; expenses incurred as also, harassment Max. Rs. 1.00 lacs
and mental anguish suffered by the complainant.
07 Appellate Authority, in case of Banking Ombudsman is____ Deputy Governor of RBI
The Reserve Bank may appoint one or more of its officers in the rank of ______to be
08 CGM or GM
known as Banking Ombudsmen
The appointment of Banking Ombudsman under the above Clause may be made for a
09 3 Years
period not exceeding ____years at a time.
The Banking Ombudsman shall send to the Governor, Reserve Bank, a Report, as on
10 ______ of every year, containing a general review of the activities of his Office during the 30th June
preceding financial year.
Under the amended Scheme (Banking Ombudsman), a customer would
Mobile Banking /
11 also be able to lodge a complaint against the bank for its non-adherence to
Electronic Banking
RBI instructions with regard to ___________services in India.
Banking Ombudsman: An award shall lapse and be of no effect unless the complainant
12 furnishes to the bank concerned within a period of _____ days from the date of receipt of 30 Days
copy of the Award, a letter of acceptance of the Award in full and final settlement of his claim.
Banking Ombudsman: Party to the complaint aggrieved by an Award or rejection of a
13 complaint, may appeal before the Appellate Authority within ___ days of the date of receipt 30 Days
of communication of Award or rejection of complaint.
14 Whistle Blower The employees of the bank making the disclosure under this policy.
SUBJECT under
15 The specific branch and/or employee in respect of whom disclosure is being made.
Whistle blower
• DGM & CFO at LHO for staff members posted in the respective Circles and
DESIGNATED • GM in charge OF (FPMD) at Corporate Centre for staff members posted at
16 OFFICIAL under Corporate Centre, its establishments and other business groups.
Whistle blower • In case disclosure is against an official of the rank of GM and above, CGM in charge of
FPMD will be the Designated Officer.
All employees, including officer and award staff members, of the Bank posted at domestic
17 Who are covered branches/offices, as also those under contract service in the Bank are covered under
Whistle Blower Policy.
• Corruption
• Frauds
• Misuse/ abuse of official position,
18 What are covered
• Manipulation of data / documents,
• Any other act of an employee which affects the interest of the Bank adversely
and has the potential to cause financial or reputational loss to the Bank.
CGM, in charge of Fraud Prevention & Monitoring
Department (FPMD) at CC.
19 Who is reviewing authority under Whistle Blower Policy In cases, where this CGM is the Designated Officer,
Managing Director in charge of FPMD shall be the
reviewing Authority.
20 The official website for reporting under the policy is __ https://whistleblower.sbi.co.in/login
GM (FPMD) at CC and the DGM & CFO at LHO

21 Who is responsible for implementation of the policy ? will ensure that the revised Policy is known to all
employees.
To protect the interest of the Whistle Blower for any adverse reporting in Annual
Appraisal/ Performance report, he/she may be given an option to request for a review of
22 03 months
his/her Annual Report by the next higher authority of the Reviewing Authority of his/her
Report within ___ after the closure of the relevant financial year ending 31 st March.
The action taken against each disclosure will be also noted and put up to the Reviewing
23 7 days
Authority within ____of receipt of complaint.
The process of investigation Under Whistle Blower Policy will be completed within ___
24 days of receipt of the Complaint. 45 Days
The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal)

25 Act, 2013 (“Sexual Harassment Act”) has been published in the Gazette of India on ____ 23.04.2013
This policy extends to all the employees (whether in the office premises or outside while on duty) of the Bank,
26 whether the incident has occurred during or beyond office hours.
Where sexual harassment occurs to an employee of the Bank as a result of an act by a third party or
27 outsider while on official duty, the Bank will take all necessary and reasonable steps to assist the affected
person in terms of support and preventive action.
''Aggrieved woman'' means a woman, of any age whether employed or not, who alleges to have been
28 subjected to any act of sexual harassment by the respondent at workplace.
''Respondent'' means a person against whom a complaint of sexual harassment has been made by the
29 aggrieved woman.
“Workplace” in addition to the place of work, also includes any place visited by the employee arising out of
30 or during the course of employment including transportation provided by the employer for undertaking such
journey.
Physical contact and advances
A demand or request for sexual favours
Sexually coloured remarks or remarks of a sexual nature

about a person's clothing or body;
Sexual Harassment includes any one or
more of the following unwelcome acts Showing pornography, making or posting sexual pranks,
or behavior (whether directly or by sexual teasing, sexual jokes, sexually demeaning or offensive
implication) namely: pictures, cartoons or other materials through email, SMS,
MMS etc
Policy on Sexual Harassment known as Repeatedly asking to socialize during off-duty hours or
31
“GARIMA” continued expressions of sexual interest against a person’s
wishes
Persistent watching, following, contacting of a person
Any other unwelcome physical, verbal or non-verbal conduct

of sexual nature
Apart from the above-mentioned acts of Sexual Harassment, the following circumstances, if occur or present
in relation to or connected with the above act or behaviour of sexual harassment may be tantamount to sexual
harassment:
• Interferes with work or creating an intimidating or offensive or hostile work environment; or
• Humiliating treatment likely to affect her health or safety.
Independent Internal Complaint Committees
32 Corporate Centre, LHOs, Zonal Offices & RBOs level
(ICC) is required to be constituted at ___levels.
IC Formed at RBO Approver is DGM (B&O)
Authority to approve constitution of IC Formed at AO Approver is GM (Network)
33
Internal Committees (ICs)
IC Formed at LHO Approver is CGM
IC will comprise minimum 04 members i.e. the One Presiding Officer + 2 members, one of whom shall be a
34
woman, and one member from NGO or association committed to the cause of women.
Any aggrieved woman may make, in writing, a complaint of Sexual Harassment at
35 Workplace to concerned ICC within a period of _____ months from the date of incident. 3 Months
In case of a series of incidents, the complaint should be made within a period
of three months from the date of last incident. The time limit may be extended by
36 90 Days
the Committee for a reasonable period i.e. maximum of _____after recording the reasons
adduced by the complainant.
The complainant should upload a signed copy of her complaint in _____ format on the
37 PDF
Portal. Link is https://info.sbi Home Page>>Quick Links>>GARIMA
Cases (Under Sexual Harassment) relating to Corporate Centre Establishments within
38 Circle concerned.
the geographical area of the Circles will be dealt with by ICC(s) of the ___
Where the aggrieved woman is unable to make a complaint on account of her physical or mental
39 incapacity or death or otherwise, her legal heir, relative or friend, co-worker or any other person
having the knowledge of the incident may make a complaint on her behalf.
• Relevant Dates
The written complaint under the policy should • Timings
40 contain a description of each incident(s) viz • Location,
• Name of the respondent(s)
• The working relationship (if any) between the parties.
Complain, in writing, can be filed directly to the ICC or through branch head. The ICC should acknowledge the
receipt of the complaint received under Garima by means of an email/letter to the complainant. This
41
acknowledgement should be in addition to any other acknowledgement given to her on submission of complaint to
Branch Manager/Head of Department.
Inquiry into Complaint: Where the settlement is not arrived at by Conciliation or the
terms and conditions of settlement have not been complied with by the respondent, IC,
where the respondent is an employee, will proceed to make inquiry into the complaint in
42 accordance with the provisions of the Service Rules applicable to the respondent. Where Within 7 Days
no such rules exist for the respondent, the complaint will be forwarded to the
police authority within ____ days for registering the case under Indian Penal
Code.
43 Sexual Harassment case: The inquiry will be completed within ____ days. Within 90 Days
Inquiry Report: On completion of the Inquiry, the Internal Committee will provide its
44 findings to the appointing authority under service rule/conditions of the employee, within Within 10 days
_____ days of its completion.
Punishment Stage: Disciplinary Authority to act on the recommendation of Internal
45 Within 60 days
Committee with ___ days of receipt of Inquiry Report.
Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Internal Committee (IC) may prefer an
appeal within _____ days of the recommendations to the Internal Appellate
46 Within 90 Days
Committee (IAC - POSH) constituted in the Bank. Appeal for non-implementation of the
decision of IC may also be filed to (IAC - POSH) within 90 days
There shall be 2 Internal Appellate Committees (POSH), viz. IAC POSH-I and IAC POSH-II
At least 03 members, two of whom shall be DMDs of the Bank.

IAC POSH–I Appeals in cases where either the Complainant(s) or the Respondent(s) is the rank of DGM
and above)
47 At least 03 members, one of whom shall be GM and other 02 will be DGM.
IAC POSH–II Appeals in cases where both the Complainant(s) or the Respondent(s) is upto the rank of
Scale V.
The Internal Appellate Committees (POSH) I & II will be constituted at Corporate Centre and
will be treated as apex level committees.
48 Expand “POSH” Prevention of Sexual Harassment
Sexual Harassment at workplace will be construed as misconduct as per Clause 5 (t) of Memorandum of Settlement
49
dated 10.04.2002 in respect of Award Staff and Rule 50 (10) of SBI Officers’ Service Rules.
An officer may be granted special casual leave and any special leave by the competent authority under Rule 37A of
SBIOSR, up to a period of 03 months if recommendations for such grant of special leave are received from
50
the Internal Committee (IC) under section 12(1) of the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention,
Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013.
The Bank shall furnish the information pertaining to the number of cases filed under
51 Annual Report
Sexual Harassment and disposed of in its ______.
The external member of the IC shall be paid fees or allowance for holding proceedings of Rs. 5000/- per
52
the IC by the Bank, in addition to out-of-pocket expenses on actual basis. session
IC Formed at RBO Approver is DGM (B&O)
Authority to approve constitution of Internal IC Formed at AO Approver is GM (Network)
53
Committees (ICs) under GARIMA (POSH).
IC Formed at LHO Approver is CGM
In 90 days after it submits its report.
Maintenance of case files & other record of
54 For IC upto circle level: by HR Dept LHO at the Circle &
closed cases under GARIMA (POSH)
For IC at CC level By Ethics & Business Conduct Dept at CC
Transactions happening only upto 30 days from date of dispatch as recorded in
55 What is Pre-Delivery frauds ?
SBI systems.
56 Fraud angle report should be submitted within ____days. Within 7 days
When fraud angle is pointed out by Investigating Official, The Controller will report
57 Within 3 days
the case to FMC, LHO ____ days of receipt of such report.
FMR should be reported within ____ days from the date of Fraud Identification
58 Within 5 Days
Committee (FIC) meeting?
All Fraud Monitoring Returns (FMR) in individual fraud cases, irrespective of
59 amount involved, need to be reported to RBI electronically within ___ from the 03 weeks
date of detection.
______ will be responsible for submitting all Fraud Monitoring Returns to RBI
60 GM (FPMD)
as mentioned in this Policy.
61 Flash report is required to be submitted for fraud cases of Rs.____. Rs.5 crore and above
62 Submission of Flash Report by FMC, LHO to FMD, Corporate Centre. Within 3 Days
63 Submission of Flash Report by FMD, Corporate Centre to RBI Within 7 Days
64 Delay in reporting of frauds by bank attracts penal action under section __ 47-A BR Act 1949
A case can be filed under section____ of Criminal Procedure Code,1973, if FIR

65 156 (3)
is not registered by police authorities?
66 156 (3) of Criminal Procedure Code,1973 denotes ____ Power of the Magistrate
Cases of cash shortage resulting from negligence and fraudulent foreign exchange transactions involving
67 irregularities / violation of regulations, are also to be reported as frauds if the intention to cheat/defraud is
suspected or proved.
The following cases even where fraudulent intention is not suspected /proved at the time
of detection, will be treated as fraud and reported accordingly: (i)Cases of cash shortage
more than Rs. ____ (including at ATMs) (i)₹ 10,000/-
68
(ii)Cases of cash shortage more than __ if detected by management / auditor/ inspecting (ii)₹ 5,000/-
officer and not reported on the day of occurrence by the persons handling cash.
Circles will ensure that all frauds of Rs. ___ are reported
69 Rs. 1.00 lacs and more
to their respective Local Boards on detection.
Upto Rs. 5 Lakhs: GM (Network)/BU >
70 Authority structure for identifying and declaring the Case as Fraud Rs. 5 Lakhs : FIC of Circle / BU
71 Expand “FIC” Fraud Identification Committee
The Bank need not report cases of attempted frauds to RBI. However, Fraud Prevention and Monitoring
72 Dept, Corporate Centre will place the report on individual cases of attempted fraud involving an amount of
Rs.1 crore and above before the Audit Committee of the Board on a quarterly basis.
All identified loan frauds of Rs. ______ threshold will continue to be reported
73 to Central Fraud Monitoring Cell (CFMC), RBI Below Rs. 3.00 crore
The threshold for EWS (Early Warning Signal) and RFA (Red Flagged
74 Accounts) is an exposure of Rs. ____ crore or more at bank level irrespective Rs. 3.00 Crore
of the lending arrangement (whether Sole, Multiple Banking or Consortium).
All accounts beyond Rs. 3.00 crore classified as RFA or ‘Frauds’ to be reported on the Central
75 Repository of Information on Large Credits (CRILC) platform of RBI within seven days together with the
dates on which the accounts are classified as such.
The process of flagging an Account as RFA or otherwise should be completed
76 ______ of the EWS being noticed. Within one month
Reporting of frauds involving forged instruments including fake/forged

77 instruments sent in clearing in respect of truncated instruments will continue Only by Paying Bank
to be done by ________ and not by the Collecting Bank.
DGM (Vigilance) in Circles/Business Groups will act as nodal officers for vetting of
78 complaints before filing with the CBI for all fraud cases of Rs. ____reported from the Below Rs.50 Cr
concerned Circles/ Business Groups.
In cases of frauds exceeding Rs. ______, the Chief Vigilance Officer (CVO) of the Bank
79 shall be the Nodal Officer responsible for vetting the complaint. Above Rs. 50 Cr
All accounts exceeding Rs. ______, if classified as NPA, shall simultaneously be

80 examined from the angle of possible fraud. Above Rs. 50 Cr
The threshold for EWS and RFA is an exposure of Rs. _______ or more at bank level
81 irrespective of the lending arrangement (whether Sole Banking, Multiple Banking or Rs. 3 Cr
Consortium).
The advance related frauds are to be reported ____ and not branch wise, unless there
82 are common beneficiaries/related borrowers acting in connivance with each other. These Borrower Wise
instructions are also applicable to frauds involving Debit Cards used in ATM/POS etc.
Bank has been allowed, for limited statistical / reporting purposes, to close those fraud cases involving
amounts up to Rs. 25.00 lac in which CBI/Police/Court cases have not been concluded, if the investigation
83
is on or challan/ charge sheet not filed in the Court for more than 03 years from the date of filing of First
Information Report (FIR) by the CBI/Police.
The Legal Audit shall be conducted preferably____ months before the 3 Months
84
commencement of RFIA / Credit Audit. (Applicable in above 5 Cr.)
85 Time frame for taking a decision on suspicious transactions pointed out by RFIA / SARG. 01 Month
The detailed authority structure for filing of FIR is given as under

Agency to whom
Amount Involved in Fraud complaint should be Remarks
lodged
Above ₹10,000/- but below State police: To
To be lodged by Branch.
₹ 1.00 Lac. (If done by Staff) the local police station
To the State CID /
₹ 1.00 Lac and above but
Economic Offences wing To be lodged by the Regional Manager
below ₹ 3.00 Cr
of the State concerned
To be lodged by the concerned Controllers with
• Anti-Corruption Branch of CBI (where staff
>=₹ 3.00 Cr to ₹ 25.00 Cr CBI involvement is prima facie evident)
• Economic Offences Wing of CBI (where staff
involvement is prima facie not evident)
To be lodged by the concerned Controllers with Banking
>₹ 25.00 Cr to ₹ 50.00 Cr CBI Security and Fraud Cell (BSFC) of CBI (irrespective of the
involvement of a public servant)
To be lodged by the concerned Controllers with the Joint
More than Rs.50.00 Cr CBI
Director (Policy) CBI, HQ New Delhi
86 For frauds of an amount Rs. __, if committed by public, FIR need not be filed Below Rs.1.00 lakh
The Branch will arrange for filing of FIR immediately in all cases where the
amount involved is more than Rs. ____ and committed by outsiders on their
87 own and /or with the connivance of bank staff/officers. The fraud cases where More than Rs.1.00 lac
they have been committed by staff, FIR should be filed in case the amount
involved is more than Rs.10000/-.
All fraud cases of value Rs. _____ involving bank officials, should be referred
to the Regional Head of the bank, who would scrutinize each case and direct
88 Below Rs. 10,000/-
the bank branch concerned on whether it should be reported to the local police
station for further legal action.
Fraud cases below ____ will be closed by the GM in Circles/BU if all the above
89 aspects are completed, after obtaining administrative approval from the CGM, Below Rs. 1.00 Lakhs
FPMD, Corporate Centre, in this regard.
90 RTI Act was passed by parliament on 15.06.2005 and came into force on 13.10.2005
RTI is now applicable in whole country including Jammu & Kashmir.

91
(As per GOI Gazette) (Source: http://egazette.nic.in/WriteReadData/2019/210407.pdf
Section-19(1): “First Appeal”
92 Following terms have been defined under RTI Act: Section-19(2): “Second Appeal”
Section-20: Penalties & Disciplinary Actions
93 RTI – QM & TS stands for RTI Query Management and Tracking System
94 Who is CPIO & CAPIO RM as CPIO & BM as CAPIO
95 Expand “CPIO” Central Public Information Officers
96 Expand “CAPIO” Central Assistant Public Information Officers
97 Information sought from RBO, who is CAPIO in RBO? CM (Compliance & Risk Management)
98 RTI fee is Rs.10/- but people …… is exempted from fee. People of below poverty line Only
Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if it concerns the life or liberty of a
99 48 Hours
person __?
100 Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if it is in normal course ….. ? 30 Days
Time limit for disposing off applications under RTI, if the application is
101 5 days Additional to above.
received through CAPIO….. ?
102 Appellate Authority in case of RTI in our Bank is…………? General Manager
103 Under RTI Act 2005, Exemption from disclosure is defined in Section …….? Section 8 & 9
The government has put a word limit of ……...words for filing an application under
104 the Right to Information (RTI) Act. However, the rules said that “no application 500 Words
shall be rejected on the ground that it contains more than five hundred words”.
105 All Public-Sector Banks to maintain records in respect of RTI up to ____ 20 Years
106 RTI fee Rs 10/- collected from the customers in cash, is to be credited to… P&T charges recovered A/C
Under RTI: Any person who does not receive a decision within the time or aggrieved by a
107 decision of CPIO, may appeal to the appellate authority within ___days from the expiry of 30 Days
such period or from the Receipt of such a decision.

Under RTI: The appellate authority of the public authority shall dispose of the appeal within
108 45 Days
a period of 30 days or in exceptional cases within ___days of the receipt of the appeal
Under RTI: If the first appellate authority fails to pass an order on the appeal within the
prescribed period or if the appellant is not satisfied with the order of the first appellate
109 authority, he may prefer a second appeal with the Central Information Commission within 90 Days
_____days from the date on which the decision should have been made by the first appellate
authority or was actually received by the appellant.
The information seeker under RTI Act is not required to give reasons for seeking
110 TRUE
Information.
If CPIO has refused to receive the application or has not furnished the information within the time specified
111 in this regard, will be liable for penalty of Rs. 250/- per day till application received or information furnished,
so however, the total amount of such penalty shall not exceed Rs. 25000/-
The Indian Contract Act, 1872 was enacted on 25th April, 1872 and
112 01st September 1872
subsequently came into force on the first day of _______ 1872.
113 Acceptance must be absolute as per Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872. Section-7
114 Minor cannot enter into any contract as per Section__ of ICA 1872. Section-11
115 Consent is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872. Section-13
116 Fraud is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872. Section-17
117 An Agreement without consideration is void, is defined in sec ___ of ICA 1872. Section-25
Clayton’s Rules defines________, when several debts are owned.

118 (It applies in case of Partnership / Joint Accounts having Appropriation of Payments
DEBIT Balance) (Under Sec-59 to 61 of Indian Contract Act 1872)
As per Section ___ of Indian Contract Act 1872; a Quasi Contract means Loans
119 Section-68
to minor to meet necessaries of life are binding on the minor’s estate.
A person who finds goods belonging to another, and takes them into his custody, is
120 Section-71
subject to the same responsibility as a Bailee. Defined in Sec___ of ICA 1872.
121 Indemnity is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872 Section-124
Guarantee, Surety, Principal Debtor, Creditor are defined under Section__

122 Section-126
of Indian Contract Act 1872
Guarantor’s liability is co-extensive with that of borrower is defined as per
123 Section-128
section _____ ICA (Indian Contract Act) 1872 (i.e. Surety’s liability)
124 Death of guarantor revokes continuing guarantee for future transactions. Section-131
“Discharge of surety by variance in terms of contract” is defined under

125 Section-133
section ____ of Indian Contract Act 1872.
126 Bailment, Bailor & Bailee have been defined under ___ of ICA-1872 Section-148
Section-171
127 “Lien” is defined under Section__ of Indian Contract Act 1872 • Particular Lien-170
• General Lien-171
128 Pledge, Pawnor & Pawnee is defined under Sec__ of Indian Contract Act. Section-172
129 Agent & Principal is defined in Indian Contract Act 1872 under__ Section-182
130 Transfer of Property Act 1882 came into force on___ 01st July 1882
Actionable Claim & Immovable Property is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of

131 Section-3
Property Act 1882
132 Transfer of Property is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-5
133 “Oral Transfer” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-9
134 “Conditional Transfer” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-25
135 “Fraudulent Transfer” is defined u/s ___ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-53
136 “Sale” is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-54
137 Mortgage is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-58(a)
138 Simple Mortgage is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-58(b)
139 Mortgage by conditional sale is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-58(c)
140 Usufructuary mortgage is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-58(d)

141 English Mortgage is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-58(e)
Equitable Mortgage or Mortgage by Deposit of Title Deeds is defined under
142 Section-58(f)
Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882.
143 Anomalous mortgage is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-58(g)
144 Subrogation is defined under Section__ of TPA 1882 Section-92
Registration of Charge (i.e. “Charges”) is defined under Section__ of Transfer of
145 Section-100
Property Act 1882 (Remember It is not defined in Company Act)
146 Lease is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-105
147 Exchange is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-118
148 Gift is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-122
149 Onerous gifts are defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-127
Transfer of Actionable Claim is defined under Section_______ of Transfer of
150 Section-130
Property Act 1882
151 “Mortgaged debt” is defined under Section__ of Transfer of Property Act 1882 Section-134
152 Garnishee Order is issued under ____ Section-60 of Civil Procedure Code-1908
153 Garnishee Order does not applicable to___ Insolvent, Deceased & Firm
154 Attachment Order (under Sec- 226(3) of I. Tax Act 1961) is applicable to___ To the Deceased
BANKERS’ BOOK EVIDENCE ACT, 1891: ______ deals with the inspection of
155 Section 6
books by order of Court or Judge.
As per Section___ of Limitation Act 1963, Payment/deposit of any amount by the Section-19,
156 borrower himself by a signed voucher extends limitation period further by 3 years Limitation Act 1963
In case of Mortgage, letter of acknowledgement of debts should be obtained every ___ till
157 3 years
validity of mortgage.
In case of dishonor of cheque, for filling civil suit the limitation period is ___ from the
158 date of dishonor. For criminal proceedings under section 142 of NI Act 1881, it should be 3 years
initiated within 1 month.
159 Limitation Period in case of Garnishee Order is__ 12 Years
160 Limitation Period in case of Attachment Order is___ 30 Years
Limitation Period in case of Mortgage is___ (By a mortgage for possession of immovable
161 12 Years
property mortgaged.)
162 Limitation Period in case of “By a mortgage for foreclosure” ___ 30 Years
163 Limitation Period in case of Hypothecation is ___ 3 years
164 Limitation Period in case of Bills of Exchange / Promissory Note is ___ 3 years
165 Limitation Period in case of Pledge is ___ No Limited Period
166 Limitation period of Usance bill is___ 3 years from due date
167 Limitation period of Demand bill is___ 3 years from date of bill
168 Limitation Period in case of Deposit is ___ 3 Years from Demand
169 Limitation Period in case of Term Loan is ___ 3 Years From the due date of each instalment.
170 Limitation Period in case of Demand Loan is ___ 3 years from the date when the loan is made.
171 The limitation period of wrong entries is __ from the date of detection of the entry. 3 Years
172 Under the limitation act, there is ___ period for filling suit against the trustee. No limitation period
173 Various Important Relationship between Banker & Customer
174 Providing Various Services to non-Account Holders Agent & Principal
175 Issuing / Purchase of Draft by purchaser. Debtor & Creditor
176 Cheques deposited pending Instructions for disposal thereof. Trustee & Beneficiary
177 Collection of Cheques Agent & Principal
178 Standing Instructions Agent & Principal
179 Payee of Drafts at Paying Branch Trustee & Beneficiary
180 Financial Planning Services Advisor & Client
181 In case of MORTGAGE Mortgagee & Mortgagor
Sl Questions Answers
No.
The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (NI Act) was enacted on 09 December 1881 and came
182 01st March 1882
into force on _____.
183 Promissory Note is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-4
184 Bills of exchange is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-5
185 Cheque is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-6

186 Drawer, Drawee & Payee are defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-7
187 Holder is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-8

188 Holder in Due Course is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-9
189 Payment in Due Course is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-10
190 Negotiable Instrument is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-13

191 Negotiation is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-14
192 Endorsement is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-15
193 Endorsement “in blank” , “in full” and “endorsee” defines in Section- Section-16
194 Ambiguous instrument is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-17

195 Amount Differ (Words & Figures) is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-18
196 Inchoate (Incomplete) Instrument is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-20
197 Public Holiday is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-25

As per section__ of NI Act 1881, Minor can draw, endorse, deliver, & negotiate the instruments
198 Section-26
but without binding himself.
199 Liabilities of Drawer is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-30
200 Wrongful Dishonor (Liabilities of Drawee/Bank) is defined under sec.__ of NI Act. Section-31
201 Liability of Endorser is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-35
202 Liability of Prior parties to the Holder in due course is defined under sec.__ of NI. Section-36
Bearer Cheque is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-47

203
If neither the word ‘Bearer’ nor ‘Order’ is written on a cheque, payment will be made by treating it as: Bearer Cheque
204 Order Cheque is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-48
205 Sans Recourse (Conditional Endorsement) defined in Section__ Section-52

206 Bills of exchange must be accepted within 48 hours (excluding holidays) Section-63
207 The Bill should be presented for acceptance within _____ hours of receipt 24 Hours
1
Instrument presented during business hour can be paid on the same day but if Section-65
208 presented after business hour, as per section___ of NI Act a banker will not get
protection, in case he/she pays the instrument on that day.
209 Payment of Electronic Cheque is defined u/s ___ of NI Act-1881 Section-81
210 If no interest rate is mentioned in Promissory Note, ROI will be @ 18% per annum. Section-82
211 As per sec.__ of NI Act 1881, Protection to Paying banker in DRAFT Section-85A
212 As per sec.__ of NI Act , Protection to Paying banker in Order Cheque Section-85(1)
213 As per sec.__ of NI Act, Protection to Paying banker in Bearer Cheque Section-85(2)
214 As per sec.__ of NI Act, Material alteration makes a cheque void. Section-87
215 Paying banker gets protection when material alteration does not appear by naked eyes. Section-89
216 Noting is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-99
217 Protesting is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-100

218 General Crossing is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-123
219 Special Crossing is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-124
220 As per section__ of NI Act 1881, Holder may cross the cheque. Section-125
221 Payment in due course of CROSSED CHEQUE is defined under sec._ of NI Act. Section-128
222 Not Negotiable Crossing is defined under sec.__ of NI Act 1881. Section-130
223 Collecting Bankers’ protection in case of crossed cheques is defined under sec. of NI. Section-131
Protection to collecting bank against conversion for crossed bank drafts Sec-131-A of NI
224
comes under Act
225 Insufficient Funds is defined in section___ of NI Act Section-138 to 147
If a cheque is returned unpaid due to insufficient fund, the drawer is liable to be punished
226 with a prison up to 2 Years or with a fine upto twice of cheque amount or both (Reason Section-138
should be quoted as Insufficient Fund)
Under NI Act, Section _____states that every offence punishable under the Act shall be
227 Section-147
compoundable.
Before filling suit against the drawer of cheque, time of ___ days to be given to drawer for
228 15 Days
payment of cheque.
 The payee or the holder in due course should have issued a notice in writing to the drawer within 30 days
(it was 15 days prior to 2002 amendments) of the receipt of information by him from the bank regarding
the return of the cheque as unpaid.
 After the receipt of the said notice by the payee or the holder in due course, the drawer should have failed
to pay the cheque amount within 15 days of the receipt of the said notice.
229
 On non-payment of the amount due on the dishonoured cheque within 15 days of the receipt of the notice
by the drawer, the complaint should have been filed within 30 days from the date of expiry of the grace
time of 15 days, before a Metropolitan Magistrate or not below the rank of a Judicial Magistrate of the first
class.
Summary trial procedure permitted for imposing punishment up to 1 year and fine even > Rs 5,000/-
Recent Amendments in NI Act (Gazette dated 02.08.2018)
The amendment introduces a new provision, Section 143A in the Act, which gives power to the Court to order
payment of interim compensation by the drawer of the cheque to the complainant. As per this provision,
interim compensation not exceeding 20% of the cheque amount can be ordered to be paid in cases where the
accused does not plead guilty in a summary trial or summons case. The interim compensation has to be paid
230 within a period of 60 days of the order. The provision further states that the interim compensation so
received has to be returned by the complainant along with interest at Bank Rates as prescribed by the
Reserve Bank of India prevalent at the beginning of the relevant financial year, if the accused is acquitted
after trial. The amendment also introduces Section 148 in the Act, in an appeal by the drawer against
conviction under section 138, the Appellate Court may order the appellant to deposit such sum which shall be
a minimum of 20% of the fine or compensation awarded by the trial Court within 60 days, provided that the
amount payable under this sub-section shall be in addition to any interim compensation paid by the appellant
under section 143A.
1st October 1932 except section 69 which came
231 The Indian Partnership Act 1932 came into force on:
into force on the 1st October 1933.
232 The Indian Partnership Act 1932 extends to the whole of India Including the State of Jammu and Kashmir.
Section-4 of the Indian Partnership Act, 1932 defines Partnership in the following terms:
233 “Partnership is the relation between persons who have agreed to share the profits of a business carried
on by all or any of them acting for all.”
234 “Partnership-at-will” is defined under sec___ Sec-7
235 Partners are agent of the firms, is defined in___ Sec-18
236 Section__ deals with the implied authority of a partner as an agent of the firm. Sec-19
Section___ defines joint and several liabilities of the partners for all acts done while he is a
237 Sec-25
partner.
As per section___ of Partnership Act 1932, A minor can be admitted to the benefits of a
238 Sec-30
partnership but cannot become a partner.
239 “Introduction of a Partner” is defined under section___ Sec-31
240 “Retirement of a Partner” is defined under section___ Sec-32
241 “Insolvency of a Partner” is defined under sec___ Sec-34
242 Death, Insolvency etc. of a partner dissolve the partnership. Sec-42
243 Registration of a partnership firm is not mandatory, It’s optional. Sec-58
A registered firm can file a suit against others to enforce rights arising from a contract, but an
244 Sec-69
unregistered firm cannot. The creditors of an unregistered firm can file a suit against the firm.
245 Interest on loans lent by partners will be charged @ ____% p.a. only. 6%
The circumstances under which a partnership firm is dissolved are: If the

246 14 Days’ Notice
partnership is AT WILL by giving ____ days’ notice.
Now 50*
247 No. of partners may be up to the maximum of __ (Company Act 2013) w.e.f. 01.04.2014
(Minimum no. 2)
*w.e.f. 01.04.2014 “Section 464 of the Companies Act, 2013 empowers the Centre Government to prescribe maximum
number of partners in a firm but the number of partners so prescribed cannot be more than 100. The Central Government
has prescribed maximum number of partners in a firm to be 50 vide Rule 10 of the Companies (Miscellaneous)
Rules, 2014. Thus, in effect, a partnership firm cannot have more than 50 members”.
Chapter XXIX Part-II The Companies (Miscellaneous) Rules, 2014 (Rule-10, "Association or
Partnership of Persons Exceeding Certain Number") Source:
http://ebook.mca.gov.in/Default.aspx?page=rules
Limited Liability Partner: Audit requirement only if the contributions exceed Rs 25 lakhs or turnover
248
exceeding Rs 40 lakhs.
Tax audit is required to be completed by a Chartered Accountant if a business has a total sales turnover of
249 over Rs. 1 crore. In case of a profession, if the profession has total gross receipts of more than Rs. 50 lakhs,
then tax audit by a Chartered Accountant is mandatory.
“Public In terms of the Criminal Law (Amendment) Act, 1988, the definition of the
250
Servant” term ‘public servant’ as given in Section 21 of the Indian Penal Code.
251 Maximum Directors in Public Company is__ 15 (Fifteen)
252 Minimum Directors in Public & Private Company respectively are ___ 3&2
253 Eligibility age to become Managing Director or Whole Time Director__ 21 years
As per new Company Act 2013, Private Company can have maximum of ____ members /
254 200
Shareholders
255 Class action suits can be initiated by ____ against Company & Auditors. Shareholders
Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) is required to be posted all the listed

256 companies, Public Company having paid-up capital of Rs. _____. Rs. 10.00 Crore or more
Company Secretary (CS) is required to be posted all the listed companies,

257 Public Company having paid-up capital of Rs. _____. Rs. 10.00 Crore or more
A company owning more than 50 % of share capital in another company or a

258 Holding Company
company which can appoint majority of Directors in another company is called _.
The ______ is charter of a company. Its purpose is to enable the
259 shareholders, creditors and those dealing with the company to know its Memorandum of Association
permitted range of business.
The ___ is rules and regulations governing the internal management of
260 Articles of Association
the company. They define the powers of the officers of the company.
For a Small Company, the paid-up capital should not exceed Rs. ___
Paid-up Capital: Rs. 4 Crore
261 lakhs or the turnover as per latest statement of profit & loss should not
Turnover: Rs. 40 Crore
exceed Rs. ____ crores.
For DRT cases: Revised Applicable limit for Bank’ dues is__
262 (Source: http://drt.etribunals.gov.in/drtlive/actrules.php) Rs. 20 Lacs and above
The Banking Regulation Act was passed as the Banking Companies Act 1949 and came
263 16.03.1949
into force w.e.f .____.
264 Subsequently, the Act was changed to Banking Regulations Act 1949 w.e.f.____ 01.03.1966
265 Banking Regulation Act 1949 applies to __ Whole country (including J&K)
“Banking” is defined u/s ___ of BR Act-1949 (“Acceptance of deposits for lending and
266 Section-5
investment; and making payments on demand”)
No company other than a banking company can use of words “bank”, “banker”, “banking”
267 Section-7
or “banking company as per Sec___ of BR Act 1949.
As per section-17 of BR Act-1949, A Bank should transfer Not less than ____% of its
268 20%
annual profit to the reserve fund before declaring dividend.
No banking company shall grant loans/advances on the security of its own
269 Sec-20 of BR Act 1949
shares.
270 Licensing of banking companies comes under Sec___ under BR Act 1949. Section-22
271 Maintenance of SLR is defined in ____ of BR Act 1949. Section-24
272 “Return of unclaimed deposits” is defined under Sec___ of BR Act 1949 Section-26
“Establishment of Depositor Education and Awareness Fund (DEAF)” under section___

273 Section-26A
of BR Act 1949.
274 “Audit” is defined under Sec___ of BR Act 1949 Section-30
275 “Inspection” is defined under Sec___ of BR Act 1949 Section-35
Return of paid cheques to customers* is defined in section___ of BR Act.

276 (*"Customer" includes a government department and a corporation incorporated Section-45Z
by or under any law.)
277 Nomination facility in Deposit is defined u/s ___of BR Act-1949. Sec- 45ZA
278 Nomination facility in Safe Deposit Articles/Custody is defined u/s ___of BR Act. Sec- 45ZC
279 Nomination facility in Safe Deposit Lockers is defined u/s ___of BR Act-1949. Sec- 45ZE
280 “Penalties” is defined under Sec___ of BR Act 1949 Section-46
Duties of Banks : Section ____of Banking Companies (Acquisitions & Transfer of

Undertakings) Act 1970 binds the bank not to disclose the information of the customers
281 Section-13
except when they are required to do so under law i.e. giving information to Courts,
Income Tax Dept, Police, and Enforcement Directorate etc.
RBI had been enacted on 06.03.1934 and commenced its operations w.e.f.
282 01.04.1935, Kolkata
___ & founded in ____
283 RBI was nationalized on _____ & it’s Headquarter is in___ 01.01.1949, Mumbai
The Reserve Bank of India was set up based on the recommendations of the
284 ____on Indian Currency and Finance also known as the Hilton-Young Royal Commission
Commission.
285 Demonetization of Notes has been defined in section___ Sec-24, RBI Act 1934
286 Note Refund Rules have been framed u/s ___of RBI Act 1934. Sec-28 & 58 (2)
287 No Bank can issue Demand Draft payable as Bearer, u/s ___ of RBI Act Section-31
1934.
As per Sec 42(1) of RBI Act, 1934 every bank is required to maintain with RBI NDTL (Net demand and time
288
an average daily balance equal to average of the ____ liabilities)
289 Cash reserve Ratio (CRR) has been defined in u/s ___ of RBI Act 1934 Section-42
290 SLR Minimum & Maximum ___ ? Min- Nil; Max-40%
291 State Bank of India came into existence on 30.04.1955 & nationalized on__ 01.07.1955
"State Bank of India" means the State Bank of India constituted under section _____
292 Section-3
of the State Bank of India Act, 1955
293 The Bank shall not lend against its own shares, is defined u/s. Sec-34 (1)(b), SBI Act 1955,
294 SBI to conduct Govt Business as agent of RBI is defined u/s ___. Sec-32, SBI Act 1955
The Payment & settlement Act, 2007 received the assent of the President on
295 12th August 2008
20th December 2007 and came into force with effect from____.
Dishonour of electronic funds transfer for insufficiency, etc., of funds in the account. It
Section-25
296 is defined under Section ____ of Payment & settlement Act-2007
Sub-section (5) of Sec-25 of PSG Act 2007, Punishment of 2 years and twice the amount.
297 “Salary”, “Perquisite” and “Profits in lieu of Salary” are defined in ___ Sec-17 of Income Tax
298 “Capital Gain” is defined u/s ____ of Income Tax Act 1961. Sec-45 of Income Tax
“Set off of loss from one source against income from another source under the
299 Sec-70 of Income Tax
same head of income” is defined u/s ____ of Income Tax Act 1961.
300 COPRA (Consumer Protection Act) came into force on____. 24.12.1986
301 Claim under COPRA must be filed within __ from the date of incident. 2 Years
Application filed before COPRA shall be disposed-off within 3 months (i.e. within 90
302 5 Months
Days) but in case of testing of goods it is ____.
303 Lok Adalat has been defined in ____act. Legal Services Authorities Act, 1987
304 District Consumer Forum deals case upto Rs. (President & 2 Members) Upto Rs. 50.00 lack
305 State Commission deals case upto Rs.___ (President & 4 Members) >Rs. 50.00 lack. to Rs. 2 Cr.
306 National Commission deals case of Rs.__ (President & 4 Members) Above Rs. 2.00 Crore
An appeal can be made with state commission against the order of the district forum
307 Within 45 Days
within 30 days of the order which is extendable for further 15 days.
An appeal can be made with the National Commission against the order of the state
308 Within 30 Days
commission within ___ days of the order.
An appeal can be made with the Supreme Court against the order of the National
309 Within 30 Days
Commission within ___ days of the order.
310 To filing an appeal against the order, at least __% of the amount to be deposited. 50%
The State Commission shall have the power to review any of the order passed by it if
311 there is an error apparent on the face of the record, either of its own motion or on an Within 30 days
application made by any of the parties within _____ days of such order.
Penalty for not complying with the orders of the District Commission, State Commission and National
312
Commission. imprisonment for 1 month to 3 years; fine Rs 25000 to Rs. 1 lakh ; or both.
313 Appeal against penalty to be filed within _____ days. Within 30 days
Power of Central Authority to recall goods, etc. if here is sufficient evidence to show violation
314 Section- 20
of consumer rights or unfair trade practice by a person has been defined in section - ?
Power of Central Authority to issue directions and penalties against false or misleading
315 Section- 21
advertisements has been defined in section - ?
316 If direction of Central Authority not complied with, imprisonment up to 6 months; fine up to Rs 20 Lacs.
A person aggrieved by any order passed by the Central Authority under sections 20
317 and 21 may file an appeal to the National Commission within a period of _____days 30 Days
from the date of receipt of such order.
In case of the Forum/Council decides that the complaint is frivolous, the complainant
318 may be directed to pay to the opposite party such cost not exceeding Rs. ____as Rs 10,000/-
may be specified in the order.
319 Non-Vigilance cases may be investigated and dealt with within a period of ____. 06 months
Chapter – 7 Settlement of Claim of Deceased Constituents
No succession certificate is required for disposal of deceased PPF account for the
01 settlement amount up to Rs. ___ Rs. 5.00 Lakhs
As per Section _ of Indian Evidence Act-1872, presumption of death can be raised only
02 after a lapse of 7 years from the date of his/her reporting as lost. Section 108
For Amount upto Rs. 1.00 Lakh will be entertained without insisting for valid death certificate. All such claims in
respect of missing person, reported missing for a minimum period of one year shall be settled based on following
documents:
03 • FIR
• Non‐traceable report issued by the police authorities.
• Indemnity from the claimant.
Nomination Facility was introduced in year ______ in Banks by amending the

04 provisions of the Banking Regulations Act, 1949 Year 1985
05 Creation of Nomination in deposit account, form ___ is taken. Form DA1
06 Cancellation of Nomination in deposit account, form ___ is taken. Form DA2
07 Change/variation of Nomination in deposit account, form ___ is taken. Form DA3
AFFIDAVIT: COS _____ duly stamped and sworn by two respectable persons, not related to the
08 deceased, or to the claimants and not having any interest in the claim, before a Notary public (Applicable COS_539
upon only above Rs. 5.00 Lacs).
LETTER OF INDEMNITY: COS__ Purpose is to indemnify Bank against any future loss. To be
09 executed duly stamped by the claimant(s) jointly with surety(ies), good for the amount involved. The COS_540
surety(ies) should be persons other than those who have sworn the Affidavit.
Settle the claims in respect of deceased depositors in case of accounts with survivor / nominee within a
10 period not exceeding ____from the date of receipt of the claim. 15 Days
In the case of accounts of the deceased without survivor / nominee clause the claim should be settled
11 within ___from the date on which the requisite documents have been submitted. 1 Month
Sureties, Affidavit and opinion report of Sureties not needed in disposal of deceased
12 Upto Rs. 5.00 Lacs
deposit account:
Relatives of the deceased i.e. Disclaimer also may be accepted as Sureties provided they are not directly involved as
13 claimants and are considered individually or jointly good for the amount involved.
If one surety is considered good for the amount by the Bank, second surety is not necessary. The sureties have to sign the
14 Letter of Indemnity along with Claimants as per format enclosed
No delegation of powers, recommendation, sanction and control is requiring for

15 settlement against accounts having____. Nomination
As per circular no. NBG/PBU/LIMA-MISC/30/2018–19 dated 22.03.2019.

Now, No witness is required on the claim format for settlement of deposits held in Savings, Current and Term Deposit
16 accounts only of deceased constituents having valid nominations. However, the requirement of witness/es is applicable in
case nominee is illiterate and affixes thumb impression.
Acknowledgement by the claimant on Standard Receipt with noting of

More than Rs.5000/-
17 Banker’s Cheque Number and one witness on revenue stamp if the settlement
(Upto Rs. 5000, No revenue Stamp)
amount is ___.
Security Delivery Receipt on COS __ has to obtained in all cases of disposal of

18 assets say ornaments pledged for gold loans, contents of lockers, article held in safe COS_49
custody/safe deposit.
When a person other than the surviving depositor makes a representation to the Bank
19 stating he/ she is the legal heir of the deceased, and that the deposits should be paid Rival Claims
to him/ her only, and not the survivor is called__
Recording of the documents obtained in the branch record etc. _for the Deceased
20 Constituent Assets Accounts which is a part of the Branch Document Register. Claim Settled Register
Intestate Succession Primary Heirs (Class-I) of a Male Hindu dying intestate under 1st- Wife
Hindu Law:- (Sequence of Primary Heir). 2nd- Son(s)
21 The FATHER of the deceased is a CLASS-II heir under HINDU LAW and will 3rd- Daughter(s)
be entitled to claim only in the absence of the primary heirs. 4th- Mother
1st- Husband
Intestate Succession Primary Heirs (Class-I) of a Female 2nd- Son(s)
22 Hindu dying intestate under Hindu Law:- (Sequence of 3rd- Daughter(s)
Primary Heir). 4th- Son/Daughter of a Pre‐deceased
son/daughter
1st- Wife / Wives
The primary heirs of deceased Male under Muslim Law are: 2nd- Son(s)
23 3rd- Daughter(s)
(In case of Muslim, Father has rights before Mother) 4th- Father
5th- Mother
1st- Husband
24 The primary heirs of deceased Female under Muslim Law are: 2nd- Son(s)
3rd- Daughter(s)
1st- Father
25 Natural Guardians in case of Muslims-
2nd- In absence of Father, the Grandfather
Although ___ is not the natural guardian of the child under Muslim
26 law, but she has a right to the custody of the child, till the child attains Mother
a specific age.
27 Natural Guardians under Hindu Law- in case of minor married Husband
women
28 Who is natural guardians in case of Indian Christians when father dies Mother
?
29 Who can be guardian in case of Insane person ? Close Blood Relative Only
Father of a Minor is sentenced to jail for a criminal offence. Who will

30 Father
be his guardian?
Under Muslim (Shia) Law, only Muslim person can be appointed as
31 Testamentary Guardians
guardian of a minor under a will is called-----?
The appointment of guardian by court is governed by the
Guardianship & Wards Act, 1890 Act, which is applicable to all the Now 18 years
32
Indians irrespective of their religion. The minor attains majority at (Earlier 21)
___ age where guardian has been appointed by the court.
33 Hindu Succession Act 1956 is applicable to Hindus and also Sikhs, Jain and Buddhists.
to_____,
A Succession Certificate is a legal representation, which is granted only
34 Debts & Securities
in respect of___, and when the deceased has not left any Will.
Who can make the nomination in Minor’s Deposit
35 The natural guardian or legal guardian
account ?
Disposal of assets (ornaments) to constituents who are under imprisonment: The
signature on this Letter of Authority of the Borrower should be identified by the Jail Superintendent
36 under his official seal.
Obtain the signature of the representative in the Gold Loan ledger.
While making payment of Stale / Lost / Deceased Cases IOI / Banker’s
37 Cheque Instruments, branch will recover a lump sum amount of Rs. _____ Rs. 250/-
being handling charges of stale instrument.
In case the amount of claim (Arrears of Pension) is less than Rs.75,000/-, the authority accepting
38 the indemnity bond for and on behalf the President of India should decide on the merits of each
case whether to accept only one surety instead of two.
39 Nomination made by an illiterate customer is to be witnessed by___ Two Persons

The Death certificate should be recorded in the Branch_____, which is part Sundry Documents
40
of the Branch Documents Register. Register
Letter of Administration & Probate are valid in whole India if issued
41 High Court
by
42 Letter of Administration & Probate are valid in State only if issued by District Court
Letter of Administration & Probate if issued by District Court of Rs.
43 Less than Rs. 10,000/-
_______are valid in whole country.
44 Succession certificate granted by a District Court is valid in___. Whole Country

The Administrator General attached to a High Court is entitled to grant a
45 Certificate (which is equivalent to a Succession Certificate) where the Rs. 50,000/-
amount of the deposit does not exceed Rs. ------ ?
____ is issued by the court when no WILL available / name of executer not
46 Letter of Administration
available in WILL / executor is died or insane.
When a person dies without leaving behind a will, a person appointed by
47 ADMINISTRATOR
court to manage his estate is called____
When a foreigner dies, leaving assets in India, but having named a person
not residing in India as the executor in his will, legal representation will
48 Attorney Administrator
have to be obtained first in the foreigner’s country and on the strength of
which letter of administration must be obtained in India, is called ____.
49 Whether HUF can nominate anyone in its account. (Yes / No) No, HUF can’t nominate
50 ____ is issued by the Court on the WILL of the Deceased. Probate
51 A person who dies without WILL is called___ Intestate
52 A person who dies by leaving WILL behind, is called___ Testate
53 The person who makes a Will is called___ Testator
54 The person who inherits property under a Will is Legatee
A person is said to be “______” of another if the two are related by blood or adoption
55 Agnate
wholly through males.
One is a “______” of another, if the two are related by blood or adoption, but not
56 Cognate
wholly through males.
The document that alters, adds or explains a will (amendment in a will or a
57 Codicil
supplementary will) is called-----?
58 A person who is named in the will of a deceased person to manage his Estate is Executor
called-?
59 Testamentary Guardian is appointed by___? Will
60 _____ is handwritten and signed by the testator (the person who makes the Holographic Will
will).
61 The term “Will” is defined under Sec. ___ of The Indian Succession Act, 1925. Section: 2(h)
A Will is compulsorily required to be attested by ___ attesting witnesses who are not
62 2 (Two)
beneficiaries under the Will.
63 A Muslim cannot dispose of the property by Will more than ____ of his 1/3rd of property
property.
64 Transaction / Payment of Cheques Procedures in Deceased Accounts:
Partnership A/c Cheques drawn on an account where one of the partners is deceased cannot be paid.
If one of the Co‐parceners dies, Karta can operate the account provided that the deceased
Joint Hindu Family
has not left a will. In the event of Karta dying, operations should not be allowed.
On the death of an office bearer, operations on the account should be stopped. However,
Club / Association
cheques drawn before the death of such office bearer shall be paid.
Unless there is anything contrary to this in the trust deed, surviving trustee(s) can operate
Trust Accounts
the account.
When a joint account holder dies, in the absence of a clause like E or S, F or S, L or S, the balance can be paid jointly to the
65
survivors and the legal heirs of the deceased.
Where any payment is made in accordance with the nomination, it shall constitute a valid discharge irrespective of any claims by
any person under a will or otherwise. Only when an injunction order is received from a Court restraining the Bank from making
66
payment to the nominee, the same is to be acted upon and payment should not be made during the pendency of the injunction
order.
If the operating instruction is ‘Either or Survivor’ and one of the depositors expires before the maturity, no pre-payment of the
67 fixed/term deposit may be allowed without the concurrence of the legal heirs of the deceased joint holder. This, however, would
not stand in the way of making payment to the survivor on maturity.
In case of “Former or Survivor” If the former expires before the maturity of the term deposit, the ‘Survivor’ can withdraw the
68 deposit on maturity. Premature withdrawal would however require the consent of both the parties, when both of them are alive,
and that of the surviving depositor and the legal heirs of the deceased in case of death of one of the depositors.
Sl. No. One liner solution
The money left with the bank by deceased army, air force, naval personnel be disposed of in
accordance with the provision of the Army and Air force (Disposal of private property) Act, 1950 without
69
the production of legal representation (Irrespective of the amount) & section 171,172 & 174 of the Navy
act,1957.
In accordance with sections 171,172 & 174 of the Navy act, 195, the Bank can make refund of the amount
70 lying in the name of deceased Navy personnel to the Commanding Officer of the Ship/committee of
adjustments without production of legal representation.
The property of a Hindu female, who dies in testate, is inherited in accordance with following
rules:-
 Firstly, by the sons and daughters (including children of predeceased sons and daughters) and
the husband of the deceased. (i.e. Primary Heirs see Question no. 22 above)  Secondly, by
71
the heirs of the husband of the deceased.
 Thirdly, by mother and father of the deceased.
 Fourthly, by the heirs of the father of the deceased.
 Lastly, by the heirs of the mother of the deceased.
Payment of Interest on Deceased Current Account:
 Current account of individuals (including proprietorships)- from the date of death to the date of
72 payment @ Savings Bank rate as applicable on date of payment.
 Other (Non-Individual) current accounts - No interest payable
 Current account of staff- @ Savings Bank staff rate
NRI Deceased Account Settlement:
 If any court order/legal representation is obtained, the proceeds should be settled as ordered by
Court. In the case of a foreign court order, ancillary orders/resealing should be obtained from
73 Indian Court u/s 228 of the Indian Succession Act.
 Foreign nationals cannot be accepted as sureties while obtaining Letter of Indemnity as he / she
will not be governed by Indian law.
Safe Deposit Lockers
Chapter – 8
01 Responsibility of Banker in Safe Deposit article is described in Indian Contract Act
Relationship of the Banker and the hirer in case of lockers –Licensor & licensee,
02 COS 404
established by stamped agreement___.
Lessor & Lessee/
03 Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- LOCKER
Licensor & Licensee
04 Relation between Banker and Customer in case of- Safe Custody of Articles Bailee & Bailor
05 Safe Custody A/c in the name of Minor can be opened only in respect of keeping- TDR of our Bank
06 Safe Custody/ Security are balanced once in ____. Half Year
• A locker can also be rented out to a Non-Resident.

• Locker can be allotted in the name of blind/visually impaired person(s),
literate or illiterate, single or joint operation with other person
permitted.
• Locker cannot be allotted to a minor neither as a single nor a joint
account with other.
07 Lockers, All statements are true-
• POA holder can operate the Locker but cannot surrender the locker.
• Lockers to be allotted on first come first serve basis.
• 80% of the lockers to be issued on First come first basis whereas 20%
may be issued as per BM’s discretion.
• Nomination is not available in survivorship benefit.
• Safe Deposit Vault Account consist of 11 digits.
08 The seal affixed on the packet of the duplicate keys of the branch is ___. Branch metallic seal
09 The box containing duplicate keys of nearby branch will be entered in ____ Safe Deposit Register
Receipt of Duplicate keys safe deposited at Nearest Branch should be kept in

10 Branch Manager
custody of _______ and recorded in BD Register.
The scripts are held in the strong room / fireproof safe in the single custody of
11 Branch Manager
__
12 Scrips accepted under Safe Custody are entered in____ Safe Custody Ledger
13 If a scrip is withdrawn for renewal, it is entered in___ Securities Ex-Custody Register
14 Life Insurance Policies are entered in ____ Miscellaneous Security Register
The STDR taken from the locker hirers at the time of allotment of locker should
15 Safe Custody
be kept in __ (Equal to 3 years’ Rent and breakopen charges)
16 Gold ornaments of deceased borrower pending their settlement must be kept in Safe Deposit Articles
For the unrented or surrendered lockers, both the keys (custodian key and hirers’ key) should not be held by
17
the same official. Adequate arrangements should be made for safe and separate custody of both keys.
Government securities must be sent by registered and insured post and a single
18 Rs. 1,00,000/-
package cannot contain securities of face value exceeding Rs. ____ ?
Gold, TDR/STDR, Shares &
19 In Safe custody, there can be 04 types of collateral, name them.
Paper based securities
Search warrant for Locker issued by In-come Tax Department should
20 Commissioner of Income Tax
bear Signature of official not below the rank of___
21 When locker is sealed by Income Tax department, rent will be recovered from__ Customer
In case of Joint Locker holding: For intimating the bank regarding loss of key, all hirers should sign the
22 letter irrespective of their presence either in India or abroad. However, at the time of breaking open of locker
all the joint account holders should be present or authorize one or more of them to be present.
If the customer is not operating the locker for year(s) and above, even if the locker High Risk: 1 Year
23
hirer is paying the rent regularly, bank can proceed further to break open it. Medium Risk: 3 Years
24 To surrender of Locker, customer must tender the notice at least of ____days? 07 Days
In case of locker remains un-operated for more than ___year, the branch has the
25 right to cancel the allotment of the locker and open the locker even if the rent is ONE Year
paid regularly.
26 Nomination: For nomination in Safe Custody Accounts (Sec_ of BR Act, 1949) Sec.45 ZC
27 Nomination: For nomination in Safe Deposit Locker. (Sec_ of BR Act, 1949) Sec.45 ZE
SL-1 (Single operated) SL-3 (Single operated)
28 Locker Nomination Forms SL-2

SL-1A (Jointly) SL-3A (Jointly)

29 Safe Custody Nominee
SC-1 SC-2 SC-3
Nomination can be done in favour of one person only. However, nomination in

30 favour of more than one person is permissible in jointly operated locker accounts Up to 2 persons
with common consent.
31 Nomination in Safe Custody Accounts is allowed only for ____ Single Customer
For locker hiring, if customers are in waitlist and If any hirer vacates a locker or
the branch acquires a new locker cabinet, the allotment of locker should be as per
32 the order of wait list maintained at the branch. A written communication should At least 15 days
be sent to the applicant’s address by registered post giving him sufficient time,
say, ____ to acquire the locker.
As per Condition-7 of Locker Agreement: The Bank has ___ type of lien &
33 General Lien
can recover its dues by sale of the contents after giving adequate notice.
In CBS, Cabinet creation and Locker creation can be done only by officers with
34 40, 45, 50 or 60
user type of____. This is a one-time activity.
35 How many variants of lockers are present in our Bank? 4 Variant
36 How many types/sizes of lockers are present in our Bank? 11 Sizes
37 Locker rent is credited in BGL Head____ 98324
38 Annual rent for Locker is recovered on ____ April every year. 02nd April
39 Locker- Standing Instructions (S.I.) will be chased for ____ days. 90 days
When it is reported that the locker hirer is dead, a noting should be made in the
40 locker ledger, key register, systems and on the locker, itself. Marking of Deceased CBS Screen no. 35500
flag to Locker ID status is available through Screen no _____ in CBS.
Access to a locker may be allowed to a hirer's representative/attorney only
against a power of attorney in favour of the latter, on form C.O.S. _____ in case COS-512 = Singly COS-513
41
of single hirers, and on form C.O.S. ____ in case of joint hirers. = Jointly
Push button of call bell should be provided ____ the locker room and call bell
42 should be installed outside the locker room so that customer can indicate Inside the locker room
completion of locker operation.
In case of E or S, the locker can be surrendered, and the account closed
43 Both holders
by____.
44 In case of E or S, after the death of any of the locker holder, Survivors of the locker can operate the locker.
In case of E or S, when a locker holder informs that another holder is insane now and request Bank not to let
45 another holder to operate the locker. In such case, Only joint operations will be allowed here after.
46 Excessive or illegal interest rate is called___. Usury

When shares are deposited for safe custody only the distinctive number and the Value of Shares will not be
47 number of shares will be put on record but the _____. entered.
Memorandum of securities can be issued in respect of both security and safe custody account where safe
48 custody receipt is issued only in respect of safe custody account.
Sl
.
Questions Answers
N
o.
In case of loss of safe custody receipt by the customer the bank can issue a duplicate
49 Indemnity Bond
upon obtaining _____.
In respect of purchase of new locker cabinets for the branch, the supplier of locker
50 cabinets should engrave all the keys of the lockers with abbreviation of State Bank of “SBI/00001”
India and five-digit branch code ______ as identification code.
Salary Package Customers (CGSP ) Platinum (25%) and Diamond (15%) of rent
DSP- Agniveer / Shaurya Family Pension -10% of Annual Rent
Exclusif / Wealth Account: 25% of Annual Rent /
51 Concessions in Locker Rent SBI Rishtey A/c -10% of Annual Rent
Corporate salary package(Rhodium & Platinum)- 50%

Diamond (15%) of rent GOLD (10%) of rent / GOLD (10%) of rent
Locker rent overdue charges in addition to Annual Rent will be recovered, if overdue occurs for____
3rd
1st
52 Quart
Quarter 2nd Quarter-20%* 1 Year -40%* * (__% of Annual rent)
er-
-10%*
30%*
Small / Medium: 500 + GST Large / Ex.
53 First time registration charges for Safe Deposit Locker is: Rs, ____
Large: 1000 + GST
54 Locker visit charges are, (12 Visits are free in a FY thereafter) Rs. 100 + GST per visit.
Locker Break-open charges (Either Loss of Key or Non-payment of dues)

55 Rs. 1000 + GST
Bank reserves the right to refuse access to the locker in the event of non-payment of rent
56 True
whether the same has been demanded or not. (True / false)
In case the nominee(s)/ survivor(s)/ legal heir(s) wishes to continue with the locker, branch may enter into a fresh
57
contract with nominee(s)/ survivor(s)/ legal heir(s) and KYC guidelines to be followed.
Qns: A customer keeps NSCs in the name of his minor son in safe custody with the bank. Immediately after attaining
majority the son approaches the bank with a request that the certificates be delivered to him as he is major now, in this
58 event-
Ans: Bank will deliver to him after obtaining proper introduction and discharge
Qns: ‘A’, while keeping a sealed packet in safe custody gives instruction to the bank that the packet should be delivered to
59
‘B’ after his death. In this event— Ans: Bank Should not accept the packet
Qns: Mr. X approaches your branch to deposit as safe custody his term deposit receipt (issued by another bank), how would
60
you react? Ans: It can be accepted in normal course
BREAK OPEN OF THE LOCKER- REVISED PROCEDURE
Circular No.: NBG/PBU/LIMA-SDL/22/2018 – 19 Date: Thu 31 Jan 2019
Steps Timeline / Procedures
1st Notice On or before the due date regarding payment of Locker rent
Reminder-I of
1 month after the due date.
1st Notice
Reminder-II of
1st Notice (COS- 2 months after due date.
405)
Final Notice
3 months after due date giving one-month time to pay.
(COS-406)
Approval from controlling Authority should be obtained before break-open of the Locker.
Notice for
intention to By Registered Post with Acknowledgement Due.
break-open
Publication of notice in the newspaper before break-open of the locker is not mandatory.
Break-open of
The committee consisting of 2 officers and 2 independent witnesses
Locker before
Preparation of After break-open, inventories should be prepared, and the contents of the locker must be valued by Government Valuer.
Inventories
• The Bank can sell those ornaments / contents that would be sufficient to cover the Bank’s overdues.
• A registered sale notice with ack. due along with the list of inventories is issued to the Locker hirer about the intention
Sale of Contents of the Bank to auction the ornaments/articles to recover overdue locker rent and incidental expenses.
/ Ornaments • The date, time and place of auction should be mentioned in the Notice.
On return of all The notice shall be published in local newspaper circulated in the locality of the registered address of the locker
Notices hirer.
undelivered
Chapter – 9 General Banking, Cash System & Procedures and Remittances

01 Alertness award has been introduced for reporting of ____ Near Miss Event
If bank plans to close its branch or move its branch or bank is not able to continue to provide banking services to the customers,
02 bank will give notice of 2 months if there is no branch of any bank functioning at the centre and notice of 1 month in all other
centres.
Non-chest branch can adjudicate mutilated notes up to how many pieces per customer per
day ?
5 Pieces
03 If the non-chest branches are not able to adjudicate the mutilated notes, the notes may be received against a receipt and sent to
the linked currency chest branch for adjudication. The probable date of payment should be informed to the tenderers on the
receipt itself and the same should not exceed 30 days.
Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) is a tool used for _____ and _____ for
04 Identification & Assessment
Operational Risk.
05 At Bank, there are three aspects to the vigilance function - Preventive, Punitive, Participative.
The rate of interest payable by banks to the depositors/claimants on the unclaimed interest-bearing deposit
06
amount transferred to the Fund shall be _____ simple interest per annum.
3%
Identification & Destruction of Obsolete Record: 1st June of each year, as the specific date for initiating the process of
identification and destruction of obsolete records at the Branches/Offices. Branches/Offices should confirm to their Controllers
07
by 21st June of each year that the exercise of identification and destruction is completed.
Time of observing Customer Day has been changed as 10th and 20th of every month between 3 PM to 5 PM. In case of
08
holidays on these dates, the meeting may be conducted on the following working day
09 Staff Pensioner’s Day is observed on_____ 27th of Second month of every quarter
CSC (Customer Service Committee) Meeting is observed once in___(on

10 Monthly on 15th of every month.
previous working day in case of a holiday)
Customer Relations Programs shall be organized at all Branches at least _____ Once in every quarter in 25th of each Feb,
11
(on previous working day in case of a holiday). May, Aug & Nov.
All staff training programs of duration exceeding ____ days, will have a session dedicated for
12
sensitizing the staff and imparting soft skills required for handling irate customers.
3 Days
13 Vigilance Week observed in the month of ___ November
Preventive Vigilance Committee:
Preventive Vigilance Committees have to be formed at the following branches / operating units of the Bank.
• Branches having staff strength of 10 or more. (Including SAM Branches).
14 • The following processing cells, irrespective of their staff strength.
• The branches rated as “Needs Improvement” / “Unsatisfactory”, irrespective of staff strength.
• Once a fraud is detected at a branch, (irrespective of the staff strength), till such time the branch undergoes the next
Central Office Inspection and Audit.
CONSITUTION OF PVC: 30% of staff members, minimum 3 officers/ employees should be co-opted on the PVC of each unit.
15 The head of the Branch/ Unit and official dealing with operational risk would be permanent members and other members to
be rotated at yearly intervals.
16 Preventive Vigilance Committee (PVC) meeting is observed ______ Once in every quarter
Compensation Payable to Customers for Failed NACH Transactions Unresolved Within TAT : Compensation
payable to customers on account of unsuccessful or failed NACH transactions not directly attributable to the customers
17 Rs.100/- per day if delay is beyond the turn-around-time of T+1 day for the transactions The compensation is to be paid
to the customer’s account suo moto, without waiting for a complaint or claim from the customer by debiting BGL Account
4694712610763 Only.
Branches shall submit the certificate on the Monthly Abstract of Charges Account by ____ of
18
every month.
10th of every month.
At each level, the Controllers shall submit the Certificate regarding scrutiny and control of
19
charges by _____ of every month.
20th of every month.
20 Exception Report Monitoring System (ERMS) portal is - https://erms.sbi.co.in
21 To monitor Exception report at portal user at branch with minimum capability level 7 & above
22 System will display exception reports for ____ days of current date. 35 days
23 If exception reports not attended by the branch within ___ days it will be default. 2 Days
There are 5 types of offices / branches where different type of risk associated and periodicity of audits thereat: (i)
Currency Chest Branch (Once in a Year)
(ii) High Risk (Once in a Year)
24
(iii) Normal Risk (Once in 18 Months)
(iv) Low Risk (Once in 24 Months)
(v) Specialized Branches, BPR Outfits and Admin Offices (Once in 24 Months)
25 Additional Security officer is allowed where no. of branches is ___ 250 + Branches
26 Branch Manager has to comply with the security audit report within ____ days. 30 days.
27 Security Audit report must be closed within __ days from initial date of submission by 90 days
RBO/AO/LHO
28 ATM Frauds of Rs. _____, FIR / Online complain with Police is required. Above Rs. 50000/-
An undertaking from the borrower that he will not sell / transfer the
29 Negative Lien
assets for which loan has been granted is called ___
Complaint book is always available with branch manager and in absence of BM, it will be available with service
30
manager / Accountant / Manager branch operation.
Magnifying Glass will be available with service manager / Accountant / Manager branch operation, in case such
31
officer is not available, then it will be available with Branch Manager.
The present ceiling for petty cash expenses is Rs. 200/-. Petty cash expenses normally comprise
expenditure on purchase of articles against cash memos. A rubber stamp reading, “The expenses incurred have
32
been paid” will be affixed on each such cash memo / voucher and authenticated by the Cash Officer and the
person receiving the money.
A suitable amount for incurring petty expenses will be advanced to the Cash Officer at the beginning of each
month by debit to Suspense Account. The Cash Officer shall maintain the Petty Cash Register, (already
33
developed as Petty Charges Account Register at e-Register portal https://eregister.statebanktimes.in) in which all
advances received, and payments made will be recorded.
34 Petty Cash should be checked by ___ at Monthly intervals. Branch Manager
PRELIMINARY SCRUTINY OF CHEQUES
(Circular No.: R&DB/BOD-GB/40/2021 – 22 Dated 07.10.2021)
Features to be verified before presenting cheques through CTS clearing: No change / correction are
35
there in payee’s name, amount in words or figure.
36 “Courtesy amount” on Cheque, refers to__ Amount in Figures
37 “Legal amount” on Cheque, refers to__ Amount in Words
38 Pantograph on left side bottom just above MICR Band with hidden/embedded words “COPY” or “VOID”
Now, CTS Cheque have total ___ security features. New are – Payee’s Name, Amount in
39 12 (Twelve)
word, and Figures and Account number in reverse.
All cheques above ₹ ____/- be subjected to fugitive ink / water droplet test to
40 Above Rs.25000/-
ascertain the genuineness of the instrument.
All cheques above ₹ ____/- be subjected to ultraviolet lamp test to ascertain the
41 genuineness of the instrument. A stamp confirming such verification “UV Lamp Above Rs.50000/-
verified” should be affixed on back of the cheque.
SMS alerts to the drawer of the Cheque for cheque of Rs. ____ and above received in
42 CTS clearing, before the cheques are debited to the customer’s account, with a request Rs. 50000/- & above
to the customer to confirm before 12.30 p.m
Customer to be contacted over phone/mobile number registered with the Bank before
making payment of cheque for amount of ₹ ______ to ensure that the cheque Rs. 2 lakh and above
presented has not been stolen. Circles may fix lower limit for Tele calling.
In case of payment of Non-Home cheques of ₹ _____ and above or any suspicious
transactions irrespective of the amount involved, the drawer is to be contacted over Rs. 5 lakh and above
registered mobile number to ascertain genuineness of the instrument/transaction.
43 Clarification: In case of payment of high value cheque of ₹.2 lacs and above at Home branch / ₹.5
lac and above at non-home branches, drawer of the cheque is to be contacted on the registered
mobile phone available in CBS before the cheque is paid.
A new functionality in CBS (Screen No: 060428) has been developed to capture the cheque details and for
sending e-mail to home branch and customers whose cheque/instrument was presented for payment but could not
be contacted by the branch teller.
Path in CBS: Customer Management > Enquiries> Send/Enquire Email to Contact Customer.
Non-Home branches has to refer all such cases to home branches for sending email through above menu.
Maximum ceiling on transaction, where both legs are Non-Home (i.e. Debit and Rs. 5.00 lakhs
44
credit account numbers are not of home branch) is.
The payment of MCCs at Home Branch will have _____ irrespective of limit on No Limit /
45
amount printed on the Cheques. restriction
Positive Pay System (PPS): The facility started in cheque operated accounts effective from 01.01.2021. The
facility is provided to customers through our branches as well as alternate channels like Internet Banking (both
46
CINB & RINB), Mobile Banking, YONO, SMS etc. The facility is being implemented for clearing cheques as well as
cheque payments over the counter (both cash & transfer).
Positive Pay System involves the following legs:
 Registration for the facility
47  Providing Cheque details (Lodgment)
 Payment Processing at branches (cash & transfer)
 Payment Processing at CCPCs (Inward Clearing)
For PPS registration, customer needs to select an account level limit. This limit can be changed later, or the
48 registration can be deactivated in the system. Once the customer selects a limit in the account, he/she needs to
provide the details of cheques issued subsequently for amounts equal / more than the account level limit selected.
RBI Has directed that bank shall enable Positive Pay System (PPS) for all account holders issuing cheques for
amounts of ₹50,000 and above. Further, it gives independency to the banks to consider making it mandatory in
49
case of cheques for amounts of ₹5,00,000 and above. Accordingly, our bank has made it mandatory for
cheque amount of Rs. 5,00,000/- and above. (But Customer has discretion to opt-out the facility).
For providing Cheque details (Lodgment): All the following six fields are mandatory:
50
(1)Account Number (2)Cheque Number (3)Cheque Amount (4)Cheque Date (5)Beneficiary Name (6)Instrument Type
51 Cheque Date field cannot be older than 90 days but it can be future dated.
RBI Has directed that bank shall enable Positive Pay System (PPS) for all account holders issuing cheques for
amounts of ₹50,000 and above. Further, it gives independency to the banks to consider making it mandatory in
52
case of cheques for amounts of ₹5,00,000 and above. Accordingly, our bank has made it mandatory for
cheque amount of Rs. 5,00,000/- and above. (Customer has discretion to opt-out the facility).
Cheques that need to be re-presented for clearing without any reference to the payee shall be presented in
53 the immediate next clearing, not later than 24 hours (excluding holidays). Notification will be sent to the
customers for such re-presentation by SMS or e-Mail.
RBI has permitted banks to collect Third Party account payee cheques for members
54 of co-operative credit societies drawn for an amount not exceeding ₹ _____ on Maximum Rs. 50000/-
behalf of their constituents.
• P-Segment Savings Bank: No restriction.
55 Cash Deposit at Non-Home Branches:
• AGR/ SME Segment:- Rs. 2,00,000/- per day.
• P-Segment – Rs. 10,00,000/- for self (using Cheque)
• P-Segment – Rs. 25,000/- for cash payment third parties (using
Cheque) Subject to obtaining OVD
• P-Segment – Rs. 5,000/- for self (using Passbook & Voucher)
• Super Senior Citizens (more than 80 years of age):
Cash Payment to third party upto ₹10,000/-.
56 Cash Withdrawal at Non-Home Br.:
• SME Segment – Rs. 1,00,000/- for self only
• AGR Segment – Rs. 1,00,000/- for self (KCC Cheques only)
• No cash payment to third parties.
• No cash payment of CAG/MCG/CMP Cheques
• No limit for cash withdrawal by self for Wealth Savings
account holders opened under Wealth Management
initiative (WMBU)
Cash withdrawal limit at Non-Home Branches by the customer for self SB: ₹ 10,00,000/-
57
(CHEQUE): CA: ₹ 1,00,000/-
SAVINGS BANK (Instrument Type-31):
 Other than HNI/NRI : ₹10 lakh
 HNI/ NRI Savings Bank: ₹50 lakh.
CURRENT ACCOUNTS (Instrument type 29):
Maximum Transfer Transaction limit  Current Account: Max. ₹50 Lakh.
at Non-Home Branches:
 Corporate & Instt. clients Including Govt Dept A/c: ₹50
58 Lakh  Corporate Client Cheques Payable At Par (CCPAP) :
(i) With facsimile signature: ₹ 100 Lakh*; (ii) Otherwise- No Limit
CASH CREDIT (Instrument Type-30) Max. ₹ 50 lacs.
*Corporate Client Cheques Payable at Par-CCPAP For cheques received at Non-home branches and drawn for
With facsimile signature: ₹ 100.00 Lakh the amount beyond the ceiling printed on the cheque to be
Updated vide Circular Dated 22.11.2021 sent out on collection as SC.
Non-Home: A special cap of ₹___ will be applicable for branches manned by one officer &
₹ 5 Lakh
one clerk, irrespective of the legend/ ceiling mentioned on the cheque.
59
There will be a general cap of Rs. 10 lacs in originating debits for non-home transactions for all branches and Rs. 5
lacs for branches manned by Single Officer and Single Clerk.
All RTGS and NEFT transactions will be restricted to home branches only. All RTGS will be backed by
60
cheque only. There will be no debit on the basis of debit voucher.
61 Depositors may submit the Form 15G/H at the any branch (Home/ Non-home).
The pensioner can submit his/her Life Certificate at any nearby and convenient Branch (NonHome
62
Branch) /Pension Paying Branch of the Bank.
Facility of issuing Original/Continuation Passbook (including printing of first page) at Non-Home
63
branches has been extended to the our customers.

Some new Non-Home transactions have been allowed by the bank which are below: 
Term Product (Change in details)
 Issuance of New Passbook
64  SI Hold Removal
 Issuance of Term Product Advice
 Cheque Book Issue
 Perfection in Security Details  Collateral Auhorisation.
Passing for payment of high value cheques of ₹______ will be physically
65 ₹10 lakhs and above
authorized by two officials.
66 In case of transfer or cash payment of an order cheque, scrutiny for proper ____is to be done. Endorsement
67 CMP cheques with Facsimile signature up to Rs. ___ Lacs. Rs. 5.00 Lacs
After dishounor of cheque on ______and the Bank will have the right to close the account after th
68 4 occasion
serving a notice of 30 days to the customer.
69 In Savings Bank accounts, MCCs issued to HNIs/NRIs etc. will be __ by default. Order Cheque
70 In all Cash Credit & Current Accounts, only __ Multi-city Cheques will be issued. Order Cheque
If Cheque Book is not delivered to customer. Branch will arrange to destroy the
71 undelivered Cheque Book in the presence of Joint Custodians ____ duly recorded in After waiting of 2 months
Register maintained for the purpose & also marking in CBS against stopped cheques.
Deactivation of cheque series on compromise of a cheque:
• In the event of any instance of compromised cheque(s) in an account is observed / reported, an intimation will
be sent to the customer specifying the details of remaining cheque leaves in his account which are to be
deactivated, requesting for his advice for cheque leaves already issued by him which are to be honoured for
payment by the Bank. It will be clearly mentioned in the intimation sent that in case no response is received by
72
the Branch within 10 days from the date of the communication, the Bank will treat the same as implied
consent.
• In case, the customer’s response is not received within 10 days, on 11th day of sending intimation, remaining
cheque leaves will be blocked under advice to the customer by SMS or email (if email ID is available) or letter
by Speed / Registered Post and new cheque book of 25 leaves will be issued to the customer.
(Circular No. : NBG/S&P-SP/7/2010 – 11 Dated 13.08.2010) Acceptance of Cheques having Cutting
“No changes/ corrections should be carried out on the cheques (other than for date validation purpose, if required).
For any change in the payee’s name, courtesy amount (amount in figures) or legal amount (amount in words), etc.
73 fresh cheque forms should be used by customers. This would help banks to identify and control fraudulent
alterations.” Collecting banks should ensure that such cheques are not accepted for presentment in CTS only.
Further, we wish to clarify that the above instruction will be applicable only for cheques cleared under the
imagebased Cheque Transaction System and Not Applicable to cheques cleared under other clearing
arrangements such as MICR clearing, non MICR clearing, over the counter collection (for cash payment) or direct
collection of cheques outside the Clearing House arrangement.
No. of cheque leaves in the Multi City Payable at Par CTS-2010 standard cheque books will be as under:
Savings Bank Account:
 Personal Segment S.B. Customers→10/25 leaves
74  SME Segment S.B. Customers→10/25/50 leaves
Current Account / Cash Credit Accounts: → 25/50/100 leaves
Emergency Cheque Book→5/10 leaves
Non-Personalized Welcome Kit→5 leaves
Revised Service Charges (Circular Sl.No.: 629/2021 – 22 dated 30.09.2021)
Issue of Multi city Cheque books: Current Account (CA)
Current Account (P- Segment) First 50 cheque leaves free in FY

Other Current Accounts First 50 cheque leaves free in FY
Current Account: Power Base 50 Cheque leaves free per month Thereafter Rs.
3 + GST per
Current Account:Power Pack 1000 Cheque leaves free per month cheque leaf
(Rs 150/- +GST, 50
Current Account: Power Gain 200 Cheque leaves free per month Leaf /
Rs 75/- +GST, 25
Regular Current Account 50 Cheque leaves free per month
Leaf)
Current Silver Current Account 150 Cheque leaves free per month
Account
Gold Current Account 300 Cheque leaves free per month
Diamond Current Account 700 Cheque leaves free per month
Platinum Current Account 1500 Cheque leaves free per month
Rhodium Current account 5000 Cheque leaves free per month

Emergency Cheque Book ₹50/- + GST for 10 cheque leaves or part thereof
(Rs 150/- +GST, 50 Leaf)
Issue of Multi city Cheque books: Savings Bank Account (SB)
First 10 cheque leaves free in a FY. Thereafter:
Savings Bank • 10 Leaf Cheque Book at ₹40/- + GST.
• 25 Leaf Cheque Book at ₹75/- + GST.
For All Emergency Cheque Book ₹50/- + GST for 10 cheque leaves or part thereof
Segments
Senior Citizen Free
Salary Package Accounts - Irrespective of QAB Free * (except for bulk requirement)
* Bulk requirement is requisition of cheques exceeding 25 leaves at single instance or in a month. Charges for bulk
requirement @₹75/- + GST for 25 leaf Cheque Book.
Charges per month for Non – Maintenance of Average Monthly Balance (AMB):
Variants Required AMB Charges
Current Account (P-Segment) AMB – Rs. 5000 Rs. 500 + GST
Other Non-Per Segment
Power PoS AMB – Rs. 5000
Regular CurrentAccount AMB – Rs. 5000
Surabhi AMB – Rs. 10000 Rs. 500 + GST
Power Base AMB – Rs. 20000
Smart Collection CA AMB – Rs. 25000
Current Account Power Jyoti (e-Collection A/c) AMB – Rs. 50000 Rs. 1000 + GST
Power Gain AMB – Rs. 2.00 Lakhs Rs. 1500 + GST
Power Pack AMB – Rs. 5.00 Lakhs Rs. 2500 + GST
Gold Current Account AMB – Rs. 1.00 Lakh Rs. 2000 + GST
Rs. 4000 + GST if AMB < 5 Lakhs
Diamond Current Account AMB – Rs. 5.00 Lakh
Rs. 2000 + GST if AMB >=5 Lakhs
Rs. 8000 + GST if AMB < 5 Lakhs
Platinum Current Account AMB–Rs. 10.00 Lakh
Rs. 4000 + GST if AMB >=5 Lakhs
Rhodium Current account MAB 50 lakh Non Maintance MAB charges25000+gstfor <50% MAB, RS 15000+GST for MAB>50%
Account Closure Charges
Regular CURRENT ACCOUNTs
Durations
Savings Bank* Individual Non-Individual
Up to 14 days from the date of Opening the account Free Free Free
After 14 days to 1 year from the date of Opening the A/c Rs. 500 + GST Rs. 500 + GST Rs.600 + GST
After 1 Year from the date of Opening the account Free Free Free
*Excluding Basic Savings Bank Deposits, Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojna & Small Accounts opened under Financial Inclusion as
there are no closure charges are applicable in these accounts.
Cheque returned charges for SME ₹500+GST (irrespective of the amount) for first 3 cheque returns (in a year).
Customers ₹1,000+GST from 4th cheque return onwards (in one year)
PSB Alliance – Doorstep Banking Services
 Senior Citizens of more than 70 years of age and differently abled or infirm Persons (Having
medically certified chronic illness or disability) including those who are visually impaired.
 Fully KYC compliant account holders. (Savings Bank / Current Account of Resident Individual) 
Valid Mobile Number should be registered with the account.
 Single account holders and Joint Account Holders with Either or Survivor /Anyone or Survivor.
 Customers must have registered address within a radius of 5 KMs from the Home Branch. Eligibility
for However, after pickup address is selected, DSB system (App) displays branches within 10 km
Doorstep Banking are: radius of the pickup address. (Circular dated 09.09.2021)  The Doorstep
Banking facilities are Not available for:
• Accounts operated jointly, Former or Survivor, Later or Survivor.
• Minor Accounts including Guardianship • Account operated through Power of
Attorney
• Accounts having Hold / Stop in the account.
• Accounts of Non-Personal nature like Trust, HUF, Association etc.
Non-Financial Services
Pick-up Service Delivery Services
Cheques/Instruments for Collection / Clearing Statement of Account
Cheque Book Requisition Slip Term Deposit Advice
IT / Govt. / GST Challan with Cheque TDS & Form 16 Certificate Issuance
Standing Instructions Pre-paid Instrument / Gift Card
Life Certificates (Maximum 2 PPOs per request) * Demand Draft, Pay Orders
Submission of Form 15G/ 15H (*) Non-personalized Cheque Book (*)
Fund Transfer Services (Inter and Intra Bank both)
Nomination Service (Add / Modify / Cancellation)
(For Single, E or S and Current Account (Proprietorship)
Facility is available now in the DSB-Application.
Financial Services
Cash Pick-up (Deposit)  Minimum: Rs. 1,000/-,
Cash Delivery (Withdrawal)  Maximum: Rs. 20,000/-
*Life Certificate shall be obtained using Jeevan Pramaan Application fulfilled through biometric authentication. After 3
failure of attempts, physical Life Certificate shall be obtained by the Agent and submitted to Branch for further process.
All services to illiterate customers and services of pickup of Form 15G/15H and Life Certificate to senior citizens of more than
70 years of age and differently abled or infirm persons shall be provided through branch staff.
Financial Services: Rs. 75 + GST
77 Doorstep Banking Charges
Non-Financial Services: Rs. 75 + GST
78 Doorstep Banking Services can be accessed through Mobile App, Web Portal and Call Centre.
Doorstep Banking Services are being rendered through Two Doorstep
M/s Atyati Technology Pvt Ltd.
79 Banking Agents (DSA) through their Application :
Atyati (App - Doorstep Banking) and Integra (App – PSB DSB) M/s Integra Microsystem Pvt Ltd.
Through Application, while requesting for DBS, last 6 Digits of Account number to be entered to complete the
80
request process.
The Doorstep Banking Charges request can be made at Toll Free Number ____ between
81 Toll-Free 1800-1111-03
9 am to 4 pm on working days at the centre.
Once the call is connected, customer shall input last 4 digit of Savings Bank/ Current Account number for
82
which Doorstep Banking Services has been registered.
Requested services under DSB, wherever available mandatorily basis, shall be
83 T + 1 Working Day
completed expeditiously but not later than T+____ working day (Holidays excluded)
Requested services under DSB, in case of best effort basis, shall be completed
84 T + 4 Working Day
expeditiously but not later than T+___ working days (Holidays excluded).
Branch User to complete processing of request within ___ hour of receiving the
85 Within 1 Hour
request to maintain Turn Around Time (TAT).
Turn Around Time: All the services registered in DSB System, up to 3 PM on any working day must be completed
86
within 3 hours of request. Services booked after 3 PM have to be completed by 1 PM of next working day.
Blind / Visually Challenged persons can open ordinary / cheque operated deposit account in their sole name or
87 jointly with other person(s) or in the names of sole proprietorship concerns / firms / partnerships where a Blind /
Visually Challenged person(s) is / are involved.
Where one of the depositors is Blind / Visually Challenged person, a joint account, to be operated by’ either or
88
survivor’ or ‘anyone of us or survivor(s)’ may be opened.
89 Two visually handicapped / blind persons also can open joint accounts.
Whenever thumb or toe impression of the Visually Challenged account holder is obtained, it should be identified by
90
two independent witnesses known to the Bank, one of whom should be a responsible Bank official.
• Deposit Accounts • Internet Banking •
Blind / visually challenged depositors
91
are eligible for facilities: •ATM Services • Locker Facility
• Cheque Book • Loan
Blind / Visually Challenged persons can avail Personal Loan and Education loan facilities from the Bank
92
provided they fulfill the relative scheme criteria.
The photograph of the Blind / visually challenged depositors will be renewed after
93 03 years
_____ years in case of deposits held for periods exceeding three years.
If the Blind / Visually Challenged depositor(s) feel(s) that her/his/their signature may not exhibit consistency due
to the impairment / some other infirmity and do/does not mind branding “CARE – Depositor Blind / Visually
94
Challenged” stamp on each leaf of cheque book, in order to avoid the ‘cheque being returned unpaid’ on
account of ‘difference in the signature’,
In case of ‘self-operated cheque facility account’ of Blind / Visually Challenged depositors, the third-
95
party cash payment of self-drawn cheques is permitted.
Centralized Public Grievance Redress and Monitoring System (CPGRAMS) is a
96 portal maintained by DARPG (Department of Department of Financial Services
Administrative Reforms and Public Grievance) and monitored through
Additional Secretary in the Department of Financial Services is the Appellate Authority for disposal of
97 appeals. CGM (Customer Service) has been appointed as Sub-Appellate authority and a support team headed by DGM
(Appeals-CPGRAMS) will process the appeals.
CPGRAMS -Wherever resolutions are likely to be delayed in case of complaints which warrants investigation, an interim
98 response to be sent to the customer. Wherever interim response is sent, TAT will be T+15 from the date of interim response,
within the maximum outer limit of T+30 from the date of original complaint.
Within CPGRAMS, there is a category of COVID 19, where customers may lodge complaints
99 relating to issues arising out of COVID impact. The TAT for the complaints received under Covid 3 days
category is ____ days.
100 Total BMMC certificates are_ (R&DB/BOD-GB/35/2022 - 23 dated 01.02.2023) 58 Certificates
Periodicity of Submission of BMMC (Branch Manager’s Monthly Certificate: -) w.e.f. 01.02.2023
26 Certificates to be submitted on monthly basis (Applicable for all Branches).

2 Certificates Additional Certificate to be submitted by Currency Chest Branches only
Additional 1 certificate to be submitted by branches in Maharashtra State only.
Monthly Basis 10 Trade Finance related Certificates have to be submitted by the Branch
Managers of branches handling Trade Finance business along with the Monthly Certificates above.
101
10 Certificates are included in this group. These certificates are to be submitted as on 30th June,
Quarterly Basis 30th September, 31st December and 31st March along with the
Monthly Certificates.
9 Certificates are included in this group. These certificates are to be submitted as on 30th
Half-Yearly Basis
September and 31st March along with Monthly and Quarterly Certificates.
Under e-BMMC facility: Archival / Retrieval facility (BMMCs for the previous ___months 60 Months
102
can be stored / retrieved) (i.e. 5 years)
Online submission of BMMC was started w.e.f. 01.08.2017 and manual submission was discontinued w.e.f. 01st October 2017.
103
104 BMMC for a particular month has to be submitted by the ____ 10th of following month
Inoperative accounts should be activated after having routed through Cheque Referred and Return Register and are being closely
105
monitored/ matched with the CBS report to avert any fraud in inoperative accounts.
In cases where maturity proceeds of Term Deposits are not credited in the same CIF account, reasons for making
106 payment must be recorded in a separate folio of “Cheque Referred and Returned Register” by Maker and countersigned
by Branch Manager.
All Consumer Forum cases received at the Branch during the month, should be entered in
107 LITMAS Application
_____application
108 Concerned branch has to send reply to the customer by entering in LITMAS ___ Within 7 working days
ISMOVVR = Intelligent Sampling Method of OVVR generates daily a sample of vouchers on ____ basis from
109 T+3
a lot of OVVR and to be checked only by BM on the same day i.e. on T+0 basis.
ISMOVVR = T + 0 Basis
110 Turned Around Time (TAT) for Checking of VVRs: New VVQ = T + 0 Basis
OVVR = T + 1 Basis
111 In case of Single officer branch, Controller, during visit, will scrutinize these vouchers (ISMOVVR) on sample basis.
112 _____ is nodal officer in respect of monitoring of ISMOVVR. DGM (CFO) at LHO
113 Vouchers are moved to Record Room on __duly entered in Record Register. T+2 basis
114 CCTV footage records are maintained for at least ____ 90 days
115 ASBA Nodal Branch is: Capital Market Branch Mumbai, (Code No. 11777)
Maximum _____ ASBA applications can be made from a single account in different names, per
116 5 (Five)
issue.
ASBA: Only ___ bids are allowed per application and the bids can be revised by the investors
117 3 (Three) Bids
during the Bidding Period.
118 Individuals applying for IPO for above Rs.2 lakhs are categorized as __ High Net worth Individual
HNI applications should be uploaded to Stock Exchange well before the cut off time
119 4.00 PM
of______, even on the last bidding day of the IPO.
The electronic records relating to ASBA facility will be maintained for a minimum period of
120 5 (five) Years
_____ years.
Physical Application –(DB:NB) 75:25
121 ASBA Income is shared between Designated & Nodal Branch as :-
INB Application – (DB:NB) 25:75
SEBI has prohibited third party applications for NFOs. However, Payment by Parents/Grand-
122 Parents/related persons on behalf of a minor as a natural love and affection or as gift for a Max- Rs. 50000/-
value not exceeding Rs. __/- (each regular purchase).
All HOLD / STOP related requests, received from Customer / Court / any other statutory body, Immediately, but not later than 2
123
must be set in CBS ___ from the date of receipt of letter / order. working days
CBS will send Exception Report to Controllers (Chief Manager- Compliance & Operations) for all
124 More than 3 months
Holds subsisting for more than ____ months.
125 HOLD / STOP related all activities must be routed though Cheque Returned and Referred Register”.
To change Mobile No. in CBS, following steps are necessary:
• Ensuring that request for change in mobile number is tendered by the customer in person.
• Tallying of Signature of the customer with that available in bank’s records.
126 • Verification of copy of OVD with original by Authorized Official under his signature with S.S.No.
• First scrutiny of the Application by Teller (Maker) before changing the mobile number in CBS.
• Second scrutiny by Authorized Official (Checker) before authorization of request in CBS.
• Preserving CRFs for future reference/audit purpose.
For the Officer/ Award staff retiring within a year, the process of investigation/ examination/
127 6 Months
fixing Staff Accountability must be completed at least ____ months before the retirement.
128 The existing BC Plan has been renamed as BC&OR Plan (Business Continuity and Operational Resilience)
BC&OR in case of newly opened Branch/CPC/Office should be drawn and approved within ____
129 Within 15 days
days from the date of opening.
The BC&OR Plan for existing branches/CPCs/Offices is required to be reviewed and approved as
130 30th June
on ______ every year. (This year relaxation was upto 31.07.2021)
131 BC&OR Plan testing should be conducted at least once in _______ . Once in a Year
The Branch/Processing centre/Office to invoke BC&OR Plan within 30 minutes of disruption and commence functioning from
132
the designated alternate location within one hour of disruption without waiting for restoration of connectivity.
The detailed DRP should be devised and compiled at the CBS-Branch during 1st Week of January
133 of every year, which must be sent by CBS Branches to the Controlling Authority (in duplicate) 1st week of January
latest by 10th January of every year.
DRP: The review report, including the changes that are envisaged by branches at every quarter, be advised by branches to their
134
Controllers latest by 10th of April, July and October.
GITC has developed a new web-based application to monitor the high value transactions as a module of GLIF
Monitoring System (GLMS). Type of Transactions are:
135
• All transactions of 11 Digits and above
• All debit transactions of 8 digit and above in Bank’s Income accounts.
Bank has implemented new universal pre-printed barcoded passbooks and discontinued existing universal passbook
136
(manual pasting of barcode stickers) w.e.f. 01.02.2021.
If name and ID do not match with Negative List of Customers, then following things primarily matched:
(1) Name (2) DOB (3) Father’s Name (4) Address (5) Mobile No.
137
(For positive match at least 2 matches + name is required)
If customer doesn’t match with negative list, CIF can be created / amended with approval of MM-III/BM.
Reconciliation of Various BGLs and IBTS Entries
Type of Entries TAT for Reconciliation
Rs. 1.00 Cr and above Within 3 Days (Above 3 Days, it will be in Red Zone)
If IBTS entries Rs. 5.00 Lakhs to < Rs. 1.00 Cr. Within 10 Days (Above 10 Days, it will be in Red Zone)
Rs. < 5.00 Lakhs Within 25 Days (Above 25 Days, it will be in Red Zone)
Normal Suspense / Sundry account must be reconciled within ___ days. 45 days
Nature of BGL TAT for Reconciliation Nature of BGL TAT for Reconciliation
BGL-98746 100 Days BGL-98581 45 Days
BGL-98533 5 Days BGL-98582 30 Days
BGL-98534 4 Days BGL-2399868 45 Days
Advance for LFC/HTC BGL-
180 Days BGL-2399869 30 Days
4899586
138 Controllers’ Visit System: Submission of report by visiting official latest within 7 days
139 Controllers’ Visit System: Submission of compliance report by Branch latest within 15 days
140 Controllers’ Visit System: Final Closure of visit by visiting official latest within 7 days
If dishonoured cheques received at the branch on return, the bank immediately
141 should dispatch the cheque to the payee / account holder within ____ day of receipt T + 1 Working Day
of instruments.

A Caution SMS (Message) is sent to the customer on being dishonoured of his ____ cheque rd
142 3 Cheque
due to insufficient fund.
If 4th cheque is also dishonoured, due to insufficient fund, no cheque
143 book will be issued to the customer during that Financial Year. Even the 30 days’ notice.
Branch Manager can close such account by giving ____ days’ notice.
Conversion of single Current accounts into joint accounts: A balance confirmation
144 on form COS _____ should be signed by the existing depositor bearing the date when the COS-96
new name is added in the account
Current Account with Overdraft facility/debit balance: Branches will obtain the
145 Balance Confirmation as on 31st March every year from the concerned customer on COS ___ COS-48
bearing the date and duly signed by the customer.
146 Out of total of 194 Registers, 87 registers have been discontinued w.e.f. 01.02.2019
147 Now, Branches/CPCs will have to maintain _____ Registers. 107 Registers
The customers can call the exclusive Toll-Free Number ______, with a new IVR
148 1800-1111-01
tree, of YONO for support services.
The complaint entered in the complaint book will be entered in CMS (Complaint
149 Lates by Next Working Day
Management System) application by the Branch within the ___ working day.
150 Complaints entered in CMS to be resolved within ____ days. Within 3 days
All branches should monitor these accounts (accounts where minors have attained
151 depd0622.txt
majority) from the daily report ______ sent to them by CBS.
Matching of beneficiary name with account name in CBS for transactions of Rs.
152 Rs. 5 Cr. and above
_____ crore and above will be required. (In Inter-Bank Transfer Transactions)
Based on the percentage of mismatch reported in the SMS/Email alerts, Branch will
153 have the option to accept or reject the transaction. Acceptance or rejection of the Capability level-7 or above
transaction will be done by a CBS user with capability level of ____ or above.
Assets costing less than Rs.____ each are charged off in the year of purchase. In
154 Less than Rs. 1000/-
other words, fixed assets of Less than Rs.____ is purchased out of Charges account.
155 Locker related duties may be assigned to ___ Special Associates
Within ___ months after attaining majority the minor should give public notice that he/she has
become a partner and if he/she chooses to continue as partner, this should be recorded by a
156 6 Months
supplementary letter and the existing partnership deed should be signed by him/her which
ratifies all the previous transactions of the firm.
157 Lower & Upper Ceiling in NEFT (National Electronic Fund Transfer) No Minimum & No Maximum
158 Lower & Upper Ceiling in RTGS (Real Time Gross Settlement) is Min-200000/- & Maximum-Nil
PAN is mandatory when deposit in TDR of Rs. 50000/- in one instance or Aggregate
159 Rs. 5.00 Lacs
Rs. _____ in a year.
160 PAN is mandatory when sale / purchase of property or stamp value exceeding__ Rs. 10.00 Lacs
161 In our bank who decides rate of interest in deposit- Asset-Liability Committee (ALCO)
162 Branch Document Register & Safe Custody Register to be retained for__ 10 Years
163 Form 15G/15H must be retained for ___ years. NBG/S&P-RECORDS MGT/3/2023 - 24 10 Years
Any person making false declaration in 15G/15H will be liable for punishment
under section 277 of Income Tax Act 1961 and on conviction be punishable in case
164 Rs. 25 lacs
where Tax sought to be evaded exceeds _____, with rigorous imprisonment of
minimum 6 months which may extend to 7 years with fine.
165 Valuation of Stationary is done on ___ every year. 31st January
Death Certificate, Succession Certificate, Letter of Administration, Probate & Court
166 Sundry Document Register
Orders are kept in ____
167 Branch Documents Register consists of ____sections. Seven Sections
Branch Document Register: Licenses/Retention limit/leases / title deeds / receipts/
168 Section: 3
Insurance and Agreements are entered into ____.
169 In all cases, duplicate keys withdrawn are to be re-deposited on the ___day. Same Day
Safe deposit receipt relating to the deposit of duplicate keys is entered in __and the
170 BD register
safe deposit receipt is held by BM in his safe outside strong room
171 A contract of Insurance is a contract of___ Indemnity
172 Fidelity Insurance cover for Tellers is to be taken at-_____ level. Bank level
Once taking-over is complete send the following three certificates to Controlling Authority:
173
• The handing-over and taking-over letter on form COS-330.
• The relieving Branch Manager’s Certificate on form COS-331
• The Cash Verification Report on form COS-46

174 Investment in NPS (New Pension Scheme) is exempted up to Rs. _ Section-80CCD(1B)- Rs. 50000/-
All the persons who acquire interest or rights in the Joint Hindu Family property are
175 Co-Parceners
called _____.
176 Bill of Exchange (Usance Bill) of ____validity is free from stamp duty. 3 months
177 Staff Account should be scrutinized once in ____ 3 Months
178 The BCSBI Code has been adopted by SBI in the name of _____. “Citizen’s Charters”
179 As per BCSBI code, Key time Commitments for Loan recovery - time to visit customer is – 7 am to 7 pm
The BCSBI Code provides that the account holders be advised that their account is liable to 1 year & 9 months
180 be classified as dormant after a period of in operation of ______before the account is (3 months before the
date of Inoperative)
classified as dormant / inoperative.
181 The yearly entry relating to staff welfare fund is passed on__ Last date of February
182 Near Miss Event is___ An operational risk event
Following Activities comes under Suspicious Transaction:
 Number of locker operations greater than (5) times in (30) days.
 Transactions greater than INR 3 lacs between more than 3 accounts aggregating to more than INR 10 lacs
on the same day.
 Conversion of financial assets- single or multiple of value more than Rs.5 lakhs in a calendar month to a
183 virtual currency / currency.
 Foreign remittance received by NPO not approved by FCRA.
 Multiple customers arrive together but pretend to ignore each other.
 Customer did not complete transaction after queries such as source of funds etc.
 Customer did not open account after being informed about KYC requirements.
Class ____ Fires consist of ordinary combustibles such as wood, paper, trash or
184 Class-A Fire
anything else that leaves an ash.
Class ____ Fires are fueled by flammable or combustible liquids, which include oil,
185 Class-B Fire
gasoline, and other similar materials.
186 Energized Electrical Fires are known as Class ____ fires. Class- C Fire
187 The very purpose of the security is to__ (In sequence) Detect, Delay & Retaliate
The fire safety equipment like fire extinguishers, smoke detectors etc. should be checked every
188 Quarterly
_____ months or in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
Mock fire / evacuation drill should be conducted on _____ basis and appropriate records should
189 Annually
be maintained.
190 The evacuation plan should be reviewed at least _______. Annually
191 All security gadgets installed in currency chest branches must be checked once in ___ 15 days
Fire audit must be conducted once in ____ by District Fire Department / Govt licensed fire
192 2 Years.
agency / department only.
193 The UPS Vendor may be asked to install SNMP, SNMP stands? Simple Network Management Protocol
Balances lying in Current Account standing in the name of a deceased Individual
depositor or Sole Proprietorship concern shall attract interest from the date of
194 Savings Bank Deposit
death of the depositor till the date of repayment to the claimant (s) at the rate of
interest applicable to ___ as on the date of payment.
It has been decided to categorize all existing and new ‘P’ segment individual customers including NRI customers
195 (but excluding Wealth, Salary Package, FI customers, Staff including pensioners, Yuva, Children accounts etc.),
into one of the four segments, i.e. Silver, Gold, Diamond & Platinum from 01.04.2018.
Categorization of P-Segment (SALARIED & NON-SALARIED) Customers
Basis Silver Gold Diamond Platinum

SB < Rs. 25,000 SB ≥ Rs. 25,000 to < Rs. 1 lakh SB ≥ Rs. 1 Lac to < Rs. 2 lacs SB ≥ Rs. 2 lacs Or
AQB for Deposit
Or Or Or
TRV < Rs. 5 lakhs TRV ≥ Rs. 5 lacs to < Rs. 20 lac TRV ≥ Rs. 20 lacs to < Rs. 30 lacs TRV ≥ Rs. 30 lacs
TRV
Or Or Or Or
Home Loan HL < Rs. 25 lacs HL ≥Rs. 25 lac to <Rs. 50 lac HL ≥ Rs. 50 lacs to < Rs. 1 Cr HL ≥ Rs. 1 Cr
Based on the value of connection as on __ every year and as per the criteria laid down, annual
196 review of Segmentation will be carried out through a back-end process for those 31st January
customers who have consented for Segmentation and their consent is captured in the system.
SMS will be sent through back-end informing customers about upgrade/downgrade of segment
197 FEBRUARY
during the month of _____every year.
198 Expand “COS” forms used in our Bank. Central Office Stationery
Under Vacation Policy: An officer / employee comes under sensitive posts as
199 Continuous 10 working days
described under by the Bank should mandatorily proceed on leave for ____ days.
RTGS Awareness Programme for customers must be organized by every branch once
200 Quarterly
_____, of 30 minutes duration, and after business hours.
Customers of the Branch, which is being shifted / merged, should be informed well in time
201 (preferably notice of ____ months if there is no branch of any bank functioning at the centre, 2 Months’ Notice
notice of one month in all other centres).
Locker customers to be intimated by email/ letter. Locker hirers who intend to remove the
202 contents of their lockers prior to shifting / merger, are to be specially requested to do so at 7 Days
least ____ days prior to Branch shifting / merger, in order to avoid last minute rush.
The details of shifting (i.e. new address, date of shifting etc.) / merger should be reported
203 to Regional office of RBI immediately after shifting / merger of the Branch. Time limit in Within two weeks
reporting to RBI is within __ weeks of shifting / merger.
Sanjeevani HR – A Help line for grievances of SBI https://sanjeevani.hrmsgitc or IVR 022-22858135
204 Or SMS “HELPHR_PF Id” and send SMS to 567676
Staff, can be accessed
Branches of Scale IV, III & II categories, which are specially identified and recommended by
205 the_____, would be allowed to carry out RTGS transactions by debit voucher at Home Branch. Circle CGM
All RTGS transactions will be restricted to home branches only. Also, all RTGS will be backed by cheque only. There
206 will be no debit on the basis of debit voucher
Transactions at Non-Home branches are NOT allowed for SBI CAPGAINS PLUS-under Capital Gain Accounts
207
Scheme-1988.
The currency chests / Link Offices should invariably report all transactions through CyM –
208 CC portal on the same day by ____ pm. Relaxation in the reporting period on account of 07:00 pm
strike situation will be considered on case-to-case basis.
The Sub-Treasury Offices (STOs) should report all transactions directly to the Issue Office
209 07:00 pm
of the Reserve Bank by ____ pm on the same day.
210 Which is the software used at Currency Administration Cells__ Kuber
211 What is e-Kuber ? RBI’s Website
In the event of delay in reporting currency chest transactions, penal interest at the rate ____
212 2% over Bank Rate
will be levied on the amount due from the chest holding bank for the period of delay.
Penal interest will be calculated on_____ basis i.e. penal interest will be levied in respect
213 of transactions not reported by currency chests / Link Offices to the Issue Office on the same T + 0 Basis
business day within the time limit.
The Currency Distribution & Exchange Scheme (CDES) for bank branches including currency chests has been
formulated in order to ensure that all bank branches provide better customer service to members of public with
regard to exchange of notes and coins, in keeping with the objectives of Clean Note Policy.
Incentives on rendering of services
Nature of Services Incentives
Capital Cost: Reimbursement of 50% of capital expenditure

subject to a ceiling of ₹ 50 lakh per currency chest. In the
Northeastern region up to 100% of capital expenditure is eligible for
Opening of and maintaining currency
reimbursement subject to the ceiling of ₹ 50 lakh.
chests at centres having population of less
than 1 lakh in under banked States. Revenue cost: Reimbursement of 50% of revenue expenditure for
215 the first 3 years. In the Northeastern region 50% of revenue
expenditure will be reimbursed for the first 5 years.
Exchange of soiled notes – ₹ 2 per packet for exchange of soiled
Exchange of soiled notes/ adjudication of
notes up to denomination ₹ 50
mutilated banknotes over the counter at
bank branches Adjudication of mutilated notes – ₹ 2 per piece
₹65 per bag. An additional incentive of ₹10/- per bag shall be

Distribution of coins over counter
paid for coin distribution in rural and semi-urban areas on the
submission of a Concurrent Auditor (CA) certificate to this effect.
The incentives will be paid on the soiled notes actually received in the Issue Office of the RBI. Banks need not submit
a separate claim in this regard.
Exchange of Soiled Notes:

Notes presented in small number: Where the number of notes presented by a person is up to 20 pieces with a
maximum value of Rs.5000 per day, banks should exchange them over the counter, free of charge.
Notes presented in bulk: Where the number of notes presented by a person exceeds 20 pieces or ₹5,000 in value per day,
banks may accept them, against receipt, for value to be credited later. Banks may levy service charges as permitted.
Exchange of Soiled Notes: Any note with slogans and message of a political nature written across it ceases to be a legal
tender and the claim on such a note will be rejected.
Deliberately Cut notes: Totally rejected
Exchange of Soiled Notes: Mutilated / defective notes bearing ‘PAY’/’PAID’ (or ‘REJECT’) stamp of any RBI Issue Office
or any bank branch, if presented for payment again at any of the bank branches should be rejected.
All Bank notes with scribbling / stain (including colour stain) on them continue to be legal tender. Such notes can be
deposited or exchanged in any bank branch.
Non-chest branch can adjudicate mutilated notes up to how many pieces per customer per
216 5 Pieces
day?
If the non-chest branches are not able to adjudicate the mutilated notes, the notes may be received against a receipt
and sent to the linked currency chest branch for adjudication. The probable date of payment should be informed
to the tenderers on the receipt itself and the same should not exceed 30 days.
All chest branches are required to submit to our RBI Issue Offices a ____ statement showing
217 Monthly
the number of notes adjudicated during the month.
In a soiled note remittance to RBI if more than ___% of notes is found to be issuable notes,
218 5%
then entire remittance will be returned by RBI at sending bank’s cost
Soiled note remittances to RBI should not be shown as withdrawal by chest/s / link offices.
219 In case such remittances to RBI are wrongly reported as ‘withdrawals’, a penalty of Rs. ___ Rs. 50000/-
will be levied irrespective of the value of remittance and period of such wrong reporting.
All currency chest diversions (both between chests of the same bank and between chests of
different banks) have to be reported through ‘Diversion Module’ of CyM-CC Portal.
220 Rs. 50000/-
Diversions must not be reported as Deposit/Withdrawal. A penalty of Rs._____ will be
levied for such wrong reporting
Delayed reporting where currency chests had “Net Deposit”: A flat penalty of Rs._____
221 may be levied on the currency chests for delayed reporting irrespective of the value of net Rs. 50000/-
deposit.
Balances in Currency Chest have to be verified by an official other than the joint custodians
222 Once in 2 Months
once in___
223 Surprise verification of Critical Currency Chests is made by LHO at __ Quarterly
224 The difference between day’s total withdrawals & day’s total deposits in Chest is Currency Transfer
225 When withdrawals are more than deposits in to the chest ‘Currency Transaction A/c is Credited
___.
226 IBCH (In Branch Cash Handling) overnight cash retention limit for SWO is. Rs. 50000/-
227 Cash Hand Balance at Currency Chest be kept at minimum level not exceeding Rs. __ lakh. Rs. 5.00 Lakhs
228 The provision for fixing of limit of Cash retention has been derived as per provisions of the BR Act, 1949
All branches will have to submit Monthly Statement of Cash Holding (MSCH) within ____
229 Within 3 days
days, furnishing reasons for excess holding for each day, if any
230 __ is responsible for maintenance of the currency chest & functioning of Cash department. Cash Officer
Cash Officer is responsible for correctness of the physical cash balance held at the branch as reflected in various
231
registers of the cash deptt. Such as vault register, hand balance register & Chest register.
Cash Retention Limit (CRL) for Hand Balance Branches be fixed as under:
Category of Branch CRL (Not Linked to CAC) CRL (Linked to CAC)
Rural Upto Rs. 20 Lakhs Upto Rs. 10 Lakhs
Semi-Urban Rs. 30 lakh and above Rs. 10 lakh to 20 lakh
Urban Rs. 30 lakh and above Rs. 10 lakh to 20 lakh
Metro Rs. 30 lakh and above Rs. 10 lakh to 20 lakh
In unavoidable circumstances where vehicles are not available, cash remittances
232 may be carried on 3 wheelers upto a ceiling of___ Below Rs. 2.00 Lacs
233 For Cash Remittance up to Rs. 50 Lacs, No. of escorting guards___ One Guard
Remittances should be accompanied by ____ guards. Where cash remittance is
234 Above Rs 50 lacs to Rs 100 lacs (Non- CAC linked Branch) Two Guards
Above 50 lacs to 300 lacs (CAC Linked)
All remittances, whether carried by cash van or hired vehicle, should be
235 accompanied by _______ Exceeding Rs. 100 Lacs for (Non-CAC linked). POLICE ESCORT
Exceeding Rs. 300 Lacs for (CAC linked).
Cash in CDMs be monitored for servicing and evacuation on reaching ___% of
236 80%
storage capacity at least once every alternate day and thrice every week.
Cash Retention Limit of branches be reviewed in the month of _____ to make it
237 May/June
applicable w.e.f 1st July every year.
Hub Currency Chests will serve Spoke Currency Chests in & around _____ Kms
238 100 KMs.
including non-Chest branches in the vicinity.
The Cashier as well as by the
239 The counterfeit Bank note acknowledgement receipt should be authenticated by__
tenderer.
____ department will arrange for obtention of insurance for cash & other valuables
240 BPMM Deptt.
through Mumbai LHO
When remittance is sent from currency chest branch to a non-currency chest branch,
241 Transit Insurance
the risk is covered under ___.
242 BPMM department will arrange for transit insurance at _____level LHO Level
Insurance of Cash & Other Valuables at Branches: Banker’s Indemnity Policy for a sum insured of any one
243 year (AOY) of Rs. 50.00 crore with any one accident (AOA) of Rs. 10.00 crore has been obtained by Insurance Cell
in Banking Operations Department at Corporate Centre.
Cash Verification of Hand Balance Branches: The Controllers will arrange
244 for periodical Cash verification at branches at frequent intervals, at least once in Quarterly
every calendar ______ by the Branch Managers of nearby branches.
Cash Verifying official will submit Report to the Controllers within ____ days
245 recording his observations relating to handling of Cash transactions in every aspect Within 03 days
and Cash Balance held at the Branch.
Monitoring limit of Large Value cash payments for Metropolitan & Other centre Metro- 5 Lacs & above
246
are Others- 1 Lacs & above
247 Currency note printing presses owned by Govt. of India Nasik & Dewas
248 Currency note printing presses owned by Reserve Bank of India Mysore & Salboni
249 Coins Mint are available at_ Mumbai, Hyderabad, Noida & Kolkata
250 The value of treasure held in Class ‘C’ chests is limited to__ Rs. 5 Crore
251 Strong room fitness certificate to be obtained___ Annually
252 License for Gun at the branch is obtained in the name of___ Branch Manager
Medical check-up of the bank guards is arranged, if due. Each bank guard is required
253 2 Years
to be medically examined for medical fitness once in ____ years.
Maximum of 10 cartridges are kept with every gun against acknowledgement of the guards. While on duty, two
254 cartridges are loaded in the gun and the remaining eight are carried in the pouch / belt by the guard. Ensure that
the cartridges are in serviceable condition.
Other Instructions regarding Gun at Branch:
255
• All weapons must be inspected annually by the Armourer.
• Inspection of Guns should be done by the Branch Manager every-Week.
• Unused cartridges should be in the custody of-BM.
If Cash deposited by Representative of the account holder, pay-in-slip should
256 Account Holder
be signed by the ___and the signature is verified with the signature on record.
If Cash deposited by Third party, the tenderer is to record his name, signature, full address with phone/mobile
number. In case, the amount of deposit will result into deposit of cash in aggregate to all the accounts more than ₹
257 50,000/- in a day, PAN number (of himself) is to be quoted by the tenderer and a copy thereof is to be obtained
and attached with pay-in-slip. PAN number should be validated online. Tenderer’s signature will be verified from
signature appearing on PAN Card.
For accounts not having PAN number (may be for Micro & Small Enterprises), Cash deposit in
258 ₹ 50,000/-.
all the accounts of one customer on a day will be allowed up to an amount of ₹ ____.
259 System will not allow deposit of Cash in KYC Non-Compliant accounts for ₹ ___ Rs. 50,000/- or more.
If Cash deposited by Third party, Identity of the applicant is to be verified from original
of
260 3 months.
Aadhaar Card, so as to ensure against impersonation. Aadhaar includes proof of application for
Enrollment for Aadhaar, which should not be older than _
Cash Deposit in BGL account must not be allowed under any circumstances. If any, are to be
261 analyzed appropriately by the officer checking BGL Day Book and report to the Branch Manager 3 Working Days
for onward reporting to the Controllers immediately, maximum within ___working days.
262 Small coin depot is the property of___ Govt of India
FICN stands for – Fake Indian Currency Note; and
263 Fake Indian Currency Note Co-ordination Centre
FCORD means
264 FNVC (Forged Note Vigilance Cell) is located at all____ in our Bank. LHOs
265 Excess cash found in the branch/cash dept is credited to__ Sundry Deposit A/c

266 Cash Management in ATMs by NCR/Diebold is called OPTICASH
Entries relating to excess cash found in cash balance is transferred to
267 Quarterly
Commission A/c at ____intervals.
Minimum Transaction (Deposit/Withdrawal) in currency chest
268 Rs 1.00 lac & in multiple of Rs 50,000/-
at any point of time is-
269 Minimum transactions from/to Small coin depot will be___ Rs. 100/- and in multiples of Rs. 50/-
270 Under Coinage Act, 1906, for How Many value Rs. Coin can be issued__ Rs. 1000/-
Cash shortage up to which is made good by the employee same day and if there is no
271 Rs. 1000/-
suspicion of fraud, it need not be reported as fraud_
272 Repository is part of ____ Currency Chest
273 Guarantee Bond system is applicable to Currency Notes upto Rs.___ Rs. 100/-
274 Remittances accepted under Guarantee Bond System is entered in _ Register. Unexamined remittances.
Recording of Cash withdrawals and deposits of Rs.10.00 lacs and above in a separate register and its reporting to
275
controller has been withdrawn vide circular no. NBG/OPS-KYC/2/2017 - 18 dated 05.08.2017.
276 Recounting of notes is not required for denominations upto Rs.____ Rs.100/-
Cash shortage when not made good by the employee concerned on the day
277 Suspense A/c in Feb-Mar
of shortage is debited to Recalled Asset A/c ___
Colour of vertical polymer band printed with SBI name and logo shall be Pink for notes upto
278 White
denomination of Rs 20/- whereas for other denomination upto Rs 2000/- the color specified is ___.
279 Clean Note Policy has been introduced by RBI under___ Sec-35A BR Act
Cash receipts in denomination of Rs. ___ and above should
280 mandatorily be sorted with Note Sorting Machine for authenticity Rs. 100 & above
before putting into recirculation.
Penalty for violating Clean Note Policy is Rs. ___ lacs fine or Cancellation of Chest
281 Rs. 5 lacs
Operations.
As per the latest instructions of the RBI, FIR has to be lodged in case of Fake Currency Notes, if the number
of notes is 5 or More (For cases of detection of counterfeit notes upto 4 pieces, in a single transaction,
282 a consolidated report in the prescribed format should be sent by Nodal Bank Officer to the police authorities
or Nodal Police Station, along with suspect counterfeit notes, at the end of the month.)
If counterfeit notes found in chest / remittance to RBI: Penalty will be 100% of value + equal to loss
283
of notional value i.e. 200% of value of notes.
If a claimant who has submitted a claim under these rules, is dead, his legal representatives
shall be eligible to receive the payment due to the claimant upon furnishing to the Prescribed
Officer* an indemnity bond executed by the legal representative in favour of the branch or Up to Rs. 500/-
284 office of the Bank. Provided payment up to an amount of rupees _____ may be made to the
legal heir of the claimant on a declaration for this purpose
*Prescribed officer is the officer who has been authorized to adjudicate the mutilated notes by the branch.
The half value paid notes and rejected notes shall, however, be held separately along with the cash balance of the
285 branch. It will not be deposited in Chest.
Currency Chest bi-monthly verification starts from Jan-Feb and gap between two bi-monthly audits should not
286 be greater than 2 months. It should not be like that one audit done in January (In block of Jan-Feb) and another
audit done in April (in block of Mar-April). Thus, technically it is bi-monthly, but it will be more than 2 months.
The same way, Currency Chest Half-yearly verification starts from April-September & October-March and gap
287 between two half-yearly audits should not be greater than 6 months.
RBI guidelines on storage of notes and coins: Colour coding of bins at all our Currency Chests: Quality
288
wise colour of magnetic strip on BINs as follow:
Types of Currency Colour of Magnetic Strip on BINs
Fresh Currency Green
Re-Issuable Currency Brown
Non-Issuable Currency Orange
Un-Processed Currency Red
In case of Brown Label ATMs, if, counterfeit currency is dispensed from the ATM/CD, the
289 Rs. 10,000/-
responsibility will be of the Vendor and penalty of Rs. ___ /- per instance would be levied.
In respect of Managed Services Agreement, if, any counterfeit note is found during counting by Bank officials,
290 details shall be noted in the cash delivery slip and the number of the note shall be tallied with details in EJ T+1 basis
log on T+__ day.
Scheme of Penalties for bank branches based on performance in rendering customer service (with regard to exchange
of notes and coins, in keeping with the objectives of Clean Note Policy).
 Shortages in soiled note remittances and currency chest balances.
• For notes in denomination upto Rs.50 :- Rs.50/- per piece in addition to the loss
• Denomination of Rs.100 & above:- Equal to the value of the denomination per piece in addition to the loss.
• In case of shortage in soiled note remittances/chest balances, the amount of shortage/loss thereof will be recovered immediately.
• Penalty will be levied immediately on detection of shortage in soiled note remittances/chest balances, irrespective of the number
of pieces detected.
 Mutilated notes detected in soiled note remittances and currency chest balances.
• Rs. 50/- per piece irrespective of the denomination.
• In case of mutilated notes detected in soiled note remittances and currency chest balances, the amount of loss thereof will be
recovered immediately.
•Penalty will be levied immediately on detection of mutilated notes in soiled note remittances / currency chest balances,
irrespective of the number of pieces detected.
 Counterfeit notes detected in soiled note remittances and currency chest balances.
• Penalty at 100% of the Notional value of counterfeit notes in addition to the recovery loss to extent of notional value of such notes.
 Non-compliance with operational guidelines by currency chests detected by RBI officials viz.
(a) Non- Functioning of CCTV, (b) Branch cash/documents kept in strong room, (c) Non-utilization of NSMs for sorting of notes.
• Penalty of Rs. 5000 for each irregularity, if repetition, penalty will be enhanced to Rs. 10000/-
• Penalty will be levied immediately.
 Violation of any term of agreement with RBI (for opening and maintaining currency chests) or deficiency in
service in providing exchange facilities, as detected by RBI officials e.g..
1) Non-issue of coins over the counter.
2) Refusal by any bank branch to exchange soiled notes / refusal by any currency chest branch to adjudicate mutilated notes
tendered by members of public.
3) Non conduct of surprise verification of chest balances, at least at bimonthly intervals. 4) Denial of facilities/services to
linked branches of other banks.
5) Non acceptance of lower denomination notes (i.e. denomination of Rs. 50 and below) tendered by members of public and linked
bank branches.
6) Detection of mutilated / counterfeit notes in re-issuable packets prepared by the currency chest branches.
Penalty amount: (a)Rs. 10000/- for any violation of agreement
(b)Rs. 5 lakh in case there are more 5 instance of violation of agreement
Appeal against the penal decision of the Competent Authority may be made by the Controlling Office of the currency chest/branch
to the Regional Director/Chief General Manager/Officer-in-Charge of the Regional Office concerned, within one month from the date
of debit.
The adjudication of Claim of Mutilated Notes (Revised Note Refund Rules -2009 (Amended 2018)
In respect of Notes of less than 50 Full Value: if Single largest undivided portion is >50%
denomination (Refund Claim)
Rejected: if Single largest undivided portion is <=50%
Full Value: if Single largest undivided portion is >80%

In respect of Notes of 50 & above Half Value: if Single largest undivided portion is >=40% to 80%
291
denomination (Refund Claim)
Rejected: if Single largest undivided portion is <40%
If the claim of mutilated notes of Rs. 50 & above denominations consist of a note composed of two pieces of the same
note and the two pieces, individually have an area equal to or more than 40% of the total area of the note in that
denomination, then the claim may be refunded for full value of the note.
2% of the Chest balances in the denominations of Rs. ___ and above to be verified through Note
292 Rs.100 and above
Sorting Machine (NSM) during Bi-monthly verification.
5% of the Chest balances in ____ denominations to be verified through Note Sorting Machines
293 All Denominations
(NSMs) during Half-yearly verification.
Bi-Monthly verification of Currency Chest must be carried out Officer not connected with the same
294 Currency chest and the compliance report must be submitted by the branch manager of currency Within 15 Days
chest within ___ days. (Report to be closed by Regional Manager)
Half-Yearly verification of Currency Chest must be carried out Chief Manager (CCAC) LHO and the
295 compliance report must be submitted by the branch manager of currency chest within ___ days. Within 30 Days
(Report to be closed by DGM & CFO)
Once the report is scrutinized by the Controller, officer who verified the Chest will personally visit the Chest to confirm
296
compliance within 30 days from date of scrutiny by the Controller.
297 Minimum no. of permanent bank guards must be posted in currency chest branches: 5 (Five)
Mutilated notes exchanged and held by the branch be physically verified from DN-2 register and be certified that
298
physical quantity of such notes tally with what is entered in the DN-2 register.
299 Acknowledgement for Mutilated notes received is given to the customers in DN-1 form
300 Half value paid notes and rejected notes are held by the chest branch in ____balance. Hand Balance
301 Total value of CC balance in vault register tallies with BGL account _____. BGL-98958
Branch is submitting to RBI Issue Office a monthly statement showing the number of notes adjudicated during
302
the month.
Deficiency found / reported by CC Verifying Officials Action for Controllers
 Ensure that such shortage is immediately recovered.
Physical shortage in Currency < Rs.10,000
 Examine staff accountability
 Re-verification of Currency. 
Physical shortage in Currency >= Rs.10,000 Investigation of the matter.
 Examine staff accountability
Recovery amount in Standard Loan accounts (Limit up to Rs. 10 lakhs in Agri / SME) Upto Rs. 20000 = At CSP
303
can also be deposited at CSP centre. Branch to weekly check the reports of CSP. > Rs. 20000 = In Branch
As per the instructions of Bank and Government of India all the contents should
invariably be uploaded in bilingual format i.e. Hindi and English in respective Section 3 (3) of Official
304
website segment. It is also compulsory as per section _____ of Official Languages Language Act 1963
Act 1963.
At the end of each month CDC generates a report of unpaid Banker’s Cheques for branches to
facilitate follow up and settlement of unpaid claims. However, CDC generates an exclusive
306 February.
report on Banker’s Cheques outstanding for more than 3 years on Last date of __
every year.
Not Negotiable / Not
307 Bankers’ Cheques are Order Cheque with _____crossing
Transferrable
Less than ₹50000/-
308 Banker’s Cheque can be issued against cash for amount ___ in a day.
(i.e. upto ₹49,999/- only)
309 Banker’s Cheque of ₹__/- and above are to be issued invariably with account payee crossing. ₹ 20000 and above
Banker’s Cheques can be paid by cancellation only by issuing branches, at the request
More than Rs.5000/-
of the original purchaser against his receipt at the back of the Banker’s Cheque under
310 (i.e. Upto Rs. 5000,
the words” Received payment by cancellation”. However, the receipt shall be obtained on
No revenue Stamp)
revenue stamp of appropriate amount if the value of Banker’s Cheque of Rs.
When a Banker’s Cheque is reported lost or damaged, a duplicate Banker’s Cheque may be issued
by issuing branch to original purchaser or the payee on identification. Payee can apply for a duplicate,
311
only if he can prove that the Banker’s Cheque was lost after it was delivered to him by the purchaser. A
certificate/letter/undertaking from the purchaser that the Banker’s Cheque was delivered to Payee.
If the original Banker’s Cheque is presented for payment after issuance of duplicate, the same can be paid, after
observing all the usual formalities as per extant instructions, for payment of the original when a duplicate was
312 issued. SWO shall enter the Original IOI number, original date of issue, BIAK and Serial Number
generated at the time of issue of original (from the instrument only). The transaction shall be referred
to the checker for payment and the System shall display a caution message “Duplicate issued” to the officer.
There is no provision of issuing triplicate. In case both the original and duplicate are reported lost, the
313
Banker’s Cheque shall be paid by cancellation and a fresh Banker’s Cheque shall be issued.
When a duplicate Banker’s Cheque is presented by the purchaser for payment by cancellation, full enquiries should
be made to ascertain if the payee’s claim to the amount has been satisfied by separate payment or otherwise, failing
314
this the payee’s express consent in writing should be obtained for making payment to the purchaser by cancellation
of the duplicate Banker’s Cheque.
Name of the purchaser of Banker’s cheque: The name of the purchaser shall be incorporated on the face of
315
the demand draft, pay order, banker’s cheque, etc., by the issuing bank.
During day, undelivered Bankers’ Cheques shall be in the custody of ____to
316 facilitate delivery to applicants, overnight they will be in the custody of official in Single Window Operator
Charge.
For making payment by cancellation of duplicate bankers’ cheques, consent of
317 Payee
_____is required.
All bankers’ cheques issued by debiting to charges account having outstanding more
318 Charges Account
than 3 years should be credited into___
The Duplicate instrument shall be printed on the next available IOI security form with the original date and
319
original number with a legend “DUPLICATE”, with a new BIAK and new serial number.
 Original IOI no.
While making payment of Duplicate Banker’s Cheque  Original Date of Issue
320
following 4 fields will be fed in system by an SWO:  BIAK (New as per Duplicate IOI)
 Serial No. (New as per Duplicate IOI)
321 For issuing of duplicate IOI, production of sureties is not needed for amount up to Rs. 1.00 Lac
IOI instruments of ITRO, Dividend Warrant can be printed & issued with authorized
322 Rs. 10.00 Lacs
signatories’ Facsimile Signature upto Rs.___
• Non-Payment Advise is NOT required for issuance of duplicate IOI
All statements • Hologram has been DISCONTINUED
323
are true: • For TR Advise generated in IBTS, only one signature required irrespective of amount.
• Non-Home Transaction Register is discontinued.
324 Expand BIAK (in IOI) Built In Authentication Key
325 Maximum amount for which an IOI can be issued is___ Rs. 99,99,99,999
326 Drafts of Rs ______ should be signed by two officials Above Rs. 1.50 Lacs
Up to Rs. 500: Nil
> Rs. 500 to Rs. 5000 : Rs. 25/-
327 Draft Cancellation Charges has been revised as:- (w.e.f. 01.09.2021)
> Rs. 5000 to Rs. 10000: Rs. 50/-
> Rs. 10000 : Rs. 100/-
328 IOI to be issued account refers to 98585
329 Physical verification of IOI forms can be done in Half-Yearly
If original and duplicate DD is presented for payment Duplicate to be paid & Original should be returned with
330
simultaneously the remark “duplicate already paid”
331 Expand VPIS Valuable Paper Inventory System
332 Who can damage the IOI in CBS to reprint it ? Vault Teller (User Type-50)
All requests for Drafts/Bankers’ cheque for Rs. 50000/- & above should mandatorily be
333 Customer’s Account Only.
processed through ___ irrespective of the production of PAN / Form 60
 Dividend Warrant Cheque (Instrument Type) is __ 14
 IOI (Inter Office Instrument) type is- 16
 State Government Cheque (Instrument Type) is___ 20
 Central Government Cheque (Instrument Type) is___ 21
334
 Current Account at Par Instrument Type is__ 29
 Cash Credit Account at Par Instrument Type is__ 30
 Savings Bank Account at Par Instrument Type is__ 31
 ITRO (Income Tax refund Order) Instrument type is__ 49
When cheque stop request is received from customer. One copy of COS__ duly signed
335 by the customer to be held along with his request letter and duplicate copy of the same COS-85
(COS) to be handed over to customer.
336 To be eligible for bonus, ceiling on salary/wages has been increased to Rs.__ Rs. 21000/-
337 Maximum bonus payable Rs.___ Rs. 7000/- (8.33%)
338 The customer can now submit Form 15G/15H at any of the branches. TRUE
339 Possession of Security in case of- Hypothecation With the Borrower
340 Possession of Security in case of- Assignment With the Bank
341 Possession of Security in case of- Pledge With the Bank
342 Possession of Security in case of- Lien With the Bank
343 Possession of Security in case of- Mortgage With the Debtor
344 Online Fire Safety Audit, once in ____ years 2 Years
345 Online Electrical Safety Audit, once in ____ years 2 Years
Limited Liability of a Customer
Contributory fraud/ negligence/ deficiency on the part of the Bank (Irrespective of
whether or not the transaction is reported by the customer).
Zero Liability of a Customer* Third party breach where the deficiency lies neither with the bank nor with the customer
but lies elsewhere in the system, and the customer notifies the Bank within 03 (Three)
working days of receiving the communication from the Bank (by SMS alert, email or
letter) regarding the unauthorized transaction.
In cases where the responsibility for the unauthorized electronic banking transaction lies
neither with the Bank nor with the Customer, but lies elsewhere in the system and when
there is a delay of 4 to 7 working days after receiving the communication from the
Limited Liability of Customer*
Bank on the part of the Customer in notifying the Bank of such a transaction, the per
transaction liability of the Customer shall be limited to the transaction value or the
amount mentioned in Table #, whichever is less.
*Summary of Customer’s Liability
Time taken to report the fraudulent transaction from
Customer’s liability
the date of receiving the communication
 Intimation by customer within 3 working days Zero liability
 Intimation by customer within 4 to 7 working days Maximum Liability of a Customer as below table below#
 Intimation by customer Beyond 7 working days Full Liability
#Maximum Liability of a Customer
Type of Account Maximum Liability
 BSBD Accounts Rs. 5000/-
 All other SB accounts
 Pre-paid Payment Instruments and Gift Cards
 Current/ Cash Credit/ Overdraft Accounts of MSMEs
 Current Accounts/ Cash Credit/ Overdraft Accounts of Individuals with Rs. 10000/-
annual average balance (during 365 days preceding the incidence of fraud)/
limit up to Rs.25 lakh
 Credit cards with limit up to Rs.5 lakh
 All other Current/ Cash Credit/ Overdraft Accounts.
Rs. 25000/-
 Credit cards with limit above Rs.5 lakh
Reversal Timeline for Zero Liability/ Limited Liability of customer: On
being notified by the customer, the bank will credit (shadow reversal) the amount
Within 10 working days.
involved in the unauthorized electronic transaction to the customer’s account within
381 _____ working days (As per RBI) from the date of such notification by the customer. (As per RBI) *
The credit shall be value dated to be as of the date of the unauthorized transaction.
*Accordingly, our Bank has decided to give Shadow Credit even on 08th Working Day.
Further, banks will ensure that: A complaint is resolved and liability of the customer,
if any, established within ___ days from the date of receipt of the complaint, and the
382 Within 90 days
customer is compensated. If not done within stipulated time say ___ days, the bank
will compensate as per table# above.
The time for credit of proceeds of Foreign Currency Cheques to the customer’s
383 account will be _____ days from the date of credit to NOSTRO account, including 10 Days
cooling period (Max Period does not exceed 45 days).
The compensation on account of delay in collection of instruments in foreign currency will be paid :
Delay / Abnormal delay (If credit proceeds beyond) Delayed interest@
 Beyond 45 days but upto 90 days TDR rate.
 Beyond 90 days 2 % above TDR rate.
@Such interest shall be payable with a minimum of Rs. 25/-.
The cheques/ instruments in Canadian Dollar (CAD) for Rs.____, where it will be 10
384 Rs. 10000/- & above
days from credit to NOSTRO account.
385 Inward Remittance Cell (IRC) is situated at _____. Global Market Unit (GMU) Kolkata
The amount of compensation for deficiencies in various categories of Banking
386 Services as mentioned in this Policy will be paid to the customers within ____ days after Within 15 days
the deficiency is acknowledged.
Under normal circumstances, Bank will not close depositors account without giving
387 30 days’ Notice
at least ______ days’ notice indicating the reasons for such closure.
The Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation of India (DICGC)
388 insure all deposits such as savings, fixed, current, and recurring, etc. Each depositor in a Rs. 5.00 lac
bank is insured up to a maximum of Rs.___ for both principal & interest amount.
Collection of cheques payable in India: Payment of Interest for delayed Collection of Outstation Cheques
Table Places SBI Branches Branches of other Banks
Collections between Metropolitan Centres/ Major ‘A’
(Place-1) Class Cities (Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, New Delhi, 6 days 7 days
Ahmedabad, Bangalore & Hyderabad)
Collections between places at (a) above and State
Capitals (other than North Eastern States & Sikkim)
(Place-2) and Area I Cities, i.e. Pune, Nagpur, Kanpur, Surat, 8 days 10 days
Visakhapatnam, Vadodara, Kochi, Indore,
Ludhiana, Coimbatore, Agra, Madurai and Varanasi
(Place-3) Collections between all other Centres 10 days 14 days
389 If the collection is realized beyond ___, it is treated as Abnormal Delay. 45 Days
390 If the collection is realized beyond ___, it is treated as Extraordinary Delay. 90 Days
Interest for delayed collection shall be paid at the following rates
Delay/ Abnormal delay Delayed interest @
The period of delay beyond 6/8/10 days, as the case may be, in collection of outstation
391 cheques drawn on SBI Branches, i.e. [the interest will be payable] from 7th /9th /11th Saving Bank rate
day @ ___.
The period of delay beyond 7/10/14 days, as the case may be, in collection of outstation
392 cheques drawn on other banks, i.e. [the interest will be payable] from 8th /11th /15th day Saving Bank rate
@ ___.
Where the period of delay is beyond 14 days, interest will be paid at the rate applicable TDR Rate or SB rate,
393
___. whichever is higher
In case of extraordinary delay, i.e. delays exceeding 90 days, interest will be paid at the
394 2 %+TDR rate.
rate of
Delay in Collection: In the event of the proceeds of cheque under collection to be credited to an overdraft / loan
account of the customer, interest will be paid at the rate applicable to the loan account. For extraordinary delays, i.e.
395
delays exceeding 90 days, interest will be paid at the rate of @ 2% above the rate applicable to the loan account.
(@Such interest shall be payable with a minimum of Rs. 25/-.)
Compensation for loss of Cheques / Instruments in transit: Bank will pay interest on the amount of the
396 cheque for a further period of 15 days at Savings Bank rate to provide for possible further delay in obtaining
duplicate cheque /instrument and collection thereof.
In case of Loss of Cheque/Instrument in transit: The Bank would also compensate
the customer for any reasonable charges which he/she incurs in getting duplicate
397 cheque/instrument upon production of receipt, in the event the instrument is to be Maximum Rs. 250/-
obtained from a Bank/institution who would charge a fee for issue of duplicate
instrument, subject to a maximum of Rs. ____/-.
The concerned pensioner should be compensated for delay beyond the due date (last date
of the succeeding month subsequent to the month of issue of order by the concerned
398 8% (fixed)
Government department) at the rate of ______ on the revised pension / arrears for the
delay period.
The Bank would return to the borrowers all the securities /documents /title deeds of the
399 mortgaged property within _____ days of repayment of all dues agreed to or contracted, Within 15 days
subject to any other right/lien/claim by the Bank till the relevant claim is settled /paid.
In the event of loss of title deeds to mortgaged property at the hands of the Banks, the compensation will
cover out of pocket expenses for Obtaining duplicate documents on actual basis subject to a ceiling of Rs.5000/-
plus a lump sum amount, as decided by the Bank in the following manner:
400
“The Bank would pay the compensation for delay in return of securities/documents/title deeds of the mortgaged
property beyond 15 days of repayment of all dues agreed to or contracted, subject to above conditions, @ Rs.100/-
per day (maximum Rs.5000/-) to the borrower”.
BCSBI: Timelines are laid down in the Codes for certain services/functions of banks, which are:
Closure of accounts 3 working days
Transfer of accounts 3 working days
Issue of duplicate DDs 14 days*
*Here our bank has issued guidelines to issue Duplicate IOI within 7 days
Customer complaint redressal 30 days
Settlement of deceased customer’s accounts 15 days
Choice of changing type of account 14 days
Documents/Securities/Title deeds return on closure of loan accounts 15 days
Some useful Abbreviations
Expand NOFHC Non-Operating Financial Holding Company
Expand OFS Offer for Sale
Expand EDPMS Export Data Processing and Monitoring System
Expand MRFTP Market Related Fund Transfer Price Mechanism
Expand NACH National Automated Clearing House
Expand DTAA Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement
Expand CCRS Currency Chest Reporting System
Expand BPMM department Budget Performance Monitoring and MIS Department
Expand MIS Management Information System
Expand CRA Central Recordkeeping Agency
(For Internal
Circulation Only)-
AROHAN 2023
Chapter – Government Business and Financial Inclusion
10

____ has been assigned to perform Settlement of Central Govt.
01 Receipts & Payments & work as Nodal Agency for implementing Govt. Accounts Department (GAD)
Small Deposit Schemes of Ministry of Finance (MoF).
FSLO is responsible for settlement of State Govt. transactions (including State Govt.
02 pension), currency chest transactions and Small Coin Depot transactions. State Govt. DGM & CFO
pensions are also part of FSLO’s functions. It reports to ____ in the Circle.
The pension will be credited by the branch to the pensioner’s savings or current account during the last 4
03
working days of the month. The pension for March will be credited on or after 1 st working day of April.
Additional Pension on attaining 80 years of age and will be paid from 1st date of the month in which the
pensioner attains 80 years of age. Details of additional pension (Age-wise) as below:
Age Additional Pension
80 to < 85 Years 20% of revised pension
100 Years and above 100% of revised pension
Family Pension Eligibility (Govt Department):

 If employee dies before retirement: Normal Pension Till 7 years. Thereafter reduced family pension
04
starts.
 If employee dies after retirement: Only Family Pension will be paid.
05 Family Pension to widow / widower will be paid till ___ Death / Remarriage
06 Family Pension to Children (SON) will be paid till ___ Up to age of 25 years
Till age of 25 years Or

07 Family Pension to Children (Daughter) will be paid till ___
Marriage which occurs first
08 Now Pension can be credited in ___ NRE Account Also
Bank has also launched Pension Sewa website_____, enabling pensioners to

09 login and view their pension details viz transaction details, generation of pension www.pensionseva.sbi
slips, arrear calculation sheet, amongst others, from the comfort of their home.
10 Old pensioners of age 80 years and above can submit life certificate from 01st October each year
11 Non-Employment / Re-Employment Certificate to be given by pensioner once a year in November.
12 Non-marriage certificate is submitted by family pensioner other than spouse__ Yearly
13 Declaration of Marriage* is submitted by family pensioner other than spouse__ Half-yearly
*If spouse is in receipt of family pension, he/she is not required to submit declaration. At the time of starting of pension
only a Undertaking is taken that he/she will inform the bank when he/she gets married.
If childless widow of the deceased employee, she will continue to get Pension even if she gets
14
remarried.
15 Temporary Disability certificate is to be obtained once in every ____ years. Once in 5 years
16 Disability Pensioner, Glantry Awarded Pensioner or Special Pensioner are Exempted from TDS
While collecting fee through challan, in a single challan, up to how many types of
17 10 Challans
fee can be collected?
Govt Cheque for Rs. _____ should bear two authorized signatures. The cheque
19 More than Rs 10 lacs
should be paid at the drawee branch only.
20 Accepting Cash for NEFT/RTGS mode of payment for GST is ____ Not Permitted
SBI conducts Govt. Business as agent of RBI wherever banking department of RBI 45 of RBI Act &
21
is not established under Section ___ of RBI Act and Section __ of SBI Act 32 of SBI Act
22 Govt Cheques are order cheques and also___ Not Transferable
Images / data are also to be captured by our Branches for Central Government
23 Cheques presented at the counter for transfer / cash / SC payments and the same 10 Years
are to be preserved for ____ years
All credits to Govt. A/c should be supported by challans or (i.e. Challan Format to
24 GAR-7
be used for CBEC Credit)
e-Procurement product of onlinesbi.com will offer two services to Government e-Tendering & e-
25
Departments/ PSUs: auction
______ is a collection solution, which provides an online interface for collection
of dues/fee/other payments supported by backend integration with State Bank
26 State Bank Collect
Multi Option Payment System (SBMOPS) which facilitate payment through cash,
debit & credit cards and Internet Banking of SBI and other banks.
(Rates for agency commission: with effect from July 1, 2019)
Type of Transaction Unit Revised Rate
Receipts – Physical mode Per transaction Rs.40/-
Receipts – e-mode Per transaction Rs.9/-
Pension Payments Per transaction Rs.75/
Payments other than Pension Per ₹ 100 turnover 6.5 Paise
Agency Commission claim should be submitted along with two reconciliation certificates signed by Bank officer
27
and Chartered Accountant.
28 e-Receipts need to be settled on ____ basis. T+1 basis
29 Branch should advise FSLO in case of difference between receipt and payments of Rs. 1 Lac & Above
The period of delay in a transaction of Rs 1 lakh and above shall attract delayed
30 Bank Rate + 2%
period interest at Bank Rate + ___%
For the transaction below Rs 1 lakh in each case, the delayed period interest shall be levied only at the Bank
31 Rate for delays up to 5 calendar days and above 5 calendar days at the Bank Rate + 2 % for the full period of
delay.
The number of transactions eligible for payment of agency commission should not
exceed ______ per pensioner per year. This includes one monthly credit for
32 14 Txn per year
payment of net pension and a maximum of two per year for payment of arrears on
account of increase in dearness relief, if applicable
33 “Interest to Government on delayed reporting” is paid through ______account. Charges Account
Agency banks are advised to furnish their claim on agency commission to Reserve
34 Bank within _____ calendar days from the end of the quarter in which Within 60 days
the transactions have been conducted
Agency banks will be liable to pay penal interest at Bank Rate as notified by Reserve
35 Bank rate + 2%
Bank of India plus ____% for any wrong claims of agency commission settled.
The deposits received through internet banking through Aggregator shall be credited in
36 T + 1 Basis
EPFO’s Accounts on T+___ working day basis.
Challan generated electronically and submitted to agency bank along with cash /
37 Physical Mode
instrument should be treated as transaction under ______ mode.
A statement showing discrepancy (ies), if any in the receipt/
38 What does “Memorandum of Error” stand for ?
payment scrolls.
Obtention and Updation of Mobile No, e-mail ID, PAN and Aadhaar number of
39 T+1 basis
pensioner and update in CBS and pension software in _____ basis.
40 Commission Sharing between dealing branch & link branch is__ 75:25
Once in a year as on __, the balance in State Govt A/c should be transferred to
41 30th September
FSLO. In case holiday on ___ it should be one day prior to this.
RBI has now decided in consultation with the Office of the Comptroller & Auditor General of India (C&AG),
Government of India, to dispense with the current requirement of forwarding the paid State Government
42
cheques in physical form (commonly known as P2F i.e. Paper to Follow) to the State Government
Departments/Treasuries w.e.f. 01st July, 2019.
43 Central Account System (CAS) of our bank is situated at___ Nagpur
44 TDS related challan form is___ ITNS-281
45 BSR (BASIC STATISTICAL RETURNS) code has ___ digits. 7 digits
MRO Identification No (MIN) has ____ digits

46 17 Digits
(1st 7 digits BSR code, next 6 digits DDMMYY, Next 4 digits Serial No.)
47 4th character of PAN card can be one from these 10 characters. ABCFGHJLPT
World University Service

48 E-Focal Point Business (e-FPB) branch for Central Excise Payment is___
Centre Chennai (0288)
49 E-Focal Point Business (e-FPB) branch for GST is___ Fort Market Branch, Mumbai (05347)
50 E-Focal Point Business (e-FPB) branch for CBDT is___ Bangalore Main Branch.
51 RBI has fixed a fixed interest rate of ___% for delayed payment of pension 8%
No tax would be deducted at source for EPF withdrawals before 5 years of service Rs 50,000/-
52
for the amount up to___ (w.e.f. 01 June-2016)
In case of no nomination in PPF account the outstanding amount will be paid to
53 Rs. 5.00 Lac
legal heirs of the deceased without Succession Certificate up to
54 PPF Penalty account number is ____ 30007961395
NRIs, who had invested in the PPF before becoming a nonresident during the maturity period of the account,
can continue to subscribe to the Fund till its maturity on a “Non-Repatriation Basis.” Non-Repatriation Basis
55
means funds in such accounts cannot be transferred back to the NRI’s country of residence or converted to
any foreign currency.
56 Loan on PPF Accounts is not available in irregular PPF accounts.
57 Passing of challan by Treasury officer/Head of Department, called___ Enfacement
58 GAD 2/GAD 3 is tallied on ____ basis. Daily Basis
Maximum 1/3 of Pension can be commuted and full pension will be restored
59 15 years
after____ from the date of commutation.
60 Income Tax Refund Order (ITRO) is valid for ___ 3 Months
61 RBI Draft is valid for ___ 3 Months
62 “Military Receivable Orders” is valid for ____ 21 Days
63 ITRO credited through ECS up to Rs. ____ Rs. 25000/-
64 A SWO can issue Govt. Receipts without referring to cash officer upto Rs. Rs. 3000/-
65 Easiest and EASeR is related to___ CBEC Credit
66 Penal interest for delayed settlement of Govt Transactions Bank Rate + 2%
67 Digital Life Certificate for Pensioners ____ Jeevan Pramaan
The Government of India has since launched “Jeevan Pramaan”, a digital life
68 10.11.2014
certificate based on Aadhaar Biometric Authentication on ___
69 Pensioner’s complaints received on-line should be acknowledged within_ Same Day
70 In case of Lost of Govt Challan, Duplicate Challan is____ NOT Issued
71 TDS from Salary/Pension u/s 192 filed under TDS return 24Q
72 TDS in respect of Other than Salaried/Pensioners filed under TDS return 26Q
73 TDS in respect of deductee who is a Non-Resident is filed under TDS return 27Q
74 Under TRS:- Form-24Q generated through HRMS & CPPC
75 Under TRS:- Form-26Q & 27Q generated through CBS & VPS
A new section ______ has been introduced for deduction of tax by a

194P
specified bank in case of specified senior citizen*.
76 *A Specified senior citizen is defined as an individual resident in India who is

(i) Aged => 75 years during the relevant F.Y.;
(ii) has Income from Pension and no other income except Interest from the same Bank; and (iii) who
furnishes declaration to the bank in the prescribed Form.
A new section 194Q has been introduced to provide for TDS of 0.1% (5% in case PAN is not
77 available as per section 206AA) on purchase of goods from a resident for a value or aggregate
of such value exceeding Rs. 50 lakhs in a financial year.
A new section 206AB has been introduced for deduction of tax at source (other than TDS u/s
192, 192A, 194B, 194BB, 194LBC or 194N) for payments made to a SPECIFIED PERSON* at
higher of the following rates:
• Twice the rate specified in the relevant provision; or • Twice the Rates in
force; or
• At the rate of 5%.
78
*Specified person means:
A person who had not filed the Income-Tax Return for both of the 2 previous years
immediately preceding the year in which tax is required to be deducted (whose last date of
filing ITR under section 139(1) is expired); and whose aggregate of TDS & TCS => Rs. 50,000
in each of these 2 previous years.
Individual Non-
Particulars
/ HUF Individual Payment in excess of
Nature of payment Section Rate % Rate %
Salary 192 As prescribed under Income Tax slabs
Interest (RBI Bonds) on Security* 193 10% 10% Rs. 10000 per year
*TDS on Interest on Securities: A TDS of 10% is to be deducted on interest from securities received if the limit of Rs. 5000 on
debentures and 10,000 on others is crossed
Rs. 40000 p.a.
Interest on other than security (TD/RD) 194-A 10% 10%
Rs. 50000 (senior citizen)
Winning from Lottery, Crossword / any game 194-B 30% 30% Rs. 10000 per year
Rs. 30000 / contract Or
Payment to Contractors 194-C 1% 2%
Rs. 1 Lakh per year
Insurance Commission 194-D
5% 5% Rs. 15000 per year
Brokerage payment 194-H
Rent (Plant & Machinery) 2% 2%
194-I Rs. 240000 per year
Rent (Land & Building) 10% 10%
Immovable property other than AGL Land 194-IA 1% 1% Rs. 50.00 lakhs per year
Professional services / Royalty 10% 10%
Technical services 2% 2%
Rs. 30000 per year
Services engaged in business of operation of 194-J
2% 2%
Call Centre
Remuneration / fees / commission payable to
10% 10% No limit for TDS
director (not being salary)
Customer has filed ITR for any one of the 3 previous years,
where time limit to file ITR u/s. 139(1) has lapsed,
immediately preceding the previous Year in which
payment is made, then threshold limit & TDS rates will be
On Cash Withdrawals, in excess of threshold
as below:
limit of One Crore or 20 Lacs
Cash Withdrawals upto Cash Withdrawals in excess of
194-N
Rs. 1 Crores: NIL Rs. 1 Crores: 2%
(CW = Cash Withdrawal)
(L = Lakhs) w.e.f. 01.07.2020, If the customer has not filed ITR for all 3 previous
year, where time limit to file ITR u/s. 139(1) has lapsed, immediately
preceding the previous Year in which payment is made, then
threshold limit & TDS rates will be as below:
CW=20 L : Nil CW: >20L=1Cr :2% CW: >1 Cr =5%
Note: If PAN is not available, 20% TDS will be applicable on all the above parameters.
In case, PAN is not furnished by the deductee, tax shall be deducted at ____% TDS is not
79
20% to be deducted on Service Tax/ GST component (if shown separately in the Invoice)
Consequences for noncompliance of TDS provisions: Noncompliance with TDS requirements
provided in the IT Act is subject to severe penalties. Some of the major interest, fees and penalties are as below:
• In case of failure to deduct whole or part of TDS, the deductor is liable to pay simple interest @ 1% under
section 201(1A) for every month or part of a month on the amount of tax in arrear from the date on which
such tax was deductible to the date on which such tax is actually deducted. Further, the deductor may be
80 liable for penalty of sum equal to the amount of tax, which has been failed to be deducted.
• In case of failure to deposit whole or part of TDS in Govt. account after deduction, the deductor is liable to
pay interest @ 1.5% under section 201(1A) for every month or part of the month on the amount of such tax
from the date on which such tax was deducted to the date on which such tax is actually paid. Further, a
person who fails to pay tax to the credit of the Central Government may be liable for prosecution u/s.276B.
Branches/Offices should, therefore, ensure that there is no violation of TDS provisions.
Action Frequency of Activity Last Date
Q1- 15th Aug

Download Form 16A Quarterly Q2- 15th Nov 15th June of the following year
Q3- 15th Feb
Download Form 16 Annually Not Applicable 15th June of the following year
81 Due date for payment of tax deducted in Month of March___ 30th April
82 Due date of filling return for TDS deducted in March 31st May
TDS Remittance will no longer be done by the branches. TDS remittance will be
82 done centrally by FR&T Department on or before ____ of the following month 7th of the next month
after reconciling the same with the data received from the branches.
Through screen in CBS, till 15 days after the end of the quarter, if
sufficient balance is available in respective TDS BGL accounts.
Branches can Refund of TDS Through screen in VPS till month end, if sufficient balance is available in
83
to the customer: respective TDS BGL accounts.
Through screen in CPPC till month end, if sufficient balance is available
in respective TDS BGL accounts.
84 Surcharge on Income Tax: Total Income >50 Lakhs upto Rs. 1.00 Crore : Surcharge 10%
Increase in Rebate u/s 87A from Rs. Rs. 2,500/- to Rs. 12,500/- (for assesses whose income is not
85
exceeding Rs. 5,00,000/-)
86 For the Assessment Year 2022-23, a partnership firm (including LLP) is taxable at ___ 30%
Importance of Permanent Account Number (PAN):

Under Section 206AA of the Income Tax Act, the rate of TDS is higher of 20% or the applicable rate in all
87 cases where valid PAN is not quoted by the recipient [except on payment of interest under section 194LC or
to non-residents not being a company or foreign company, subject to prescribed conditions (as may be
notified by Income Tax department)].
Branch can accept Form 15H from a resident Individual of age 60 Years or More at any time
during the financial year. For Example, customer is attaining age of 60 years as on 20/03/2021,
88
then he is entitled to submit Form 15H in the branch from 01/04/2020 onwards at any time during
the year.
New account is opened after submission of 15G/H
89 A new form 15G/H is to be obtained in case of___
Renewal /Roll Over cases
Branches have to retain all the TDS related documents pertaining up to 31.03.2017 up to
90 10 Years
___ from the end of Financial Year to which it pertains.
A copy of Form No. 16/16A Pertaining to period up to 31 st March 2017 have to be retained
91 10 Years
by the Branches up to ____ from the end of Financial Year to which it pertains.
Branches are required to feed details of Form 60 in CBS (Screen no. 6070) and retain
the physical copy of the form, collected from customers for a period of _____ years from
92 10 Years
the end of the financial year, in which the transaction was undertaken. NBG/S&P-RECORDS
MGT/3/2023 - 24
For non-residents requirement of PAN or Form 60 (in the absence of PAN) is applicable for inter alia
following transactions:
93  Opening of an account
 Cash deposits exceeding Rs.50,000/- during any one day
 Time deposits exceeding Rs.50,000/- or aggregating to > Rs.5,00,000/- during a financial year.
Bank is required to file an online Return in Form 61(containing details of Form 60) to the
94 Half Yearly
Income Tax department, so obtained from the customers on ______basis.
HSN (Harmonized System of Nomenclature) is an 8-digit code for identifying the
applicable rate of GST on different products as per CGST rules. If a company has turnover
95 ₹1.5 Crore
up to ____ Crore in the preceding financial year, then they need not mention the HSN code
while supplying goods on invoices.
Bank can claim input tax credit for GST paid to the vendors during a financial year, latest by 30 th September
96 of the following financial year. All branches/business units are required to make payment of GST invoice
issued by vendors bill dated upto 31st March latest by the following 30th September.
97 FRT Department of SBI refers to Financial Reporting & Taxation Department, SBI
Advance Tax- 100

98 Minor Head for Income Tax Challan (ITNS-280) Self-Assessment Tax-300
Regular Assessment Tax-400
99 Challan No. (ITNS-281) denotes to ___ Tax Deduction at Source
Some useful abbreviations

100 Expand B2C Business to Consumer
101 Expand GEPG Government Electronic Payment Gateway
102 GSTN Stands for Goods and Services Tax Network
103 PFMS stands for Public Financial Management System
104 Expand FSLO Fund Settlement Link Office
105 Expand SGLO State Govt Link Office/ Branch
106 GBSS stands for__ Govt Business Software Solution
107 OLTAS stands for___ Online Tax Accounting System
108 Expand CIN Challan Identification Number
109 Expand CBEC Central Board of Excise & Customs
110 Expand EASIEST Electronic Accounting System in Excise & GST
111 Expand CPAO Central Pension Accounting Office
112 Expand TRACES TDS Reconciliation Analysis and Correction Enabling System
113 Expand SBI FAST Funds Available in Shortest Time
114 Expand VDMS Verified Date-Wise Monthly Statements
115 Expand EASeR Electronic Accounting System for e-Reciepts
116 CIPS stands for Centralized Integrated Payment System
ATAL PENSION YOJANA
117 Age Criteria for joining the scheme:- 18 to 40 Years of age

118 Contribution to be made up to ___ 60 years of age
119 Fixed Pension per month Ceiling for the subscriber are :- Rs. 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 & 5000
Minimum & Maximum Monthly Subscription for monthly Rs. 42/- (who joins at 18 years) Rs.
120
pension of Rs. 1000/- are: 291/- (who joins at 40 years)
Minimum & Maximum Monthly Subscription for monthly Rs. 210/- (who joins at 18 years) Rs.
121
pension of Rs. 5000/- are: 1454/- (who joins at 40 years)
Under APY, the monthly pension would be available to the subscriber, and after him to his spouse and after
122 their death, the pension corpus, as accumulated at age 60 of the subscriber, would be returned to the nominee
of the subscriber.
• For Pension of Rs. 1000 = Rs. 1.70 Lacs •
For Pension of Rs. 2000 = Rs. 3.40 Lacs • For
123 Return of corpus amount to the nominee are: Pension of Rs. 3000 = Rs. 5.10 Lacs • For Pension
of Rs. 4000 = Rs. 6.80 Lacs
• For Pension of Rs. 5000 = Rs. 8.50 Lacs
• Contribution upto Rs. 100 : Charges of Rs. 1/- per month
Charges for Delayed payment. • Contribution Rs. 101 to Rs. 500: Charges of Rs. 2/- per month
124
(Min-Rs. 1 & Max- Rs. 10) • Contribution Rs. 501 to Rs. 1000 : Charges of Rs. 5/- per month
• Contribution Above Rs. 1001 : Charges of Rs. 10/- per month
• After 6 months account will be frozen.
Discontinuation of payments of contribution
125 • After 12 months account will be deactivated.
amount shall lead to following: -
• After 24 months account will be closed.
Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY)
126
Age Criteria Min-18 (Age Last Birthday) Max-70 (Age Nearest Birthday) With operative account holders
Rs 12/- (Premium: Rs.10/- and Administrative cost: Rs.2/-
127 Premium is-
(Service tax is presently exempted)
128 Insurance Cover is- Rs. 2.00 Lacs (Maximum only on Accidental case)
Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana (PMSBY) is a scheme offering accident insurance cover for Death and
129
Disability (both total and partial) on account of an accident.
130 Cover Period 1st June to 31st May (Of Every Year)
131 Term Insurance Partner under the scheme is_ National Insurance Company Limited
Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana (PMJJBY)
Min-18 (Age Last Birthday)

132 Age Criteria for joining the scheme: - Max-50 (Age Nearest Birthday)
With operative account holders
133 Premium: If enrollment in June to August: 330/-, If Sep-Nov: 258/-, If Dec-Feb: 172/-, If Mar-May: 86/-
134 Life Insurance Cover is- Rs. 2.00 Lacs (on death due to any reasons)
Termination: On attaining 55 years (age nearest birthday) or closure of savings bank account or insufficiency
135
of funds for payment of premium or withdrawal in writing.
136 Cover Period 1st June to 31st May (Of Every Year)
137 Life Insurance Partner under the scheme is__ SBI Life Insurance Co. Ltd.
For new members enrolling into the scheme the risk will not be covered during the first 30 days from the
138 date of enrollment into the scheme (lien period) and in case of death (other than due to accident) during lien
period, no claim would be admissible. If death due to accident within 30 days, claim will be accepted.
Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY) (Savings Bank-OD)
Eligibility:
 All FI accounts, which are operated satisfactorily for at least six months.
 OD to be granted to the earning member of family, preferably woman of the house.  Age of
applicant between 18 years to 65 years
Loan Amount: Maximum Loan: Rs. 10000/- (No condition for Loan of Rs. 2000/-)
But for Loan amount > Rs. 2000 to Rs. 10000/- lowest of the (a) (b) & (c)
a) 4 times of Average of Last 6 months balance
b) or, 50% of credit summations in account during the preceding 6 months c) or, Rs 10000/-
Validity: - 36 Months subject to annual review of account.
Other Features: Cheque facility will not be extended on this account.
Account must be registered with Mobile no. and Aadhar no. in CBS.
No existing KCC account should be in the name of the customer.
Revised Claim Procedure (PMJJBY / PMSBY)
(a) DFS has directed Banks to ensure submission of completed claim documents under PMJJBY & PMSBY schemes to
Insurance Company (Insurer) within 7 days from the date of receipt of death intimation at branches.
(b) Insurer will get another 7 days of time, so that claims could be settled within an overall timeframe of two
weeks. (i.e. Total TAT for Claim Settlement is 14 Days, now)
(c) In order to comply with DFS instructions, as mentioned in (a) above, the receipt of death intimation of the
account holder at the branch is to be treated as “day zero” of the claim initiation process.
SBI Tiny Special Term Deposit
• Minimum Deposit amount: Rs 1000/- thereafter in multiple of Rs 500/-

• Maximum Deposit amount: Rs. 10000/- Only.
• Tenure of Deposit: 6, 12, 24 & 36 months only
• Number of accounts: Multiple accounts may be allowed subject to the ceiling of max balance of Rs 50,000/- in
all the liability accounts of the customer.

AROHAN 2023
Updated By
STAFF Members
Chapter – 11 Government Small Savings Scheme
Features Revised Public Provident Fund Scheme

Any Resident Individual with no age restrictions
Eligibility
(Minor and unsound mind person with Guardianship also eligible)
However, the maximum deposit limit is inclusive of the deposits made in the
(AOF + Nominee) Form-1
subscriber’s own account and in the account opened on behalf of the minor.
Mandatory Initial Deposit Account shall be opened with a minimum of initial deposit of Rs. 500/-
Min & Max Deposit / FY Min. Rs. 500/- (in multiple of Rs. 50/-), Max- Rs. 150000/- per FY
No. of Subscriptions Minimum-1; Maximum-12
Max. Period for Subscribe 15 Years (Penalty on Default: Rs. 50/- for every default year)
and Maturity period (Closure on Maturity Form-3)
Interest Calculation Interest will be calculated for the calendar month on the lowest balance in an account
on the deposits made between the close of the 5th day and the end of the month
(Compounded Yearly) and shall be credited to the account at the end of each financial year.
• Permitted only if it is extended with deposit within one year of maturity. Partial
withdrawal is allowed but not exceeding once every year, and the amount shall not
Extension exceed 60% of balance at the commencement of 5 years extension block.
(PPF- any no. of times) • Account continued without extension will continue to earn interest till closure of
Each extension of 5 years. the account. The subscriber can make one withdrawal every year from the account.
(Up to any amount).
Form-4 • Account matured with irregular subscription is not eligible for further extension
for the block of five years and credits or debits are not allowed but the account will
continue to earn interest till it gets closed.
Lock in Period There is a lock in period of Five Years from the date of opening the PPF account
NBG/GAD-PPF/6/2019-20 before the account can be closed prematurely (which is permitted only under certain
Date: 04.07.2019 specified conditions.) Premature Closure Form-5
At any time after the expiry of one year from the end of the year in which the initial subscription
was made but before expiry of five years from the end of the year in which the initial subscription
was made, the account holder may, apply in Form-2, to the accounts office for obtaining a loan
Loan against consisting of a sum of whole rupees not exceeding 25%. Of the amount that stood to his credit at
PPF Deposit the end of the second year immediately preceding the year in which the loan is applied for.
Example: A PPF Account opened on 14.05.2021. (FY 2021-22)
Subscriber will be eligible for Loan on the balance as on 31.03.2023.
And remain eligible till 31.03.2027 only i.e. 5 years from end of year in which subscription started.
The principal shall be repaid by the account holder before the expiry of 36 months from the 1st
day of the month following the month in which the loan is sanctioned. After the principal amount
of the loan is fully repaid, the account holder shall pay interest thereon in not more than two
monthly instalments at the rate of 1% per annum of the principal for the period commencing
Repayment of from the first day of the month following the month in which the loan is drawn upto the last day
Loan of the month in which the last instalment of the loan is repaid, provided that where the loan is not
repaid, or is repaid only in part, within a period of 36 months, interest on the amount of loan
outstanding shall be charged at 6% per annum instead of at 1% per annum with effect from the
first day of the month following the month in which the loan was obtained, to the last day of the
month in which the loan is finally repaid.
PPF Withdrawal To be allowed any time after the expiry of 5 years from the end of the year in which the account
was opened, the account holder may, avail withdrawal by applying in Form-2, from the balance
(*In such case he to his credit, an amount not exceeding 50%. Of the amount that stood to his credit at the end of
will be eligible in the fourth year immediately preceding the year of withdrawal or at the end of the preceding year,
FY 2027-28 as whichever is lower.
per example year
Example: A PPF Account opened on 14.05.2021. (FY 2021-22)*
of opening of
PPF) FY 2022-23 Rs. 100000/-
FY 2023-24* Rs. 200000/-
FY 2024-25 Rs. 300000/-
FY 2025-26 Rs. 400000/-
FY 2026-27* Rs. 500000/-
(a) 4th
year immediately preceding the year of withdrawal (i.e. FY 2023-24)
(b) Preceding year will be FY 2026-27
Hence, PPF Withdrawal will be 50% of (a) or (b), whichever is less.
Features Sukanya Samriddhi Account
Eligibility Girl Child (KYC Documents: Birth Certificate & KYC of Guardian)
Entry of Age (Min & Max) Min- Since birth, Max-Before attaining 10 years of age.
Minimum Deposit Per year Rs. 250/- (Thereafter in multiple of Rs. 50/-)
MANDATORY Initial Deposit Rs. 250/-
Rs. 150000/- (The total amount deposited in an account shall not exceed Rs.
1.50 Lacs in a financial year. If any deposit in excess of Rs. 1.50 Lacs is deposited
Maximum Deposit
in the account due to any accounting error; it will not be eligible for any interest
and be returned immediately to the depositor.)
No. of Subscriptions Min-1; Max-No Time limit
Tenure / Maturity 21 Years from the date of opening of account (No Extension Allowed)
Deposits to be done in account till completion of a period of 15 years from the

Max. Period for Subscribe date of opening of such account.
18 years (Withdrawal is permissible only after the girl child attains 18 years of
Lock in Period age or has passed tenth standard, whichever is earlier.)
Penalty on Default Rs. 50/- for every default year + minimum subscription amt of default years
Natural/ Legal guardian may open two accounts in the name of two girl children.
No. of Accounts Third account in case of twin girl as second birth or if first birth itself results in
three girl children.
Interest will be calculated for the calendar month on the lowest balance in an
Interest Calculation account on the deposits made between the close of the 5th day and the end of
the month and shall be credited to the account at the end of each financial year.
(Compounded Yearly) (Compounding – Yearly)
Nomination Not, Available
Withdrawal is permissible only after the girl child attains 18 years of age or has
Withdrawal passed tenth standard, whichever is earlier
Loan Facility Not Available
• If intended for marriage, it will be allowed for premature closure provided she
turns to at least 18 years. However, pre-closure before One month from
intended marriage or 3 months after date of marriage will not be allowed.
• If the account holder becomes a non-citizen or NRI after opening of account,
the account shall be deemed to be closed prematurely from the date of change
of status & no interest shall be deemed to accrue to the account from such date.
Pre-Mature Closure
• On the death of the account holder the account shall be closed immediately on
production of death certificate issued by competent authority. In this case the
interest will be paid till the date of death of account holder. Interest for the
period between the date of death and date of final payment will be Post office
Savings Bank rate. In this case, No penalty to be imposed for failure to deposit
the minimum stipulated amount of Rs.250/- in a year.
Others Features
• The account shall be operated by guardian till the account holder attains the
Important Forms age of 18 years. On attaining 18 years of age, account holder herself will operate
AOF- Form-1 the account after submitting the required majority documents.
Premature Closure- Form-2 • No interest shall be payable once the Account completes 21 years
Withdrawal: Form-3 from the date of its opening.
Closure on Maturity: Form-4 • If account defaults, it can only be regularized within 15 years else Post Office
Savings Bank interest rate will be applicable at the time of its maturity
Features Senior Citizen Saving Scheme – 2004
• Senior citizens of India aged 60 years or above.

• Retirees who have opted for the Voluntary Retirement Scheme (VRS) or Superannuation in
the age bracket 55-60 but in such cases, the investment has to be done within One month of
Eligibility receiving the retirement benefits.
• Retired defense personnel (excluding civil defense employee) with a minimum age of 50 years.
• HUFs and NRIs are not allowed to invest in this scheme.
Only One Deposit Transaction Allowed. Minimum Rs. 1000/- Maximum Rs. 30.00 Lakhs
Deposit in multiple of Rs. 1000/- (But subject to not exceeding the amount received on Retirement)
By cheque / demand draft drawn in favour of depositor and endorsed in favour of the deposit
Mode of Deposit office. Cash allowed only if the amount of deposit is less than Rupees One lakh.
Interest shall be payable from date of deposit to 31 st March / 30th June / 30th Sep / 31st Dec and
Interest paid on 1st working day of April / July / October / January. (No Compound Interest)
Tenure 5 Years
It can be extended for a further period of 03 years. Request for extension should be made within
Extension a period of one year after the date of maturity period.
Multiple withdrawals are not permitted. If account is extended, the account holder can close the
Withdrawal account any time after ONE YEAR from the date of extension, without any deduction.
Nomination One or more persons can be nominated subject to maximum of four individuals
• In case, the account is closed before 1 year after the date of opening of account, NO
INTEREST will be paid only deposited amount shall be paid to the account holder.
• In case the account is closed after the expiry of 1 year but before the expiry of 2 years
Pre-mature from the date of its opening, an amount equal to 1.50%. of the deposit shall be deducted and
closure the balance shall be paid to the account holder.
• In case the account is closed after the expiry of 2 year from the date of its opening, an
amount equal to 1.00%. of the deposit shall be deducted and the balance shall be paid to the
account holder.
• Interest is taxable if total interest in all SCSS accounts exceeds Rs.50,000/- in a financial year.
However, no TDS is applicable if the depositor files Form 15H or Form 15G or a certificate
TDS under Section 197 (i) of IT Act.
• Nominee of investors of SCSS can also produce 15G form at the time of payment after the death
of depositor
• An individual may open an account in individual capacity, or jointly with spouse.
• In case of a joint account, the age of the first account holder shall be considered to determine
the eligibility to open the account and there shall be no age-limit for the second applicant.
• The whole amount of deposit in a joint account shall be attributable to the first account holder
only.
• Both the spouses can open single account and joint accounts with each other with the maximum
Others deposit of upto 30 lakhs rupees in each account provided both are individually eligible to open
the account.
• In case of a joint account, if the first holder expires before the maturity of the account, the
spouse may continue the account on the same terms and conditions as specified under the SCSS
Rules. However, if the second holder i.e. spouse has his / her own individual account, the
aggregate of his/her individual account and the deposit amount in the joint account of the
deceased spouse should not be more than the prescribed maximum limit.

AROHAN 2023
Updated By
STAFF Members
Capital Gain Account Scheme (CGAS)
 The CGAS account can be opened only with an authorized/approved bank branch. Rural branches not allowed.
 Minimum Deposit Rs. 1000/- Maximum: No Limit
 Period of deposit is 2 or 3 years from date of transfer of original asset as the case may be.#
#Period of Deposit:- Max- 24 Months Purchase of One Residential House situated in India from the date of transfer
#Period of Deposit:- Max- 36 Months Construction of One Residential House situated in India from date of transfer
 Type of Account- S.B. Account (Deposit Account-A) and Term Deposits (TDR / STDR) (Deposit Account-B)
 Funds withdrawn from CGAS account needs to be utilized within 60 days (Please remember Not 2 months) and the
amount or any part thereof which has not been so utilized shall be re-deposited in account-A immediately thereafter.
 No loan facility against this deposit is available. This term deposit can neither be accepted as margin money for non-
fund based nor as collateral to any type of fund-based facilities.
 Interest earned on CGAS deposit, will be taxable.

 Interest due at the end of each half year in respect of account-A will be credited only when the amount is Re. 1 or more
and the total amount of interest payable in respect of account-A or account-B will be rounded off to the nearest five
paise.
 ROI:- As applicable to normal Savings Bank account and/or Term Deposits for respective maturities of Retail & Bulk
deposits.
 No additional interest rate benefit for Senior Citizens or Staff.

 Transactions at non-home branches are NOT allowed for these products.
 INB facility is allowed with viewing rights only, NO transaction rights permitted.
 Closure of TDR/STDR (Account – B) allowed before maturity. (Proceeds to be credited to CapGains SB account-
Account- A only). At the time of closure of all accounts, the depositor will have to produce specific authority letter/
certificate from the Income Tax Officer of the respective jurisdiction. The closure would be allowed on the terms
mentioned in the letter of authority.
 Nomination facility is available for the deposits (Up to 3 Nominees can be nominated)
 Auto renewal is NOT available for Term Deposits or Special Term Deposits opened under SBI Cap Gains Plus unlike the
Regular Term Deposit or Special Term Deposit product.
 Periodical interest (quarterly, half yearly etc.,) can be credited to regular SB account of depositor. Calendar quarter
option will NOT be available for this product.
 Upon maturity of a Term Deposit or Special Term Deposit opened under SBI Cap Gains Plus, the proceeds will be
credited into the Savings Bank Account opened under SBI Cap Gains Plus.
 NO ATM debit card or Cheque book can be issued for Cap Gains SB account (Account-A).
 Cash withdrawals from Account-A only upto Rs.25,000 per instance. Above Rs.25,000 can be paid only by
way of issuance of a crossed DD / banker’s cheque drawn in favour of the person to whom the depositor intends to make
the payment.
Chapter – 12 Risk Focused Internal Audit (RFIA)
Periodicity for Submission of Compliance Remarks By Branches / Controllers (In Weeks)
Category Branch /Auditee Unit Controller Total
Group I Special & Group I
• Credit CPCs 18 4 22
• BPR Linked Branches / Special outfits / Non BPR

Linked Branches / Non -Credit CPCs / e-Wealth 10 4 14
Centres / Principal Wealth Hubs / Wealth Hubs
Group II Branches
• Credit CPCs 18 4 22
• BPR Linked Branches 8 3 11
• Non-BPR Branches 10 3 13
• Non-Credit CPCs / FSLO 7 2 9

Group III Branches
• BPR Linked Branches 7 2 9
• Non-BPR Branches 10 3 13
Penal Provision for Delay in Submission of RFIA Compliance
No Penalty for delay in submission of RFIA Compliance up to 2 weeks. In case of delayed submission of more than 2
weeks beyond the due date, a minimum penalty of 20 marks shall be imposed and thereafter a graded penalty
shall be imposed @ 5 marks for subsequent delay per week with maximum penalty of 50 marks for delay
beyond 8 weeks from the due date as enumerated below:
Delay Period Negative Marks
More than 2 Weeks and upto 3 weeks 20 Marks
More than 8 Weeks 50 Marks
The said penalty is proposed to be deducted from ORM score by Circle Audit Offices (CAOs) / Central Audit Unit (CAU),
in addition to all other penalties being levied.
Determination of Outlier Status of Branches
Where (Negative) Score received Branch’s Outlier Status
Score > 450 Outlier
Score > 350 to 450 Moderate Outlier
Score > 250 to 350 Acceptable
Score 0 to 250 Normal
Audit Rating Symbols and their description are as detailed below

(A= Score >=85%, B= Score >= 72.50% but < 85%, C= Score >=65% but < 72.50%, D= Score <65%)
Audit Rating Symbols* Description (Score in all area 1000 i.e. CRM, ORM & FEMA)
AAA CRM: Score >=85%, ORM: Score >=85%, FEMA: Score >=85%
AAB CRM: Score >=85%, ORM: Score >=85%, FEMA: Score >= 72.50% but < 85%
ACA CRM: Score >=85%,ORM: Score >=65% but < 72.50%, FEMA: Score >=85%
AAD CRM: Score >=85%,ORM: Score >=85%, FEMA: Score <65%
*1st Character of Audit rating Symbol is for CRM, 2nd Character for ORM & 3rd Character for FEMA. The branches which are
not subjected to FEMA audit will be rated only for CRM and ORM, i.e. 2 Character rating.
Revised Compliance Workflow

Role of Auditee Units / Branches:
 Compliance can be started immediately after finalization of RFIA scores by the Internal Auditor (IA).
 Every audit observation will show number of days assigned for compliance and remaining days by OARPS.
 Compliance Evidence will be uploaded at the time of submitting compliance remarks by branches. (Authorized at
Controlling office by MMGS-III & above).
 Branch to upload the relative evidence in .jpg and PDF file formats only.
 PF Numbers of Checker-1 and Checker-2 of branches and Authorizer of Controllers would be captured in entire
compliance journey.
 Checker – 1 is to verify and authorize remarks/evidence submitted by the Field Officers /Accountant /Cash Officer
/Divisional Manager at Branches and Checker-2 is to submit final compliance remarks to Controllers.
 Accepted Compliance % for closure: Mandatory compliance percentage of 95% of the Critical/High Risk items with
overall compliance of 90%, and 100% compliance will remain as it is.
Role of Controller: Authorizing the evidence uploaded by branches should not be below MMGS-III.
Role of CAO(s)/CAU
 If Compliance Testing Universe is less than 200 items, all evidence will move to EBCT. If it is more than 200 items, 60%
of items for branches and 50% of items for the Credit CPCs with minimum sample size of 200 will move to EBCT.
 All items marked as “EBCT Not Complied” are treated as “False Compliance”.
 An official not below the rank of a GM/DGM in the CAO/CAU would confirm the false compliance in OARPS.
 Penalty of 2 marks for each false compliance remark, with a minimum penalty of 5 marks would be imposed on the
auditee unit.
Risk Focused Internal Audit Introduction of Evidenced Based Compliance Testing (EBCT)
Rationale:
• To inculcate the compliance culture in the bank.

To strengthen the compliance remarks closure process in the bank through Evidence Based Compliance
•
Testing.
The revised process has come into effect from 01.11.2019.
False Compliances & Penalties:

• Document upload functionality in EBCT module of OARPS, requires involvement of three branch officials viz. Maker,
Checker.
• PF ID of the Maker and Checker with time stamp will be captured in the EBCT module for recording the details of
the tellers, for eventual use by the Human Resources Department, Corporate Centre, Mumbai.
• In respect of items where the documentary evidence are either not uploaded or false compliance is uploaded, as
verified by the CAO, the Checker (Branch Manager) will be accountable for the false compliance.
• System will display the list of false compliances along with the name of the maker, checker(s), with date and time of
submission in a dashboard/report.
• The data in the dashboard/reports will be available to the concerned officials, AU and its controller(s), in respect of
their own submissions/branches only.
• Data on the false compliances i.e. Date of RFIA, Name of the Branch/ RBO/ABO/NW /Circle, Number of false
compliances, PF IDs of the concerned, Checker etc. will be shared with the HRMS team on ongoing basis.
• Penalty of 2 marks for each false compliance remark, with a minimum penalty of 20 marks would be imposed on the
auditee unit in the ongoing RFIA, for which the compliances are being submitted. The maximum penalty is restricted
to 50 marks in ORM and 30 in CRM. (20 Marks for SMA, so now only 30 Marks for CRM).
Penalty Provision for – EXTERNAL COMPLIANCE (EC)
If deviation in External Compliance reaches more than ____% in any branch / auditee unit, that unit /
>15%
branch will directly be downgraded to “C” irrespective of its score / grading.
Example : Penalty Provision for – EXTERNAL COMPLIANCE (EC)
Score Received in → CRM ORM FEMA
 Score Received 74% 86% 90%
 Risk Rating B A A
 Average Deviation level for External Compliance (EC) 9% 16% 2%
 Adjusted Risk Rating (i.e. Rating After Deviation level for EC) B C A
 Rating of the Branch BCA
Note: If External compliance deviation is <=15% then marks equivalent to deviations in External compliance will be
deducted from total score achieved in RFIA. If Deviations >15%, branch will directly be downgraded to “C”.
Trigger Based Audit with RFIA- Offsite Audit Rating
1. A full scope RFI Audit would be carried out at least once in 36 months.
2. Review of the performance of the <Branch Name (Branch Code)>would be carried out on quarterly basis through the
Outlier Identification module of RADAR.
3. A limited review the branch would be carried out within the validity period of the Trigger Based Audit with RFIA–Offsite
rating.
4. Limited review would entail scrutiny of compliances in CBS by the concerned CAO, and verification of evidence against
select control measures uploaded by the identified branches, in affirmation of the compliances scrutinized through
RADAR.
5. The rating would be eligible for continuation until the next onsite audit if the effectiveness of controls are assessed to be
satisfactory during the limited review.
6. If the following triggers are detected during the quarterly reviews, the branches will be taken up for on-
site audit, not later than the subsequent quarter.
• Outlier status of the unit slips by two stages i.e. Normal → Moderate or Acceptable → Outlier and the unit remains in
the downgraded status for the next quarter also (2 quarters continuously).
• Fraud of category Type-I or category Type-II is detected at the branch/ auditee unit. (Branches may refer to
ecircular/IMA/IMA/AUDIT/1/2018-19 dated 5th May 2018 for the various category of frauds)
• Branch is rated as Critical Risk/Very High Risk/High Risk, under the fraud predictive model of Analytics Department,
GITC.
Quality of Assets (NEW PARAMETERS REGARDING NPAs)
First Three audits of a unit, the following logic will apply for awarding score under ‘Quality of Assets’: a)Branch
facing 1st RFIA :
 Standard Asset 100% : Full Marks
 Standard Assets < 100% : No mark
b)Branch facing 2nd and/or 3rd RFIA :
 Reduction Percent> 50% then 100% of Marks will be allocated
 Reduction Percent> 25% <50% then 50% of Marks will be allocated  Reduction Percent> 10% <25% then
30% of Marks will be allocated
 Reduction Percent> 10% then 0 Marks will be allocated
c)For other branches undergoing RFIA for the 4th time or more, they will get full score if their standard assets remain 98%
or above, in case of their standard assets < 98%, the conditions mentioned at (b) (i to iv) above will apply)
PENALTY FOR FRAUD CASES
(Fraud Penalty will be imposed only in ORM area irrespective of the frauds in any area)
Frauds involving gross negligence in following of systems and
Branch will be downgraded by one
procedures, abuse of delegated powers, staff involvement for
Category-I step and score will be reduced by a
personal gains and concealing of fraudulent transactions and
minimum of 50 or more.
non-reporting to controllers
Only Negative marks of 50 will be awarded, which may
Category-II Frauds which are not covered in Category-I or may not entail adown grade of Risk Rating
depending on the score.
Frauds that have occurred mainly outside the control area of the
Category-III branch more particularly in the realm of digital banking, for No Penalty
which the branch cannot be made responsible.
PENALTY / INCENTIVES FOR EXISTING FRAUD CASES
(Reporting / Monitoring and Follow-up of frauds)
No (Penal Yes
Value Statement (Remember if Answer is No, Penal Score & If Yes, Incentive)
Score) (Incentive)
Frauds reported prior to period under review have been adequately followed up / closed. 0 2
Suspected Frauds reported prior to period under review have been adequately followed up
0 2
/ closed.
Fraud reported was detected by the branch. -5 5
Fraud detected was reported immediately to the controllers 0 3
Improvements noticed in internal control mechanism since happening of the fraud. -3 3
Recovery of >50% or more of the loss made through active follow –up by the branch. -7 0
TOTAL PENAL / INCENTIVE SCORE -15 +15

Maximum Negative Scores to be awarded at the branches During RFIA
Maximum Negative Score
Areas of Negative Scoring Particulars
CRM ORM FEMA
Recurrent Income Leakage *** 25 25 NA
Rating downgrade with resetting of

Frauds (detected / reported Category – I
scores (Min 50)
during the review period) Category – II 50
Reporting/Monitoring of Frauds (Maximum score or penalty) +15 / -15
Related to previous audit report

(Detected during Compliance audit
or during current RFIA) (2 for
False compliance -RFIA each, Min- 20)
Related to Current Audit report 30 50 50
(EBCT – 2 for Each Min-20)
False compliance -OTMS 10 for Each, Min- 20
False compliance -RADAR 1 for each, Min-10, Max-20
% of Score under Data Quality Index (DQI) 3
% of correction of errors in Project Ganga 2.0 Dashboard 3
Monitoring and attending of DLP infringement in Data

4
Infringement Portal
Deviations Up to 15% 15 15 N/A
Deviations in External Downgraded
Compliance Rating Directly
Deviations Above 15% by
Downgraded to “C”
One Notch
Non-Compliance with RBI /
10
Bank policies
Exposure at Stress (SMA)
20
(Avg of last 4 Quarters)
Delayed Submission
Delay in submission of @Graded
Compliance Remarks
penalty @ 5 Marks for 50@ 50
each week after lapse of 2 weeks for
compliance (Max-50) in ORM
Please remember Penal Score under False Compliance in RADAR, OTMS & RFIA are part of Total Negative
Score. Hence please note that Total Penal marks for False compliance in RADAR, OTMS & RFIA will be
only:- CRM:30. ORM:50 & FEMA:50 irrespective of their individual maximum marks.
Penalty Provision for – RECURRENT INCOME LEAKAGES
If Income Leakages for the current year is more than 25% of Income Leakages of Last Full Negative Score
Year.
If Income Leakages for the current year is less than 25% of Income Leakages of Last Year. 50% of Full Negative Score
If Income Leakages for the Current Year is less than Income Leakages of last year. Zero
Penalty for submission of False Compliance to an Minimum 20 + 10 for each subsequent false compliance but
OTMS alerts observed during RFIA. subject to the cap of Maximum 50 for False Compliance.
30 – CRM
Maximum penalty for giving false compliance certification in the rectification of irregularities
50 – ORM
in RFIA is ____Marks in each area i.e. CRM, ORM & FEMA
50 – FEMA
 1 false compliance to an OTMS alerts = 20 penal marks
 2 false compliances to OTMS alerts = (20 + 10) = 30 penal marks
Example
 4 false compliances to OTMS alerts = 20 penal marks + 10 for each 3 additional false compliances i.e. total
for
(20+30=50).
Penalty
in OTMS:  5 false compliances to OTMS alerts = 20 penal marks + 10 for each 3 additional false compliances i.e.
total (20+40=60) but maximum penal marks can go upto 50.
 In other word, 1st false compliance 20 marks and next will be of 10 each subject to total 50.
xample for Penal Marks in lieu of False compliance in RFIA: (other than OTMS)
It will attract 2 penal marks for each but minimum 20. (i.e. no. of false compliance from 1 to 10 will have only 20 marks) (If
no. of false compliance in RFIA are 4, penal marks will be 20 because minimum penal marks can be 20. However, if no. of
false compliance is 11, total penal marks will be [{(10 x 2) + (1 x 2)} = 22]. But if we talk about overall penal marks whether it
is related to OTMS or RFIA or both, total penal marks can be 30 in CRM, 50 in ORM only.
Suppose no. of false compliance in OTMS are 3 and no. of false compliance in RFIA are 14, then calculation of penal marks are
as under:
3 OTMS false compliance = (1x20 + 2x10) = 40 and 14 False compliances in RFIA = (10x2 + 4x2) = 28.
Total Marks 40 + 28 = 68, but total marks can be 30 in CRM & 50 in ORM wherever applicable.
Hence Total penal marks for false compliance in OTMS & RFIA & RADAR will be 30 in CRM, 50 in ORM only.
CRM Scoring Pattern

• Pre-Sanction 305
• Post Sanction 545
• Problem Loan Management 150
Total Aggregate Score 1000
Customer Service Metrics

New Metrics “Customer Service” has been introduced aggregating (Applicable in ORM) 140 Marks (14%)
Sub-Parameters No. of No. of Value Score % of Total

Modules Statements
Prompt Delivery of Services 20 94 90 9%
Complaint / Grievances and Feedbacks 6 11 40 4%
Branch Ambiance & Amenities 3 18 10 1%
Total 29 123 140 14%
• Prompt Delivery of Services

Further categorized into three Sub-Sub Parameters under • Complaint / Grievances and Feedbacks
“Customer Service Metrics”
• Branch Ambiance & Amenities
Threshold Limits for Tolerance of Deviations
Effectiveness of
Tolerance Range Risk Indicators Range of Score
Control
Green Low Effective 85-100%
Amber Medium Mostly Effective 65-84.99%
Yellow Elevated Partially Effective 50-64.99%
Red High Not Effective 0-35%
Sl.No. Questions Answers
01 Inspection and Management Audit Department, Corporate Centre is Hyderabad (Headed by DMD)
located at
02 RFIA has been introduced in SBI___ 01.04.2003
Only ___ consecutive inspection reports need to be preserved after

03 ensuring that the immediately 4th earlier report has been dealt completely 3 (three)
and closed.
04 New Branch will be eligible for RFIA in___ Within 12 months
05 Spot audit is conducted for__ Currency Chest Branches
06 The certificate of chest balance as on__ is submitted to RBI by the Chest 31st May
branch
07 Who conducts Credit Audit? Internal Audit Department, Corporate Centre, Hyderabad
08 Statutory Audit is conducted by- Charted Accountants empanelled by RBI.

09 What is a Management Letter? It highlights important observations of the concerned branch.
“Incorrect Option” under OTMS has been removed. Now only Two Options either “Correct” or “False” are
10
available for submit compliance under OTMS alerts.
Serious Irregularities under Group Heading (SIGH) of the erstwhile inspection
11 SDRM
report format has been replaced by-
12 Expand “SDRM” Serious Deviations in Risk management
13 Expand “LARF” Legal Audit Reporting Format
14 Expand “CARF” Credit Audit Report Format
15 Income Leakage Tracker Tool Introduced By IA Department is called__ 3rd EYE
Self-Audit will be more useful if it is done under the supervision of an official either from controlling office or
16
from nearby Branch. (Frequency – Half-yearly)
17 Under RFIA Branches are categorized into _____ groups? 3 (Three)
Identification of branches as to whether any branch comes under

18 Outlier or not, is required to be judged on basis of Scoring Parameters 150
(Score Matrix), wherein, Frauds attracts penal (negative) marks ___.
Identification of outlier branches, within the Annual Audit Plan, is done by-
19 Internal Audit Department
Score achieved for determination of Outlier status are called ___
20 Negative Score.
score.
21 Minimum period of next audit from the date of last audit may be__ months. 09 months
22 Maximum period of next audit from the date of last audit may be__ months. 21 months
A-850 & Above

The rating is symbolized by the letters A, B, C, D. Under RFIA, on 4 types of
B- 725 to 849
23 grades the revised Risk Rating is divided in each area i.e. CRM, ORM & FEMA.
C- 650 to 724
D- 649 & Below
Revised Score matrix under RFIA:
CRM (Credit Risk Management) ORM (Operation Risk Management)

24
Total : 1000 Total : 1000
RADAR : 145 to 305 RADAR : 260
Onsite Audit (IA) : 855 to 695 Onsite Audit (IA) : 740
25 Expand “MOARPS” Modular Online Audit Report Processing System
26 Expand “RFCA” Risk Focused Credit Audit
27 Expand RADAR Remote Application for Dynamic Assessment of Risk
 Green,
Tolerance limits are bifurcated into ____ ranges with an eligible or zero score  Amber
28
to be awarded where the exception falls within/beyond the red range.  Yellow
 Red
29 Negative scoring for the (ZERO Tolerance Areas) has been done away with from the Audit Cycle 2018-19.
Stock & Receivables Audit: Assigning / offering of SRA to Bank’s empanelled

30 Auditor _____ the due date of prescribed periodicity (yearly / half yearly / quarterly) 30 days before
as the case may be.
Stock & Receivables Audit: Time line for the Auditor to complete the SRA
31 Within 45 days
_____from the date of acceptance of Bank’s offer.
Expenditure Voucher Audit is conducted for__ & to Various departments/ Establishments of Corporate
32 be conducted once in 18 months & submission of its Centre / LHO / Administrative Office / RBOs / LBOs /
compliance by auditee unit in 30 days. SBILD / Circle Audit Office
33 Management Audit is conducted for__ LHO & Various departments / Establishments of CC
Compliance to be closed by _____ and advised to CAO by GM (NW) in

34
One stage higher authority case of RBOs and CGM in case of Administrative Offices.
Minimum ______% of the audited branches will be subjected to Compliance Audit and its
35 15%
compliance to be submitted within 8 weeks.
The purpose of Management Audit is to contribute to the Bank’s efforts to
36 Corporate Governance
improve___, by independently evaluating the control systems with the units.
The Management Audit Department is a part of the Internal Audit Department Deputy Managing Director
37
of the Bank, which is headed by the ___who reports to ACB (IA)
To accomplish their role and responsibility, management auditors are vested with the following authority:
• Unlimited and unrestricted access to the relevant documents, records, IT systems, data properties
38 considered necessary for the performance of audit.
• All the members of the staff and management to provide such accurate information and explanation or
responses, as may be needed within a reasonable period of time.
The periodicity for conduct of the Management Audit will be determined by the strategic and
39 business importance/ changes in the regulatory/ legal requirements, risk perception etc., and Two (2)
within ____ years from the date of last Management Audit Report.
In respect of new entities, the first Management Audit is to be conducted after minimum one year of existence
40
and not later than two years.
• Organization & Governance
• Strategic Assessment
The Management effectiveness will be evaluated under the following of
• Management Performance
41 the six value parameters:
• Operating Environment
• Risk Management
• Human Resources
Chapter – 13 Foreign Exchange & Non-Resident Indian (NRI) Services

01 FEMA came into effect from ___ 01.06.2000
02 ICC is established in year 1919 and its head quarter is situated in __ Paris
03 Head Quarter of SWIFT is situated at___ Brussels (Belgium)
04 Gold Card Scheme is applicable for _______ with good track record. Creditworthy EXPORTERS
Who issue various guidelines / Red Flag Indicators (RFIs) regarding

05 FIU-IND in consultation with RBI
monitoring of Trade Based Money Laundering (TBML).
Time period for Realization and repatriation of export proceeds_____
06 9 months from export date
from the date of export.
Extension period beyond stipulated time of nine months Realization and
07 Up to 6 months, at a time
repatriation of export proceeds ____.
08 NOSTRO Accounts means___ Our Account with You
09 VOSTRO Accounts means___ Your account with Us
10 LORO Accounts means___ Their account with you
It may be allowed to open up to Max. _____ Diamond Dollar Accounts (DDA) with their
11 banks (In USD only) and No intra account transfer is allowed within DDA accounts of an 5 DDAs
entity.
12 DDAs (Current Account) can be opened with a minimum balance of __. $ 1000
DDAs can be opened by firms having an average annual turnover of _____ or above during
13 ₹ 3 crore
preceding three licensing years.
Through OPGSP (Online Payment Gateway Service Providers) online payment for import
14 $ 10,000
can be processed up to ____.
______ has been designed by GMU-K in order to facilitate outward remittances of foreign
15 exchange for personal SEGMENT customers through a centralized platform, in a hasslefree Fx-OUT
manner,
Foreign Trade Policy (FTP) also known as Export Import Policy (EXIM
16 Ministry of Commerce, GOI
Policy) and is framed by DGFT functioning under____
17 Hawala transactions are defined u/s ___ of FEMA Act 1999. Section-3 of FEMA Act
18 Noting or protesting is compulsory in case of___ Foreign Bill
19 Who is mandated to take care of Forex Reserves in our country? Reserve Bank of India
As per RBI guidelines export proceeds from a unit in SEZ should be

20 9 Months
realized within what period from date of export.
What is the maximum time period allowed for export shipment from the
21 12 Months
date of receipt of advance payment ?
In equilibrium position, spread between foreign and domestic rate of Forward and Spot exchange
22
interest must be equal to spread of ___ rates
Theory which considers change in exchange rate with fluctuations in
23 Purchasing power parity
inflation rates is classified as___
24 Who issues operational modalities with respect to RBI/FEMA guidelines? FEDAI
Position which came into existence because of holding assets more than
25 Net long in currency
liabilities is considered as___
Registration Cum Membership Certificate (RCMC) is issued by Export
26 5 Years
Promotion Council and Commodity Board and valid for ___ years.
27 IMPORT EXPORT CODE (IEC) is of ___digit and issued by DGFT. 10-digit code (Alpha-numeric)
Transaction Margin & Value

28 What are the two types of margin earned in forex transaction?
Margin
Time limit for Settlement of Import Payments: Remittances against imports
29 should be completed no later than _____ months from the date of shipment, except Max. 6 Months
in cases where amounts are withheld towards guarantee of performance
Time limit for Settlement of Import Payments: Payment of import dues delayed
due to disputes, financial difficulties can be allowed etc. However, interest if any, on 3 Years from
30
such delayed payments, usance bills or overdue interest is payable only for a period of Shipment date
up to ____ years from the date of shipment.
Ceiling prescribed for advance remittance for import of goods without bank guarantee
is $ _________.
31 (For Public Sector Company/ Govt of India /State Government the limit to send $ 2,00,000
advance remittance without BG is $ 100,000 or specific waiver letter for BG from
Ministry of Finance is required.)
UCPDC first has been brought by ICC in year 1933. UCP 600 effective from 01st
32 39 Articles
July 2007 have total of ____ articles.
Liabilities and Responsibilities have been classified under Article __ of
33 Articles 6 to 13
UCPDC-600.
34 Article-20 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Bill of Lading
35 Article-38 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Transferable Credits
36 Article-39 of UCPDC_600 defines___ Assignment of Proceeds
37 Normal Transit Period for purposes of all bills in Foreign Currencies__ 25 Days
Normal Transit Period for purposes of all Bills in Rupees not under Letter of
38 20 Days
Credit is ___ days.
_______ is an evidence of contract to carry goods and receipt of good received
39 Bill Of Lading
and is issued by the shipper.
In all mode of transport, presentation of the document (Including Bill of
40 Lading) must be presented within ____ days or expiry date of LC whichever 21 Calendar Days
falls early. Otherwise, it will be treated as stale.
Under UCPDC 600, maximum time available for scrutiny of documents
41 5 working day
received under the LC is___ days.
Under Foreign Trade documents: Insurance & carriage cost is arranged
42 CIF (cost, insurance, freight)
by Seller ____.
Under Foreign Trade documents: Insurance & carriage cost is arranged FOB (free on board) &
43
by Buyer on both____ FAS (free alongside ship)
If there is no indication in the credit of the insurance coverage required, the amount of
44 110%
insurance coverage must be at least ____% of the CIF or CIP value of the goods.
Insurance cover note is not acceptable under LC as it is a temporary document valid only for
45 30 Days
____ days from the date of its issuance and after that certificate or policy must be issued.
46 Who is the prime obligator to pay in LC mechanism? Issuing Bank
The confirming bank confirms the letter of credit and assumes the same obligation as the issuing bank.
47
However, prime obligator will always be Issuing Bank.
A Letter of Credit (LC) which can’t be amended or cancelled by the opening
48 Irrevocable Letter of Credit
bank without the consent of all the concerned parties.
Where One bank advises another bank to pay only if a transaction agreed to
49 by the opener of the credit with the beneficiary is not performed, such LC is Standby Letter of Credit
called ___
Name the LC where on payment of bill the LC shall be reinstated by the value
50 of the bill negotiated but within the original value of the LC and before its Revolving Letter of Credit
validity.
51 The validity of Revolving Letter of Credit should not be more than __ 1 (One) Year
Name the LC, when the opening bank requests the advising bank to give loan
52 Red Clause Letter of Credit
/ pre-shipment advance to the exporter for the purpose of export.
Name the LC, which provides finance for pre-shipment (storage facilities) at
53 Green Clause Letter of Credit
the port of Shipment.
When an inland LC is backed by the Foreign Letter of Credit for supply of
54 goods by the manufacturer to the exporter for onward exporting the goods to Back-to-Back Letter of Credit
foreign country.
How many times an LC can be transferred to others by the exporter if the
55 Only ONCE
LC is a transferable credit____?
When the LC stipulates, that negotiation can be made with a particular
56 Restricted Letter of Credit
bank the LC is called____ Credit
57 Bill of lading is called as ____ Quasi negotiable instrument.
58 In an FOB Contract the freight and insurance charges are borne by__ The Importer
59 In a CIF contract, the freight and insurance are arranged by__ The Exporter
When the freight charges are arranged by the exporter and the insurance
60 CFR (Cost & Freight) Contract
is borne by the importer, it is a called ___
A bill of lading which does not contain any remark regarding the quality of
61 Clean Bill of Lading.
Packaging of the good is referred to as ___
Those transactions in which the goods supplied, do not leave the country and the
62 Deemed Export
supplier in India receives the payment for the goods.
Demand/sight bill under import LC shall be crystalized if not retired by the customer
63 on the ____ day from the date of receipt thereof by converting the foreign currency 10th day
amount into rupees at the Bank’s Bill selling rate.
In Pre-shipment finance (rupee) (CC/OD/DL) advance has to be repaid within a
64 360 Days
maximum period of ____days. RBI would provide re-finance only up to 180 days.
Post-shipment credit in Foreign Currency (PSCFC) is extended in the form of export bill
65 rediscounting facility only. Banks can now rediscount export bills up to _____days 180 Days
usance from the date of shipment.
In all cases of imports, where value of forex remitted exceeds USD 100000 or equivalent,
66 3 Months
evidence for import has to be submitted by the importer within:
67 How many articles are there in URR 725 ? (In existence w.e.f. 01.10.2008) 17 Articles
68 As per URR 725: Issuing Bank is the bank which has issued LC and issued reimbursement authorization.
As per URR 725: To process the claim, reimbursing bank shall have a maximum of
69 ___ banking days following the day of receipt of the reimbursement claims. 3 banking days
As per URR 725: The reimbursement claim should not be presented to the reimbursing
70 bank more than ___ banking days prior to such predetermined date. 10 banking days
71 INCOTERMS 2020 published by ICC is effective from____ and it contains 11 terms. 01.01.2020
72 INCOTERMS is classified into how many groups? 4 (Four)

The INCOTERMS rules describe mainly the Tasks, Costs and Risks involved in the
73 Sellers to Buyers
delivery of goods from ____.
Residents can buy foreign exchange ___ days ahead of the journey date. In case it is not possible
74 60 Days
to use the foreign exchange within the period of 60 days, it should be surrendered to a bank.
You can bring into India foreign exchange without any limit. If, however, the value of foreign
75 currency in cash exceeds US$ 5,000 and/or the cash plus TCs exceed US$ 10,000 it should be
declared to the customs authorities at the airport in the currency declaration form (CDF), on arrival in India.
You can indefinitely retain foreign exchange upto US $ 2,000, in the form of foreign currency
notes or travellers’ cheques (TCs) for future use. On return from a foreign trip, travellers are
76 required to surrender unspent foreign exchange held in the form of currency notes and
travellers cheques within 180 days of return. Any amount in excess of US$ 2000 can be
credited to RFC(D) account.
An individual travelling from India to Nepal / Bhutan may carry RBI currency notes in Mahatma Gandhi
(New) Series of denominations ₹200/- and/or ₹500/- (2000 denomination note not allowed) subject to a
77
total limit of ₹25,000/- Instructions regarding currency notes of Government of India and Reserve Bank of
India for any amount in denominations up to ₹100/- shall continue as hitherto.
Private Travel: You can avail of foreign exchange upto US $ 10,000 in any calendar year for tourism or
78
private travel to any country other than Nepal and Bhutan based on self-certification.
Study Abroad: You can buy foreign exchange upto US $ 30,000 or upto the estimate from the institution
79 abroad, whichever is higher, per academic year on the basis of simple documentary evidence indicating the
requirement.
Medical Treatment:
• You can buy foreign exchange on the basis of self-certification, upto US $ 50,000 to meet the expenses for
medical treatment outside India. Banks are also permitted to release exchange required in excess of US $
80 50,000, on the basis of estimate from a doctor or hospital in India or overseas.
• You can also buy foreign exchange upto US $ 25,000 per person for meeting boarding/lodging/travel
expenses of the patient and also the accompanying attendant on self-certification.
Employment Abroad: You can buy foreign exchange upto US $ 5,000 on production of letter of
81
employment.
Emigration: You can buy foreign exchange upto US $ 5,000, or amount prescribed by country of emigration
82
on the basis of emigration visa.
Export of Goods for Exhibition / Trade Fairs outside India-It would also be permissible to “gift”
83
unsold goods upto the value of USD 5000 per exporter, per exhibition/trade fair.
84 Gifts and Donations: You can gift/donate upto US $ 5,000 every year on self-certification.
A resident of India, who has gone out of India on a temporary visit may bring into India at the time
of his return from any place outside India (other than Nepal and Bhutan), currency notes of Government
85 of India and Reserve Bank of India notes up to an amount not exceeding Rs. 25,000. A person may bring
into India from Nepal or Bhutan, currency notes of Government of India and Reserve Bank of India notes,
in denomination not exceeding Rs.100.
Any person resident outside India, not being a citizen of Pakistan and Bangladesh and not a
traveller coming from and going to Pakistan and Bangladesh and visiting India may bring into India currency
86
notes of Government of India and Reserve Bank of India notes up to an amount not exceeding Rs. 25,000
while entering only through an airport.
Any person resident in India who had gone to Pakistan and/or Bangladesh on a temporary visit,
87 may bring into India at the time of his return, currency notes of Government of India and Reserve Bank of
India notes up to an amount not exceeding Rs. 10,000 per person.
For availing the facility of Liberalized Remittance Scheme, the resident individual must
88 One Year
have maintained the account with the bank for a minimum of _____years
Resident Individuals can freely remit up to USD __ per Financial Year (April-March)
89 for permitted current and capital account transactions or a combination of both. $ 2,50,000
(Corporates, partnership firms, HUF, Trust are not eligible)
For Resident Individuals: limit of $250000 per F.Y. is available under the Scheme also includes / subsumes
remittances for CAPITAL and CURRENT ACCOUNT transactions (or a combination of both). Current
90
Account Transactions (i.e. Private Visit; Gift/Donation; Going abroad on employment; Emigration;
Maintenance of close relatives abroad; Business Trip; Medical treatment abroad & Studies Abroad).
Under LRS: Now PAN is Mandatory under Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS) irrespective of any
91
amount. Circular No.: GMUK/GMU/SP-MISC/32/2018 – 19 Date: Wed 27 Jun 2018.
Under LRS: For travelers proceeding for Haj/ Umrah pilgrimage, full amount of entitlement (USD
92 250,000) in cash or up to the cash limit as specified by the Haj Committee of India, may be released by the
Ads and FFMCs.
93 The form used for remitting trade related forex transaction Form A1
The form used for remitting personal remittances. (Form A2, if amount of remittance
94 Form A2
exceeds USD 25,000 or equivalent)
95 India uses __ method of quotation under which “Buy Low / Sell High” is the MAXIM DIRECT
used.
96 Under options delivery Forward contract, the customer gets a maximum option period of 1 (One) Month
For remitting foreign exchange for capital account transactions under liberalized
97 remittance facility, the customer should have held account with the bank for a minimum 1 (One) Year
period of_____
98 The exchange rate quoted by the market to the bank is called___ Inter Bank Rate
99 The Card Rates are the rates quoted by the bank to ___ Customers
Protect the bank against

100 Cover Operations are undertaken by banks in order to__
exchange rate fluctuation.
101 Bank’s launch for “knowledge sharing portal” about Forex is known as_ “efx Forum”
102 Fx-OUT per transaction limit increased to ___ $ 25000
103 Noble Branch for Gold Deposit Account is___ Overseas Branch, Mumbai
Which form is used when exports are made otherwise than by Post
104 and Custom Office is not computerized (i.e. where EDI facility is not GR (Guaranteed Remittance) Form
available)?
The EXPORTER submits the duplicate GR FORM along with other shipping documents
105 21 Days
to AD within ____ days from the date of shipment.
Which form is used when exports are made otherwise than by Post and Custom Office is
106 SDF Form
computerized (i.e. where EDI facility is available).
R-Returns are to be submitted to RBI___ At fortnightly, as at the close of business on the 15th and
107
(Two types of R-return are submitted) the last day of each month but within 7 days
108 Trade Finance software of the bank known as___ and acquired from__ Eximbills (Taiwan-China)
109 Customized forex outward remittance facility on the INB platform of bank__ remXout
110 ___ is a dispute resolution procedure specifically designed for the world of trade finance. DOCDEX
111 EXIM Bills is the software used in___ CCIL
112 “Currency Swap” is an instrument to manage__ Cash Flows in different currencies
113 Our Branches report their foreign currency transactions to__ Treasury Mumbai
114 URC 522 came into existence on 01.01.1996 and is divided into 26 articles under 7 distinct sections.
115 Who is principal in collection under URC 522? Exporter
116 The right to buy an asset at a fixed date and price. Call Option
117 The right to sell an asset a fixed date and price. Put Option
Rate applied for a foreign exchange transaction which involves immediate conversion
118 Ready Rate
of currency is known as __
119 The asset price at which the investor can exercise an option Strike Price
120 The amount of each currency that the option allows the investor to sell or buy. Notional
121 The rate quoted for issue of Drafts/TTs is _ TT Selling Rate
The rate quoted for inward remittances by TT/DD, where the cover fund has already
122 TT Buying Rate
been credited to our NOSTRO a/c is
123 In case of negotiation of export bills, which of the following rates would be applied ? Bill Buying Rate
124 How many types of rates are quoted in respect of foreign exchange sales transactions? 4 (Four)
125 How many types of rates are quoted in respect of foreign exchange purchase transactions? 6 (Six)
126 Letter of Credit has ____ parties. 4 (Four)
127 Bank Guarantee has ___ Parties. 3 (Three)
128 Who is counter guarantor in indirect guarantee? The Bank issuing counter Guarantee.
An import license is valid for _____ months for capital goods, and ___ 24 Months- Capital Goods
129
months for all other goods. 18 Months- Others
130 An import license is valid for _____ months for restricted goods 18 Months
Fortnightly as on 15th & last

131 Branches should submit return of overdue import bills__
working day of each month
Any Passenger can take gold to India provided they declare and pay the applicable customs duty in India. Up
132 to 10 KG of gold per passenger can be imported to India provided the period of stay overseas has been more
than six months. (Rate of duty- Rs 250/ per 10 Grams)
The weight of silver (including ornaments) should not exceed the quantity
133 100 Kilograms
of____ per passenger (by NRI to India also).
Standard Transaction Reference Number (STRN) on export bill covering schedules
134 16 (Sixteen)
consists of _______ digits
Request for cash payment against FTC/FCN may be accepted upto the extent of US$
135 US $ 500
____or its equivalent per transaction at non metro centres
136 Export Usance bills should be crystallized on ____ day from due Date. 30th
137 Rate to be applied when an export bill is crystallized__ Bill Selling
138 Rate to be applied when a crystallized export bill is realized__ TT Buying
An importer should furnish to the AD document evidencing import within ___ from
139 Within 3 months
the date of remittance.
140 Which documents evidence import of goods into India? Bill of Entry form
What is the time limit within which the bank has to sanction a fresh / enhancement
141 45 Days
export credit proposal ?
142 Export Packing Credit is normally sanctioned for a period of___ 180 day
Political Risk &

143 What kind of risks does ECGC (Export Credit & Guarantee Corporation Ltd) cover
Commercial Risk
144 Exporters are permitted to open EEFC accounts in any one of 4 ____ USD, GBP, EURO, YEN
 Cross Rate: the exchange rate between 2 foreign currencies without the
intervention of the home currency.
 Cash Rate: The exchange of currencies take place on the date of deal.
 Tom rate: The exchange of currencies takes place on next working day.
 Spot rate: The exchange of currencies is effected on 2nd working day from the
145 Rates related statements:
date of quoting the rate.
 Forward rate: The exchange of currencies is effected on a future day from
the date of quoting the rate
 Hedging: Buying foreign currency forward at current price to cover for the
unpredicted change in the market
RBI has increased the ceiling on remittances per transaction from India to Nepal from Rs 50,000 to Rs
2 lakh. RBI has also removed the limit of 12 remittances/year per remitter.
A new country code “EZ” has been introduced for transactions reported under deemed export (P1505)
and deemed import (S1505), i.e. transactions related to SEZ (Special Economic Zone), EPZs and
Domestic Tariff Areas.
Some useful abbreviations
 Expand OFAC Office of Foreign Assets Control
 Expand LIBOR London Inter-Bank Offered Rate
 Expand MIBOR Mumbai Inter-Bank Offered Rate
 BCQP stands for Buyers Credit Quotes Portal

 DGFT stands for Directorate General of Foreign Trade
 SWIFT stands for Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication
 DTAA stands for Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement
 INCOTERMS stands for International Commercial Terms
 Expand FEMA Foreign Exchange Management Act
 Expand “UCPDC” Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits
 SFMS stands for Structured Financial Messaging System
 PCFC stands for Pre-shipment Credit in Foreign Currency
 FFMC stands for Full Fledged Money Changers
 ESOP stands for Employees Stock Option
 ECGC stands for Export Credit Guarantee Corporation
 FCCB stands for Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds
 FTP stands for Fund Transfer Pricing
 ECB stands for External Commercial Borrowings
 Expand “GP&S” Global Payment & Services
Non-Resident Indian (NRI) Services

As Per Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA), 1999 – Sec 2: A NRI is an Indian citizen or
01 Foreign National of Indian Origin resident outside India for purposes of employment, carrying on business or
vocation in circumstances as would indicate an intention to stay outside India for an indefinite period.
As per section 6 of the Income-tax Act, an Individual is said to be non-resident in India if he is not a
resident in India and an individual is deemed to be resident in India in any previous year; if he satisfies any
of the following conditions:
 If he is in India for a period of 182 days or more during the previous year: or
02  If he is in India for a period of 60 days or more during the previous year and 365 days or more during 4
years immediately preceding the previous year. However, 2nd condition does not apply where an
individual being citizen of India or a person of Indian origin, who being outside India, comes on a visit to
India during the previous year. A person shall be deemed to be of Indian origin if he, or either of his
parents or any of his grand-parents, was born in undivided India.
Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident (RNOR) –A Non Resident who has returned to India for good is
covered under the provisions of section 6(6) of the Income-tax Act. He / she is given a special status of
Resident but not ordinarily resident (RNOR) if he / she satisfies one of the following conditions:
 An individual who is a non-resident in India in 9 out of 10 years preceding the relevant previous year; Or
03
 An individual is staying in India for 729 days or less during 7 previous years proceeding the relevant
previous year.
A person who is returning to India after 9 years of stay outside India (and who was nonresident for each of the
9 years under Income Tax Act, 1961), RNOR status can be held for a maximum period of 2 years only.
Aadhaar is not mandatory for NRIs. However, either PAN or Form 60 is mandatory for opening of all NRI
04
accounts.
05 NRI Minor accounts cannot be opened in the sole name of Minor but it should be opened with Guardian only.
As per extant instructions, all new NRO accounts (SB, CA, TDs) effective from 01.04.2016 onwards
is to be opened with the mandate “Former or Survivor (F or S)” only. Even for existing accounts
where “Either or Survivor (E or S)” facility was provided, branches were required to send one month of notice
05 to such NRIs for changing the Mode of Operation (MOP) of their NRO accounts from ‘E or S’ to ‘F or S’. On
expiry of notice period, the account shall be manually converted to single person’s account by branches till the
customer approaches the bank for changing the status to ‘F or S’.
(e-Circular No.: NBG/PBBU/NRI-DEPOSIT/9/2018 – 19 dated 10 May 2018)
Maturity of FCNR (B) deposits may be paid to the customer in Foreign Currency
06 notes up to the limit a person can retain Foreign Currency in India. The existing USD 2000
limit in this regard is _____ or equivalent.
NRI’s are permitted to open NRO account with resident Indians on ____ basis
07 only and in regards to existing accounts with “Either or Survivor” facility, one “Former or Survivor”
month’s notice need to be given for changing the status.
NRIs / PIOs / OCIs can open account in either of Indian Rupees or foreign currency, as per
the following table:
Account Name Type of Account
Savings Bank Account

Current Account
Non Resident External (NRE) (INR) Term Deposit (TDR)
Special Term Deposit (STDR)
Recurring Deposit (RD)
Non Resident Ordinary (NRO) (INR) Saving account (except tourist)
08
Current Account
(Circular Sl. No-1180/2018-19 dated 30.11.2018, NRO SB account Term Deposit (TDR)
Special Term Deposit (STDR)
has been discontinued) Only Foreign Tourist are NOT permitted to
Recurring Deposit (RD)
NRO SB Accounts instead they can Open NRO Current Account.
Foreign Currency Non Resident (Bank) {FCNR(B)} (FC)
Term Deposit (TDR)
Resident Foreign Currency Account (RFC) (FC) Special Term Deposit (STDR)
Special Term Deposit (STDR) with

FCNB Premium Account (FC)
Forward contract on maturity
09 Transfer of funds from NRO to NRO account is permitted now. True
10 NRI (including PIO/OCI) residing in ___ are not permitted to open NRO a/c. Nepal & Bhutan
• Authorised officials of overseas branches of Scheduled Commercial Banks
registered in India.
• Branches of overseas banks with whom Indian banks have relationships
Accounts of Non face to face (Arrangements are being worked out with our overseas Correspondent
customers can be opened by a Banks which shall be communicated in due course)
11 bank on the basis of ID & • Notary Public abroad
Residential proof certified by: • Court Magistrate
• Judge
• Indian Embassy / Consulate General in the country where the
nonresident customer resides
Introduction of FX-RETAIL Platform
FX RETAIL PLATFORM introduced by Reserve Bank of India

FX RETAIL PLATFORM developed by CCIL
PARTICIPANTS are Individuals, MSMEs & Corporates
The platform provides for trading in outright cash, outright tom and
PURPOSE
outright spot instruments in the USD/INR currency pair
SITE FOR REGISTRATION https://fxretail.co.in
No of Transaction per customer per day = No Cap
TRANSACTION SIZE Maximum Amount = No ceiling
Single Transaction Ceiling: Upto USD 5 million.
Individual- Rs 300+GST
CHARGES OF CCIL FOR REGISTRATION
Non individual- Rs 1000+GST
0.0004% on the INR value of the trade + GST
TXN CHARGES
(No charges for trades up to USD 50000 in a day)
BANK CHARGES / ADMINISTRATIVE Individual -Rs 1000 + GST
EXPENSES Non individual -Rs 3000 + GST
Administrative Charges Per Transaction Individual / Non individual – Rs 125/-+ GST
OPERATION OF NRE/NRO ACCOUNT BY POWER OF ATTORNEY (POA)
NBG/PBBU/NRI-GEN/52/2018 – 19 Date: Thu 28 Feb 2019
Power of Attorney (POA) holder will not be allowed to apply any of the Alternate Channel modes of Banking
12
i.e. ATM / INB etc. on behalf of NRI customers”.
Cheque Book issued to NRI accounts operated by POA holder, uniform method of inputting name/s of Account
13
Holder & POA holders in CBS cheque personalization screen.
14 The resident POA holder shall NOT make payment by way of gift to a resident on behalf of the account holder.
The resident POA holder shall NOT transfer funds from the account to another NRE / NRO SB/Current account
15
on behalf of the account holder.
16 The resident POA holder shall NOT be allowed to open / close NRE/NRO SB/Current accounts.
17 Bulk Deposit in case of NRE/NRO Term Deposits is revised to Rs.____ Rs. 2.00 Crore & above
OPENING ACCOUNTS OF FOREIGN STUDENTS STUDYING IN INDIA: All new CIF of foreign
18 students will henceforth be created under CIF resident status ‘FC (Foreign Citizen)’ and new a/c will have to
be opened under the product code 1013-1601. In other words, residential status must be ‘FC (Foreign Citizen)’
A person resident in India can hold, own, transfer or invest in any immovable property situated outside India if
19 such property was acquired, held or owned by him/ her when he/ she was resident outside India or inherited
from a person resident outside India.
A resident can utilize foreign exchange held in his/ her Resident Foreign Currency (RFC) account or can send
20
remittances under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS) for purchasing property outside India.
A resident can acquire immovable property outside India jointly with a relative who is a person resident outside
21
India, provided there is no outflow of funds from India.
Foreign nationals of non-Indian origin resident outside India can acquire/ transfer immovable property in
22 India, on lease not exceeding five years and can acquire immovable property in India by way of inheritance from
a resident.
An NRI or an OCI can acquire by way of purchase any immovable property (other than agricultural land/
23
plantation property/ farm house) in India.
All the transaction of acquisition of immovable property by a person resident outside India shall
24
be subject to applicable tax laws and other duties / levies in India.
In case of residential property, for a PIO or an NRI or an OCI, repatriation of sale
25 Max 2 Properties
proceeds is restricted to not more than _____ such properties
Now, credit of monthly pension disbursed by Centralised Pension Processing Cell (CPPC) to NRE Savings Bank
26 / Current account for our NRI / PIO / OCI customers, who are interested to receive their pension in NRE account
with us. (NBG/PBBU/NRI-GEN/22/2019 – 20 Date: Mon 23 Sep 2019)
If NRI / PIO / OCI customer desires to receive monthly pension in NRO Savings Bank / Current Account then the
27
NRI Flag should be marked as ‘NO’.
If ‘NRE Tax Certificate’ is not submitted in the month of November by the customer, pension credit will be
28 stopped in NRE-SB / CA, in line with requirement of annual ‘Life Certificate’. Once the undertaking is received
and marked in pension application, pension will resume.
29 The front-end software used for making payments under MoneyGram is DeltaWorks
30 The Nodal Branch for making payments under MoneyGram is NRI Kochi
31 We are offering MoneyGram services under agreement entered with principal agent. Thomas Cook India Ltd.
32 Full form of “SPP” used in Western Union payment is Streamlined Payout Procedure
33 Vishwa Yatra Foreign Travel Card can be issued in ---- Currencies 8 currencies
34 Branches may open ____bank account in favor of foreign students studying in India. NRO Account
35 Channel though which Remittances from gulf countries-middle east is __ SBI EXPRESS
36 Under SBI Express: Transaction Limit Min- Rs. 500; Max- Rs. 10 Lacs
Under SBI Express : Restrictions on transactions: For blue-collared Blue-collared workers: Rs.25 lacs
37
workers: __ and for professionals etc __ per calendar year. Professionals :Rs.60 lacs
38 Resident Foreign Currency (RFC) Savings Bank (SB) Account has been DISCONTINUED
RFC (Resident Foreign Currency) account (Only TDR and STDR) for tenure of
39 1 to 3 Years
___ Years.
It has been decided to apply TDS on NRO STDRs on ___basis every year on 31st March or at
40 Accrual Basis
the time of maturity/renewal which occurs first, in line with domestic STDRs.
41 Pakistani National will require a prior approval from ___before opening the account. RBI
Foreign nationals who come to India on employment and on leaving the India can
convert their Domestic account to NRO account, to enable them to receive their
42 6 (Six) Months
legitimate dues subject to certain conditions. But, continuation of account beyond
____ months will require RBI’s approval.
NRO account be opened for Foreign Students studying in India on the basis of his/her passport (with appropriate
visa & immigration endorsement) which contains the proof of identity and address in the home country along
with a photograph and a letter offering admission from the educational institution, subject to following:
 Within a period of 30 days of opening the account, the foreign student should submit to the branch
43 where the account is opened, a valid address proof giving local address, in the form of a rent agreement or a
letter from the educational institution as a proof of living in a facility provided by the educational institution.
 During the 30 days period, the account should be operated with a condition of allowing foreign remittances
not exceeding USD 1000 into the account and a cap of monthly withdrawal to Rs. 50,000/-, pending
verification of address.
According to the amendment to the Public Provident Fund Act, 1968, “if a resident who opened an
account under this scheme subsequently becomes a non-resident during the currency of the maturity period, the
account shall be DEEMED to be closed with effect from the day he becomes a non-resident.”
Interest with effect from that date will be paid at the 4% rate applicable to the post office savings account
up to the last day of the month preceding the one in which the account is actually closed, the Public Provident
44 Fund (Amendment) Scheme, 2017, said.
NRIs are not allowed to invest in small savings schemes like NSC and PPF. However, they were earlier permitted
to retain their PPF account if they had opened it before becoming an NRI.
One more thing, Account will be DEEMED as closed. It will not be closed in actual, means it
will not earn interest benefit of PPF and will not be extended on maturity also.
45 Operations in NRI accounts are not permitted on the basis of Letter of Authority. TRUE
From NRO Account: If the remittance amount is Not Chargeable to Tax and if
46 amount of remittance exceeds USD _____or equivalent, Form-A2 is required. USD 25000
NRIs staying in US, UK, Canada and Japan cannot open Demat and Trading
47 accounts due to regulatory restrictions. TRUE
-NRE Savings Bank (SB) account.

NRIs can invest online in Equities, Derivatives, IPOs, and
-NRE Portfolio Investment Scheme (PIS) account
48 Mutual Funds with the comfort of home or office through
-Demat Account
our 4-in-1 account consisting of:-
-Trading Account
NRI Family Card: If Personalized Card (i.e. bearing the name of the applicant)
49 has been opted, then card has to be collected from the branch after approximately 12 (Twelve)
____ working days from the date of submitting the application in the branch.
50 NRI Family Card: Validity of card is___ 10 Years
51 NRI Family Card: Minimum & Maximum recharge amount are___ Rs. 100 & Rs. 100000/-
52 NRI Family Card: Maximum Balance in the card can be Rs.___ Rs. 100000/-
53 NRI Family Card: A cardholder can take maximum ___ cards. 5 (Five)
When an NRI sends any email requesting for anything, DO open your e-mail account (your
branch email account) on daily basis and respond to emails within ______hours of receiving
54 24 Hours
it. If it is not possible to reply or resolve the matter mentioned in email, please send an
acknowledgement of the receipt of the email to the sender.
While settling deceased case in case of NRI, Foreign nationals cannot be accepted as sureties
55 while obtaining Letter of Indemnity as he/she will not be governed by Indian law. TRUE
INB to NRI: In order to activate the internet banking, customer has to send an SMS containing
56 Activation Code from his / her registered mobile number to the number___ 9223040040
INB to NRI: For first ______days from activation customer will have limited access to INB.
57 Post cooling period the customer will get complete access to the account through INB. 5 (Five)
In order to encourage mobilization of funds under the FCNR (B) deposits, it has been decided to waive the penalty
provisions at the time of premature payment of FCNR (B) deposits subject to the undernoted conditions:
a.) Interest on premature payment will be paid by the bank only for the period, FCNR (B) deposit has
remained with the Bank.
58
b.) Above interest will be paid at the rate prevailing at the time of opening the related FCNR (B) deposit
account.
c.) Since minimum period of FCNR (B) deposit prescribed by RBI is one year, no interest will be paid on
premature payment of FCNR (B) deposit if it is paid within one year from the date of deposit.
59 Expand “GDPR” GENERAL DATA PROTECTION REGULATION
‘Missed Call & SMS Banking’ for NRI customers. Following services have been made available under the
facility.
 Balance Enquiry of the registered account
 Mini Statement (last 5 transactions) of the registered account  ATM Card
Control functions
 A call for balance inquiry or mini statement will include 3-4 rings for 4 seconds which will get automatically
60 disconnected.
 To register himself: REG<SPACE>Account Number to +918422833333
 Details of all the facilities can be received by sending an SMS ‘HELP’ to +918108511111
 Balance Enquiry: Once confirmation is received for registration, Customer can give a Missed call to
+919220055222 from the registered Mobile Number.
 Mini Statement (last 5 transactions): Once confirmation is received for registration, Customer can give a
Missed call to +919220055333 from the registered Mobile Number.
NRI SERVICES: INTRODUCTION OF ‘SBI TAX SAVINGS SCHEME’ FOR NRI/PIO/OCI CUSTOMERS
(Circular No.: NBG/PBBU/NRI-DEPOSIT/31/2018-19, Date: 20 Oct 2018)
PAN Mandatory
1.) Single holder: (no deposit receipt shall be issued in the name of minors)
2.) Joint holders.
Mode of operation/ • The joint holder type deposit receipt may be issued jointly to two adults or jointly to
an adult and a minor (minor being the second holder) and payable to either of the holders or
Type of holding
to the survivor, provided that in the case of joint holder type deposit, the deduction from
income under section 80C of the Act shall be available only to the first holder of the deposit.
• The accounts may be held jointly with Residents on ‘Former or Survivor’ basis only.
Term Deposit (TD) account – NRO
Type of Account
Special Term Deposit (STD) account – NRO
Period 5 Years
Min & Max-Deposit Min: Rs. 10,000/- (In multiples of Rs. 1,000/-) Max- Rs. 1.50 Lacs (In a F.Y.)
Income Tax on Income Tax @ 30.90% (as applicable to NRO deposits if not under the provision of DTAA
interest (Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement).
No nomination shall be made in respect of a term deposit applied for and held by or on behalf
Nomination
of a minor. In all other cases, it is permitted.
NBG/PBBU/NRI-
The facility to open SBITSS-NRO has been now made available to NRI/PIO/OCI
DEPOSIT / 12/2019-20
customers through retail internet banking also (only through NRO SB account).
DATED 20.06.2019
All Politically Exposed Persons (PEPs), irrespective of any other parameters, are
61 ‘High Risk’
to be considered as ‘______’ customers.
All foreign nationals (other than PIO/OCI) opening Student, Tourist, or
62 domestic rupee account (for employment purposes) will continue to be ‘High Risk’
treated/marked as ‘_____ Risk’ customer in the system.
Now, NRI customers residing / migrating to 27 High Risk Countries will be marked as ‘High Risk’
63
Customers:
NRI Customers residing / migrating to countries other than 27 High Risk Countries will be marked at
64
‘Low Risk’ customers;
 Legal Profession
 CA/ICWA/Taxation/Finance
 Journalists
However, NRIs with one of the following Occupations will be treated
 Share and Stock Broker
65 as ‘Medium Risk’ customers even if they are from the country
 Capital Market Maker
other than 27 High Risk countries;
 Industrialist
 302 Business in Trade sector
 Business in Service sector
Crystallization of Inoperative Foreign Currency Deposits
 FCNR (B)
 Foreign Currency Fixed Maturity Accounts: Type of Account
 RFC (TDR / STDR)
Resident Foreign Currency
Foreign Currency denominated deposit with no fixed maturity
 (RFC) Domestic current
period:
account ONLY
Account which will be eligible for Crystallisation: Account remaining 3 years from the date of
66
under Inoperative status for ___ Years. maturity of deposit
Back value dating opening of FCNR (B) and RFC deposits : For both these foreign currency deposits
deposit accounts, back value dating will now be permitted for a maximum period of 14 days (both days
67
inclusive). In case of renewal of these deposits with back value date effect, if the period of back dating is more
than 14 days, the deposit will be renewed from the date when the depositor seeks renewal.
68 Expand “FRRO” Foreigner Regional Registration Office
The “FCNB Premium Account” combines the benefits of a FCNR (B) deposit with Forward Cover to give
69
enhanced return to NRI customers.
FCNB Premium Account: Minimum deposit: ______or equivalent. USD 10,000 (Circular Sl no.
70
Deposits will only be accepted / placed in USD currency Only 1211/2019-20 Dt. 25.11.2019)
71 FCNB Premium Account: Account Type Only STDR
72 FCNB Premium Account: Tenure 1 to 5 Years
NRI Salary Package Account: If working for an overseas employer and posted overseas or
on ship: NRI Salary Account to be opened subject to following:
73 10 (Ten)
 Minimum _____ NRI Salary Package accounts from a particular employer to be opened in
the first instance. Thereafter, even single account can also be opened.
74 NRI Salary Package Account: Benefits 50% of NRI Home Loan processing charges
Following re-designation scenarios are permitted in CBS:
From To Permitted / Not-permitted

 Domestic NRO Permitted
 NRO Domestic Permitted
 NRE Domestic Permitted
 Domestic NRE Not-permitted
 NRE NRO Not-permitted
 NRO NRE Not-permitted
Rupee Vostro Accounts Discontinuation of INR Drafts/Instruments Issued By Correspondent Banks: It
has been decided that INR Drafts/Instruments issued by our Correspondent Banks would be ceased to be honoured with
immediate effect.
NRI SERVICES: KEY FEATURES OF SUKOON CURRENT ACCOUNT PRODUCT
(Circular No.: NBG/PBBU/NRI-DEPOSIT/14/2019-20, Date:09/07/2019)
Purpose TO PARK OVERSEAS EARNINGS REMITTED TOI INDIA
Eligibility NRI/PIO/OCI
CIF type (residential status) NRI (Account Currency = INR)
Min- Rs. 3000 Maximum- NO CEILING
Avg. Monthly Bal. Charges on Non-Maintenance of MAB –WAIVED
(Circular No.: NBG/PBBU/NRI-DEPOSIT/32/2019 – 20 Date: Thu 2 Jan 2020
• Fresh remittances from abroad through banking channel

• Transfer from NRE/FCNR (b) account
Permissible credits
• Personal cheque drawn on bank accounts abroad
• Proceeds of foreign currency notes/travellers cheque tendered by
NRI/PIO/OCI while visiting India (currency declaration form required in
excess of $5000)
• Remittances outside India
• Loan disbursements
Permissible debits
• Transfer to other NRE/FCNR (b)
• Investments in India
Facility ATM card, Cheque-book, INB facility, Nomination facility
Joint account Permitted with NRI with resident relative on former or survivor basis
Repatriiability Freely repatriable
Power of attorney Resident POA holder can be permitted to operate the account
Liquidity On demand/no interest paid
Overdraft Not permitted
Other Charge Account keeping charges / multicity cheque issue charges = NIL
Differentiating various NRI Accounts & Deposits
ACCOUNTS NRE NRO FCNR(B) RFC
To park current Indian To park funds for
To park overseas
Purpose of To park overseas earnings earnings and overseas Returning Indians
earnings
account remitted to India earnings remitted to India (for permanent
remitted to India
settlement)
USD, GBP, EURO,
Currency Rupees Rupees CAD, JPY, & AUD USD, GBP, EURO
(6 currencies)
SB A/c (Except Foreign
Savings Banks, Current
Tourist)
Type of Accounts Account, TDR/ STDR & TDR/ STDR TDR/ STDR
Current Account,
RD
TDR/ STDR & RD
Min- 1 Year Max- Min-7 days Max- Min- 1 Year Max- Min- 1 Year Max-
Investment Term
10 Years 10 Years 5 Years 3 Years
Initial  Savings/Current- Nil
Funding for  TDR/STDR- Rs. 1000/-  RD- Rs.
Opening 100/-
 Savings, Current: Product and Area Wise
• Metro centre – MAB Rs. 3000/- • Urban USD 1000 USD 1000
GBP 1000 GBP 1000
Centre – MAB Rs. 3000/-
EURO 1000 EURO 1000
• Semi-Urban – MAB Rs. 2000/-
CAD1000
Minimum • Rural Centre – MAB Rs. 1000/- JPY 1000
Balance  RD: Rs. 100/- AUD1000
 TDR, STDR: For Personal Banking Branches in:
• Metro / Urban centres: Rs. 1,00,000/- • Semi-
Urban / Rural centres: Rs. 50,000/-
• For all other Branches: Rs. 10000/-
NRIs & Resident NRIs & Resident
Joint Holding NRIs & Resident Indians
Indians Indians Former or *****************
With Former or Survivor basis
Former or Survivor Survivor basis
Current income up to
Repatriability of 10 Lacs USD
Freely Repatriable Freely Repatriable Freely Repatriable
Principal (Conditional)
Per Financial Year
Freely Repatriable subject
Repatriability of
Freely Repatriable to deduction of Freely Repatriable Freely Repatriable
Interest
tax
The interest credited

on a
quarterly basis in the
RFC account
balance is taxable.
However, if the
Interest income is taxed as status of the
per India Income Tax account holder is
Interest income tax free Interest income tax free
Taxability in India Rules. Reduced tax under that of a Resident
in India in India
Double Tax Avoidance and he or she
Agreement does not qualify as
an Ordinary
Resident then he is
exempt from
tax payment for the
interest
earned on the RFC
account.
75 FCNR (B) deposits: the interest is calculated and paid at ____ intervals. 180 days
FCNR (B) deposits: After application of interest on the interval of 180 days,
76 360 days
the remaining actual no. of days, based on __ days to a year.
Which account may be opened any person resident outside India with an
Special Non-resident rupee
77 authorized dealer, having a business interest in India, for the purpose of
account (SNRR account)
putting through bona fide transactions in rupees ?
• External Commercial Borrowings in INR;
• Trade Credits in INR;
• Trade (Export/ Import) Invoicing in INR;
• Business related transactions outside
78 Under SNRR Account: Permitted transactions in INR- International Financial Service Centre (IFSC) by
IFSC units at GIFT city like administrative
expenses in INR outside IFSC, INR amount from
sale of scrap, government incentives in INR, etc.
The account will be maintained with bank in
India (outside IFSC).
Restriction on the tenure of Special Non-resident Rupee (SNRR) accounts, which is currently 7 years, will be
79
removed.
‘Routing of Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS) Transactions up to USD 25,000/- or equivalent in other
80 permitted currencies through Forex Outward Remittance ‘Fx-Out’ application under CBS. Resident Indians
are allowed to remit funds under LRS through Fx-Out application under INB also.
Rs. 18 lac per day
Forex Outward Remittance ‘FX-OUT’ USD / EUR / GBP / SGD / AUD and CAD currencies or a
81 UNDER Internet Banking (INB) combination thereof for multiple transactions.
ENHANCEMENT OF DAILY LIMIT Circular No.: NBG/PBBU/NRI-GEN/8/2021 – 22 Date: Thu 28 Oct 2021
Under the Liberalized Remittance Scheme, Authorized Dealers

may freely allow remittances by resident individuals up to USD
2,50,000 per Financial Year (April-March) for any permitted
82 Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS)
current or capital account transaction or a combination of both.
The Scheme is not available to corporates, partnership firms,
HUF, Trusts, etc
• Purpose of Emigration
Authorized dealers have been vested with • Medical treatment abroad
83 discretion for permitting remittance in excess of • Students pursuing their studies abroad
USD 250,000 limit under LRS in following cases: • Remittance of more than USD 250,000
may
also be allowed with prior approval of RBI
Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has permitted Resident Individuals to make remittances under LRS to
84 International Financial Services Centres (IFSCs) set up in India under the Special Economic Zone Act, 2005,
as amended from time to time.
Some More Important Points in Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS):
 Now, Minor also can remit outside India under the scheme.
 A resident cannot gift another resident under the scheme.
85  Individual to maintain Bank account for the period of Minimum 1 year to remittance for Capital
account transactions.
 No remittance will be sent without a valid PAN in CIF (Form-60 also cannot be accepted for the
purpose)  LRS facility is not available for Nepal & Bhutan.
Chapter – 14 Problem Loan Management (NPA Management)
01 Prudential Norms have been prescribed to avoid _____. Concertation Risk
The credit risk premium (CRP) above EBLR charged to the customer represents
02 Default risk
___ risk arising from loan sanctioned.
Under IBC:
03 National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) – to deal with Corporate Persons (including LLP).
Debt Recovery Tribunal (DRT) – to deal with Individuals and Partnership Firms.
The IBC brings a paradigm shift from ‘debtors’ in possession’ to ‘creditors in control’, creates time
04 bound processes for insolvency resolution of companies and individuals. It moves from “Erosion of
NetWorth” to “Payment Default”.
The minimum default amount to initiate the procedure is Rs. ____ Insolvency process
under Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code. (For Corporate Persons (including LLP)) Rs. 1 lakh#
#Provided that the Central Government may, by notification, specify the minimum amount of default of
higher value which shall not be more than one crore rupees.
The minimum default amount to initiate the procedure is Rs. ____ Insolvency process
Rs. 10000/-*
under Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code. (For Individual & Partnership)
*Provided that the Central Government may, by notification, specify the minimum amount of default of
05 higher value which shall not be more than one lakh rupees.
For details, Click here / https://ibbi.gov.in/legal-framework/act
The threshold default for initiating the pre-packaged insolvency resolution*

process will be set at___ for micro, small and medium enterprises. Rs 10 lakh and above
(For details Click Here)
*A pre-pack is a way of resolving the troubles of creditors and owners of a distressed
business. Under a pre-pack resolution, creditors and owners of a business agree to sell
the business to an interested buyer before going to the court to sanction the agreement.
06 Asset classification shall be ___________and not facility-wise. Borrower-wise
07 Income in NPA account is on___ Actual / Realization Basis
08 Income in Standard account is on___ Accrual Basis
Exit Policy for Standard Accounts (indicating signs of Stress): The policy is
09 applicable to standard accounts (including SMA-0, SMA-1 and SMA-2) Rs. 5 Cr. & above
irrespective of External rating with exposure of Rs. _____.
The recourse under LOC* (Look Out Circulars) shall be taken in all cases of fraud
Rs. 50 Cr. & above
where the amount involved is Rs. ___ Crore & above.
10
*In respect of the cases which have been declared as fraud more than 5 years ago, as CBI would have initiated
investigation, such cases may be exempted from taking recourse under LOC.
Unconditional Cancellability clause (UCC), which gives the Bank the right to cancel the sanctioned limit
without reference to the borrower at any time, needs to be accepted by borrowers.
11
The undrawn portion of cash credit/ overdraft limits sanctioned to the Borrowers having aggregate
fund based working capital limit of Rs. 150 Cr and above from the banking system, irrespective of
whether unconditionally cancellable or not, shall attract a credit conversion factor of 20%.
12 RBI directed to classify stressed accounts as SMA based on___ in please of irregularity. Default
In Cash credit accounts, default means outstanding balance remaining overdue continuously in excess of the
13
sanctioned limit or drawing power (whichever is lower) for more than 30 days.
Immovable properties viz., land, building, flats, etc. having value of Rs.10 lacs and above may
14 be examined for purchase by SBI itself, to carry on the business of the State Bank or for providing
residences for its officers and other employees, immediately or in the near future.
Stressed asset, immediately on default to be categorized as Special Mention Accounts, as below:
Basis for classification- Principal or interest payment or any other amount wholly
SMA Subcategories
or partly overdue between
SMA-0 1-30 days
SMA-1 31-60 days
SMA-2 61-90 days
In case of revolving credit facilities like Cash Credit, the SMA sub categories will be as follows:-
Basis for classification- Outstanding balance remains continuously in excess of

SMA Subcategories
the sanctioned limit or DP, whichever is lower, for a period of:
SMA-1 31-60 days
SMA-2 61-90 days
15 If outstanding is more than Drawing Power, then account will be__ Out of Order
16 When such Out of order continues for More than ___ days, becomes NPA 90 days
17 Account turns into NPA when sufficient credit / Interest servicing not available for___ 90 days
18 Renewal of Account not done after ___ days, account will be NPA 180 days
19 EMI / Principal / Interest overdue for ___ days, account will be NPA 90 days
The amount of liquidity facility remains outstanding for more than ___ days, in case of a
20 90 days
securitization transaction undertaken.
In case of derivative transactions, the overdue receivables representing positive mark-
21 tomarket value of a derivative contract, if these remain unpaid for a period of ____ days 90 days
from the specified due date for payment.
An account should be classified as NPA only if the interest due and charges during any
22 90 days
quarter is not serviced fully within __ days from the end of the quarter.
23 If Security Erosion more than 50% of Realizable value, Account will be Doubtful Category
24 If Security Erosion more than 90% of Realizable value turns into ___ Loss Assets.
The bill remains overdue for a period of more than _____days in the case of bills purchased
25 90 Days
and discounted. Turns into NPA.
26 System suspense entry outstanding of ___ days and above turns into NPA. 90 Days
The instalment of principal or interest thereon remains overdue for ____ crop seasons for
27 2 Crop Seasons
SHORT DURATION crops (Agriculture segment).
The instalment of principal or interest thereon remains overdue for one crop season for
28 1 Crop Season
LONG DURATION crops (Agriculture segment).
29 If Central Government repudiates its guarantee, account will turn into__ NPA
30 ___ Both type of account can be written-off as provision is 100% Doubtful-3 & Loss category
Provision in NPA Accounts

Secured Assets Unsecured Assets
Assets’ IRAC
Status Normal Accelerating Normal Accelerating
Period of NPA
Provisioning Provisioning Provisioning Provisioning
25% (Other)
Up to 6 Months 15% 15% 25%
20% (Infrastructure)
Sub-Standard
25% (Other)
Above 6 to 1 Year 15% 25% 40%
20% (Infrastructure)
Doubtful-1 2nd Year 25% 40% 100% 100%
Doubtful-2 3rd & 4th Year 40% 100% 100% 100%
Doubtful-3 5th Year Onwards 100% 100% 100% 100%
Loss Assets Ab initio 100% 100% 100% 100%

Provision in Standard Assets
Provision for Farm Credit to agricultural activities and Micro & Small enterprises: 0.25%
Provision for Medium Enterprises & P-Seg loans, Mid Corporate & Large Corporate Loans: 0.40%
Provision for CRE (Residential) Housing loans: 0.75%
Provision for CRE (Commercial Loan): 1.00%
Restructured accounts classified as non-performing assets, when upgraded to “standard” category will
5%
attract ___% provision (w.e.f. 31.03.2016) in the first year from the date of upgradation.
Provision in case of Willful defaulters (in Standard Account). 5%
Periodicity for Submission of Irregularity Report for Standard Accounts
Irregularities due to application of interest in Working Capital accounts: - Irregularities in

standard accounts arising solely from application of interest need not be reported, if the account is
30 days
regularized within ____ days from the date of application of interest, irrespective of whether the
outstanding are within the sanctioned limit or not.
Irregularities in Term Loan accounts: - Irregularity in standard Term Loan on account of application
of interest/non-payment of installment, but adjusted within 30 days or not adjusted within Monthly
30 days, should be reported ___ basis.
Periodicity for Submission of Irregularity Report for Special Mention Accounts (SMAs)
Aggregate outstanding should be above Rs. 1.00 crore including Fund

Cut off Limits for Reporting of SMA-0:
based and non-Fund based (FB+NFB).
Monthly*. While reviewing SMA-0, Position as at the end of calendar month
Periodicity of reporting of SMA-0:
should be taken.
* The Branches/operating units have to put up the SMA-0 reports as on the last day of the calendar month to the Competent
Authority, on the prescribed format, by 10th of next month.
For limits up to Rs.1.00 crore, reporting of irregularity / default is to be made by way of simple listing to the AGMs
of Credit CPCs / Controller, not below the rank of AGM.
Periodicity for Submission of Irregularity Report for Non-Performing Accounts (NPAs)

To be submitted to Sanctioning Authority
Immediate reporting (i.e. on loan account being classified as NPA)
within 10th day of subsequent month.
Subsequent reporting including variation in irregularity / outstanding
Yearly reporting to Sanctioning Authority for
on account of accrued but unapplied interest (quantum of unapplied
information.
interest to be shown separately) or otherwise
Bank to submit the following return on borrowers’ exposure of Rs ___ to RBI-
Rs. 5 Crore & above
Central Repository of Information on Large Credits (CRILC).
31  CRILC Main Report (i.e. all loan accounts of Rs. 5 crores & above and their
Monthly basis
classification, and SMAs)–
 Borrower entity in default- (For all defaulting accounts) Weekly (on every Friday)
Common Early Warning Signals (EWS) / Sign of stress (SMAs)
• Stock & Receivables Statement delayed by > 90 days • Capacity utilization < 50%
• Credit Monitoring / Financial statements delayed by > 90 • Valuation of properties > 3 years old
days • Drop of CRA by ≥ 2 notches in a single review
• Evidence of Diversion of funds for unapproved purpose • Charge not registered with RoC within due date
• Return ≥ 3 cheques / ECS in 30 days for want of funds • Single event of non-cooperation in stock audit
• Return ≥ 3 cheques / bills discounted /purchased / sent • Current Ratio < 80% of benchmark
for collection, in 30 days • Leverage > 120% of benchmark
• Guarantor has not signed loan documents as required • Operating Losses for last 2 quarters
• Non- clearance of devolved LC / BG / DPG within 30 days • Erosion in Net Worth / Accumulated Losses
• 3rd request for extension of time in creation / perfection • Borrower reporting stress in business or financials
of security or compliance with other covenants • Unit not inspected for > 30 days after due date
• Increase in frequency of overdrafts in Current Accounts • Sales decline in last three quarters
• Promoter(s) pledging / selling their stake due to financial • Any terms of sanction not complied > 30 days
stress
• Negative Industry Outlook
• Renewal data not submitted for > 30 days after it became
due • Frequent requests for excess drawals.
• Stipulated insurance not taken / expired / under-insured • Sales routing through the account is < 75%
• Vetting of documents by Law Officer pending > 30 days • Operations in the account dormant > 30 days
• Stretched Receivables / High Overdues beyond 60 days of • Banking with other banks without our mandate
approved level • Renewal pending for > 90 days
• Unit has shifted business operations / focus, adversely • Sales / profits short of projections by ≥ 40%
affecting Bank’s interest • DP falls by ≥ 20% after Stock Audit
• Adverse political, macro-economic, regulatory or • Any other weakness / threat perceived

technological developments
32 Drawing Power is calculated based on of stock statement not older than__. 3 Months
33 Quick mortality occurs when loan goes bad within ___ years from sanction 1 Years.
Charges
Appropriation of recoveries in NPAs, as per the Bank’s extant instructions is done in Unrealized Interest
34
accordance with following priority of recoveries: Interest
Principal
The details about of Holding on Operation* (HOO) are as under:
 Holding on operations would commence from the date branch identifies an SMA or a Sub- standard account
as ‘potentially viable’. (Such holding on operations (HOO) would not require any Administrative
35 Clearance/approval /sanction.)
 The reviewing authority of SMA account would take the report on commencement of holding on operations
on record and give necessary directions if warranted to the branch on the proposed action plan.
 The Holding on Operations (HOO) would consist of freezing the bank’s exposure at the sanctioned limit and
allowing operations within such frozen limit.
If holding on operations continued beyond the initial period of _____ months, the
36 Beyond 3 Months
same has to be approved by the Sanctioning Authority.
Penal Interest:
Cash Credit Account: ____ % per annum on the irregular portion for the period of irregularity.
37 5.00%
Term Loan Account: Non-payment of interest / installment: ___% per annum on the irregular
portion for the period of irregularity
Penal Interest on Cross default: (Default in payment of installment/ interest to other
38 Institutions/ Bank): ____% p.a. on the entire outstandings with us for the period of 1.00%
nonadherence subject to a minimum period of 1 year.
NPAs outstanding of Rs. 20 Lac and Less than Rs. 10 cr. shall be migrated to
39 SARB
(Circular No.: CCO/CPPD-ADV/93/2019 - 20 Date: Thu 26 Sep 2019)
40 NPAs with outstanding of Rs.10 Cr. And above shall be migrated to- SAMB
NPAs should be migrated to SARB immediately, but in any case, within a maximum period
41 Within 180 days
of 180 days from the date of NPA. Only when all soft recovery process are exhausted.
Approval for migration of account to the SAMB / SARB concerned is to be accorded by the
42 DGM
Controller of migrating branch/CPCs and controller should not be below the rank of__.
Branches should obtain approval from their Controlling Authority not below the rank of
43 GM
____ for not migrating NPAs to SARG within 180 days from the date of NPA.
44 Intimation to Borrower / Guarantors on migration of account to SAMB/SARB __ days. Within 7 Days
The process of migration of account includes handing over files, records, security
documents etc., to SAMB / SARB by the migrating Branch and joint inspection of unit and
45 Within 7 Days
collateral securities by the officials of SAMB / SARB and Migrating Branch. The process is
to be completed within a maximum period of __ days under normal circumstances.
Steps to be initiated for resolution of account within __ days from the date of
46 Within 90 days
migration of account to SAMB / SARB.
Activities to be completed within 30 days from the date of migration of account to SAMB/SARB:
 Obtain fresh valuation of securities if the date of present valuation report is
Where, Date of valuation report Category of accounts

47
Older than 3 Years Outstanding below Rs.10.00 Crores
Older than 6 Months Outstanding Rs.10.00 Crores and above
 Initiate Stock & Receivables Audit if the earlier one is more than or equal to 1 year old.
Partial transfer to AUCA may be permitted in respect of Doubtful Asset accounts in

48 D1 and D2
_____ categories to the extent of available provision.
49 Expand “AUCA” Advances Under Collection Account
50 Transfer of NPAs to AUCA will be restricted to the amount of available provision.
Removal of entry from AUCA may be considered after _____ years of parking in
AU1CA if no recovery is forthcoming. The proposal for removal of entry from AUCA
51 2 Years
submitted to the competent authority must contain at least 4 (four) immediately
preceding review reports on the account.
The final reversal of AUCA accounts before two years period, in case of accounts where RRC is issued/RR
action is in process may also be considered for implementation subject to the following:
(a) RRC issued is more than 3 years old
52 (b) No primary/collateral security available
(c) No personal guarantee available or borrowers/guarantors not traceable
(d) No recovery is forthcoming
(e) Revenue recovery to continue even after reversal of AUCA
Accounts covered under CGTMSE/CGFMU: While Transferring to AUCA, care should be taken to
ensure that the claim period has been expired and if claim has been received from CGTMSE/CGFMU for the
53
relative accounts, it first appropriated and the net balance thereafter only is debited to LHO / Business
Groups for eventual transfer to Central Accounts Office.
All NPAs / AUCA accounts with outstanding of Rs. ____are to be reviewed by High
54 Above Rs. 200 crores
Power Task Force (HPTF) Committee.
55 Only _accounts (including AUCAs) can be entrusted to RAs for resolution. Recalled Assets & Written off
56 SARFAESI came into force on___ 21.08.2002
57 Expand SARFAESI Securitization, Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest
Meaning of ‘Security Interest’: ‘Security Interest’ means right, title or interest of any kind upon property
58
created in favour of any secured creditor.
 The account should be an NPA as per RBI guidelines.
 The claim amount (including accrued interest) should be for an amount not
less than Rs.1.00 lac.
Action under SARFAESI  The amount due (including interest) should be more than 20% of the
59 Act, 2002 can be initiated principal amount and interest thereon.
in the following cases:  Debt is not time barred under Limitation Act.
 NPA Account should be backed by Securities charged to the Bank by way of
Hypothecation or Mortgage or Assignment.
 Pledge, Lien, Lease are NOT applicable.
60 Notice under Section 13(2) of SARFAESI 2002, relates to Demand Notice
61 Notice under Section 13(4) of SARFAESI 2002, relates to Possession Notice
62 Possession Notice (U/S 13(4) may be served after expiry of __ days. 60 days
Approval for issuing notice under section 13(2) of SARFAESI Act to be obtained as follows:
63  For Exposures Rs. Up to – 25 Crore, Approval to be taken from. Officer, SMGS-IV
 For Exposure above Rs.25.00 Cr, Approval to be taken from__ GM (Network)
Filing of Caveat: When action under Section 13(4) of the Act is taken by the Bank, the
Borrower(s) / Guarantor(s) may file a Securitisation Application before the DRT u/s 17 of
64 45 days
the SARFAESI Act within _______ days challenging any of the measure taken by the Bank
under Section 13 (4) of the Act including possession of the secured assets.
If a Securitisation Application is filed by the Borrower(s) and dismissed by the DRT or if
the DRT refuses to pass an interim order restraining further action, the Borrower(s) may
65 30 days
prefer an appeal before the DRAT u/s 18 of the SARFAESI Act, within _____ days of the
order.
Under Section ____ of SARFAESI act, time limit for reply from Secured Creditors
66 Sec. 13(3A)
to the representation of borrower or guarantor is extended to 15 days.
Movable property: If any problem is foreseen in taking the possession, the
67 Authorized Sec. 14
Officer should approach CMM/DM for obtaining order u/s __ of SARFAESI Act.
Notice regarding possession of the immovable property with full details of the property
and name of Borrower(s)/Guarantor(s)/Mortgagor(s) should be published ___ days of
68 Within 7 days
taking possession in two leading newspapers, of which one should be in vernacular
language having sufficient circulation in that locality.
Valuation Report should be ___ months old for fixing Reserve Price. Two valuation Less than 12 months
69
reports to be obtained for properties valued above Rs.1.00 Crore. old
71 Sale Notice (Every Time) under SARFAESI, should not be less than__ 15 Days
If a loan is covered under the facility of Consortium banking, for issuing a

72 possession notice under section 13(4) of SARFAESI Act, 2002, the secured creditor 60% or more
having _____ shares in security has rights to issue the said notice.
In BIFR Cases; for issuing a possession notice under section 13(4) of SARFAESI
73 Act, 2002, the secured creditor having ______shares in security has rights to issue 75% or more
the said notice.
SARFAESI: on every sale of immovable property, the purchaser shall on the same
74 day or not later than next working day, pay a deposit of ____% of the amount of sale 25%
price, inclusive of earnest money, if any, deposited.
SARFAESI: Purchaser shall pay the balance amount (75% of sale consideration) to
the authorized officer on or before 15th day of confirmation of sale or Such extended
75 Max. within 3 months
period as may be agreed between the purchaser and secured creditor, but subject to
within _____ Months from the date of confirmation of sale.
No sale of immovable property under these rules shall take place before the expiry of
76 ____ days from the date on which the public notice of sale is published in newspaper 30 days
(2 sale notices in 2 newspapers).
Proceeds of sale under SARFAESI: If after meeting the cost of removing

encumbrances and contingencies there is any surplus available out of money
77 15 days
deposited by the purchaser that surplus shall be paid to the purchaser within ____
days from the date of finalization of the sale.
The notice for sale should be served, affixed on conspicuous part of the property at
78 least ___ days before the conduct of e-auction. Also notice for public auction should 30 Days before
also be published at least 30 days before the conduct of e-auction.
Under e-Auction: In case the sale of property fails, and sale is required to be
conducted again, then the authorized officer should serve, affix the notice for sale at
79 15 days before
least ___ days the conduct of e-auction and also publish the notice for publish
auction at least 15 days before the conduct of e-auction.
For e-auction, reserve price is to be fixed at _____value of the securities under
80 Realizable Value
SARFAESI Act.
Benefits in cases settled under Lok Adalats:
81  No appeal will be entertained in any Court of Law with regard to cases decided by the Lok Adalats.
 Entire Court fees paid for filing suit will be returned and no lawyer fees is payable.
Monetary ceiling of cases to be referred to the Lok Adalat organized by Civil Courts
82 is Rs. ____ lacs. Further, if Lok Adalat is organized by DRTs/DRATs, cases can be Rs. 20 Lakhs
involved irrespective of the amounts.
Civil suit is to be filed immediately on approval but in any case, within a maximum
83 Within 03 Months
period of _____ months from the date of approval
Bank may file suits before Civil Courts when the amount of total debt due from the
84 borrowers is less than Rs.____ lakhs. < Rs. 20 Lakhs
(Circular No.: CCO/CPPD-ADV/93/2019 – 20 Date: Thu 26 Sep 2019)
Original Application (O.A.) in DRT is to be filed where the total amount of debt due
85 to the Bank is Rs. ____. >= Rs. 20 Lakhs
(Circular No.: CCO/CPPD-ADV/93/2019 – 20 Date: Thu 26 Sep 2019)
DRT: Original Application (OA) prepared by the Bank’s empanelled Advocate is to be
86 Bank’s Law Officer.
vetted by the _____.
Original Application (OA) is to be filed in DRT immediately on approval of Account
87 for transfer in Recalled Assets but in any case, within a maximum period of ____ Within 3 Months
months from the date of approval.
Where documents are getting time barred, Original Application (OA) in DRT is to be
88 2 months
filed ____ months before expiry of documents.
DRT: An Original Application in the prescribed format is to be drafted by the Bank’s
89 empanelled Advocate based on the facts/figures/documents provided by the branch Within 7 days
within ___ days from the date of handing over the facts/figures/documents.
There is a practice in some DRTs that the Summons are handed over to empanelled
Advocates of the Bank for service to the defendants. In such cases, it should be
90 Within 3 Days
ensured that the summons is dispatched through registered post with
acknowledgement due within 3 days to the borrowers/ guarantors.
DRT Cases: Call up notice is to be served on the Borrower(s)/Guarantor(s) through
Bank’s empanelled Advocate demanding payment of the Bank’s dues within ____
91 days. The call up notice should also contain Bank’s intention to realize the dues by Within 30 days
sale of securities and / or filing of Original Application (O.A.) for recovery of the
shortfall, if any.
On receipt of the application, the DRT shall issue summons requiring the Defendant
92 (s) to show cause, within ______ days, of the service of the summons as to why the within 30 days
reliefs prayed for in the Original Application (OA) should not be granted.
Application filed before DRT shall be disposed-off as early as possible but not later
93 180 days
than ___ days.
Time within which Borrower can file a petition in the DRT against Bank for having
94 45 days
taken possession of property within____ from the date of action of the Bank.
Maximum time within which DRT has to pass the order for the above - _____from
95 Within 4 months
the date of application in the DRT.
For making an appeal against order of DRT/DRAT time limit is revised to ___ days
96 30 Days
from receiving of order.
If the Bank decides to file an appeal against the Order of DRT, it should be filed in the prescribed format
and fee is to be paid as per the schedule below:
97 • Due Amount: Rs.10 lakh or more but less than Rs.30 lakh: Rs. 20000/-
• Due Amount: Rs.30 lakh or more Rs. 30000/-
If borrower decides to make appeal, ______ % of the order depending on the

98 appeal being made to State Commission/National Commission/Supreme Court 50% of the order
respectively has to be deposited.
________is a situation where liabilities of a person/firm exceed its assets and is

99 unable to pay debt obligations as assets may be illiquid and cash flows are not Insolvency
sufficient to pay debts.
_____ occurs when a court recognizes the insolvency which is beyond resolution. A
100 bankrupt entity is a debtor who has been adjudged as bankrupt by an Adjudicating Bankruptcy
Authority by passing a bankruptcy order.
Appeal against the order of The National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) can be filed
101 30 Days
within____ days of such order.
Compromise Settlement: The NPV of settlement amount should generally not be
102 Realizable Value
less than Net Present Value (NPV) of the ____value of the available securities.
In case of securities of Rs. ____ , two valuation reports from Bank’s approved valuers
103 have to be obtained and the higher value has to be taken into account for deciding the Rs. 1 Cr and above
compromise amount.
Compromise Settlement: Normally an initial deposit of at least ___% of the offer amount
104 5%
may be taken from the borrower.
Compromise Settlement: In cases where the amount is agreed to be recovered in instalments,
105 normally at least ____% of the approved settlement amount (inclusive of initial deposit) would 15%
be payable upfront with the balance instalments spread over a maximum period of 12 months.
Compromise Settlement: For calculation of NPV, the rate of discount should be taken as the Prevalent
Benchmark Rate (presently MCLR) for one-year tenor with annual rests and the maximum estimated time to
106
realize the securities may be taken as 5 years from the date of notice under section 13(2) in case of
SARFAESI action and 7 years from the date of filing suits in case of DRT / Court cases.
Repayments exceeding 12 months should not generally be considered unless the repayment source is assured
107 to the satisfaction of the Bank. Further, repayment period shall not be extended beyond a period of 18 months
without obtaining administrative approval from an official not below the rank of CGM.
Compromise Settlement: in case of willful defaulters, initial deposit under no lien accounts
108 will be ____% of offer amount and on approval of the compromise, upfront payment including 15%
initial deposit will be 25% of the approved compromise amount.
Compromise Settlement: If the compromise amount is payable in instalments,
interest at Prevalent Benchmark Rate (presently MCLR) for 6 months tenor is to be
109 Within 3 Months
charged on the compromise amount paid within ____ months from the date of
approval of compromise conveyed to the borrower.
Relending to the same Promoter / Guarantors whose earlier loans were closed under
compromise / OTS scheme:
Can be refinanced after cooling period of 3 years to the undernoted units:
110  To the unit of doing same activity
 Loan for a new venture by same promoter
 Loan for another unit (existing / new) of the same promoter, as a new connection.
 Compromise should be for the reason beyond the control of the promotors.
Sale of SMA-2 Accounts: Minimum Amount Eligible for Sale: The accounts with
111 aggregate outstanding of Rs. ________ only may be considered for sale to ARCs Rs. 50 Crore & above
where probability of account slipping into NPA is perceived as high.
Before sale of SMA-2, the accounts must have been in the Bank’s books for at least
___ years. However, in cases, where it is felt that sale of SMA-2 account is the best option
112 under the prevailing circumstances, the Group Head can decide on a period of less than 5 years 5 Years
in this regard. Nevertheless, in such cases also, the accounts must have remained in the Bank’s
books for a minimum period of 3 years.
Sale & Purchase of NPAs by Banks: Now no minimum holding period (earlier it was 2 years) for the bank
113 which wants to sell NPAs, But the purchasing Bank should hold the NPA for a minimum period of 12
months before it is sold further.
Additional funding facility. It will be standard for 12 months. If after 12 months any
114 Rehabilitation
account is in NPA, it will also be turn into NPA.
Amend in existing repayment duration. NPA account turns into NPA and are under
115 Restructuring
review for 12 months. If performance is satisfactory, it turns into Standard assets.
The ‘standard’ assets which are classified as NPAs and NPAs which are retained in the same category on
restructuring can only be upgraded when all outstanding facilities demonstrate satisfactory performance
116 during the period from the date of implementation of the Plan up to the date by which at least 10% (ten
percent) of the sum of outstanding principal debt as per the Plan and interest capitalization sanctioned as part
of the restructuring, if any, is repaid (“Monitoring Period”).
Utilization of fund in another activity of the firm like investment in fixed Assets,
utilization in long term in place of short term, creation of other assets. It doesn’t
117 Diversion of Funds
affect adversely so much to the unit but is not in conformity with the terms of
sanction.
It should be construed to occur if any funds borrowed from banks / Fis are utilized
118 Siphoning of Funds for purposes un-related to the operations of the borrower, to the detriment of the
financial health of the entity or of the lender.
Eligible Defaulter Borrowers/Guarantors for Publishing of Photographs

in Newspapers: who have been declared as wilful defaulters and total outstanding in
119 the accounts is Rs. ___. Rs. 3 Cr and above
(Education Loan borrowers are exempted for publication of Photographs).
In all cases, where names of borrowers including proprietors/ partners/ directors/ guarantors of
borrower firms/ companies have been declared as willful defaulters, an advance notice of not
120 less than _____days shall be issued by the branch without fail to the willful defaulters advising 15 Days
them of the Bank’s intent to publish their names and addresses, with photographs, in the
newspapers, before publishing the same.
The authority to accord permission for publishing of photographs in newspapers shall be an
officer heading the branch but not below the rank of AGM. In case, the branch is headed by an officer
121
below the rank of AGM, the approving authority for publication of photographs of willful defaulters shall be
the controller of the Branch. (Circular: Sl.No.: 495/2021–22 Dated 11.08.2021)
Asset Reconstruction Companies will be a Public Financial Institution with a minimum capital
122 Rs. 2 Crore
of Rs. _____.
123 Advance value refers to__ (Market Value – Margin)
124 Drawing Power is equal to Advance value or Limit, whichever is less.
125 Expand “CIRP” Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process
When an account is classified as NPA/insolvent, a forensic audit is conducted

126 What is Forensic Audit ?
in order to ascertain whether or not a fraud has taken place.
Forensic Audit should be conducted in the cases when the account turns SMA-2 / Non-Performing Asset (NPA)
/, Red Flagged Account (RFA) by examining:
127 i) Utilisation or otherwise of funds for approved purposes.
ii) Diversion / siphoning-off of funds, if any.
iii) Whether reasons for failure to service the loan(s) are reasonable / acceptable and if there is a willful default or not
When a fraud is declared in a group account / Company, by our Bank / another Bank in Consortium / Multiple
Banking Arrangement (MBA), the Forensic Audit of other entities of the group, banking with us should be
128
conducted within a maximum period of 4 months, from the date when the first member Bank reported the
account as RFA or Fraud in CRILC platform.
Forensic Audit is applicable, where:
 Accounts (SMA-2/NPA/RFA) with total limit of Rs. _____ under SOLE BANKING. Above Rs 50 Cr
129
 Accounts (SMA-2/NPA/RFA) with total limit of Rs. _____ under Consortium or
Above Rs 100 Cr
Multiple Banking Arrangements from all lenders.
Forensic Audit must be instituted within ____ weeks from the date of first such grounds / red
130 03 Weeks
flags for suspicion noticed.
Timeline: In case of sole banking accounts, the entire exercise (i.e. conducting Forensic Audit
131 & classifying account as Fraud or otherwise) including Forensic Audit should be completed in 6 Months
a maximum of ___ months’ time from the date the account has been classified as NPA / RFA.
Timeline: In case of Multiple Banking / Consortium, the forensic audit is to be completed within
132 a maximum period of three months from the date of Consortium meeting authorising the audit, 3 Months
leaving another ____ months’ time for other formalities.
Fraud is to be reported, if any, to RBI through Corporate Centre in format FMR – I within
133 ______weeks from the date of receipt of Forensic Audit Report on the same line as prevailing 3 Weeks
for reporting of frauds.
In cases where the Forensic Audit remains inconclusive or is delayed due to
134 noncooperation by the borrower, operating units shall undertake their own Within 30 Days
investigation / assessment within ____ days of the Forensic Audit Report.
Stock Audit in case of Standard accounts with FBWC Limit, TL exposure and NFB limits
135 Annually
aggregating to Rs.5 crore and above and having Internal rating of SB-5 and better.
136 Stock Audit in case of NPAs with balance of Rs.5 crores and above. Annually
Stock Audit in case of Standard accounts with FBWC Limit, TL exposure and NFB limits
137 Half Yearly
aggregating above Rs.5 crores and having Internal rating of SB-6 and below.
SRA would be conducted at ______ intervals for the following category of borrowers,
having exposure of Rs.5 crores and above irrespective of the credit rating:
138 Quarterly
 Commodity Traders
 IT enabled services
In case of take over advance: Stock and Receivables Audit is to be conducted prior to disbursement of any
139
credit facilities above Rs.5.00 crores except for units having CRA Rating of SB-5 and better.
What is Exposures in case of Term Loan: In case of Term Loans fully disbursed, the outstanding shall
be considered for calculation of TL exposure, and in cases where TL has not been fully disbursed, sanctioned
140
limit shall be considered as exposure. However, SRA shall not be applicable for stand-alone Term Loan
facilities, if no working capital or NFB WC limits are sanctioned along with TL.
Assigning / offering of Stock & Receivables audit to Bank’s empaneled Auditor.: ___ days
141 30 days before
before the due date of prescribed periodicity.
The timeline for the Auditor to complete the Stock & Receivables audit shall be maximum
142 45 days
____ days from the date of acceptance of banks offer
Where outstanding of individual receivables is Rs. Rs. 50 lacs & above, a certificate from the Stock & Receivables
143 Auditor about genuineness of receivables is to be obtained at yearly interval. Where the outstanding payable is Rs.50
lacs & above, the S&R auditor shall certify the genuineness of the same along with the S&R audit report.
A suitable written communication should be sent to borrowal unit within ____ days from
144 the date of receipt of the Stock & Receivables audit report, for rectification of deficiencies Within 7 days
in a time bound manner.
Stock & Receivables audit report: Preliminary action taken report is to be placed
145 before the Branch Head by the Relationship Manager / RMSME / FO of the account within Within 20 days
____ days from the date of receipt of the report.
Asset Reconstruction Companies will be a Public Financial Institution with a minimum
146 Rs. 2 Crore
capital of Rs. _____.
Resolution Plan (RP) will be required to be implemented where aggregate exposure of the
147 Rs. 2000 cr & above.
lenders is Rs. ______ w.e.f. 01.03.2018 (reference date)
The Staff Accountability Exercise to be completed and the report to be obtained within
148 Within 90 Days
___days of account slipped to NPA
In respect of NPA accounts with outstanding of Rs. ____ as on NPA date, Staff
149 Accountability need not be examined unless there is sufficient ground to believe the Below Rs. 10 Lakhs
existence of malafide or gross negligence.
Staff Accountability need not be fixed in case of NPA accounts which got upgraded/ closed,
150 without any sacrifice, within ___ days from date of NPA except cases of fraud, criminal Within 90 Days
offences, malafide etc.
Sale of Financial Assets under SARFAESI: Reserve price to be fixed at Realizable value of the
151 security and reason to be incorporated where variance / difference between Market Value and >15%
Realizable value is ___.
If tough stand is to be taken against willful-defaulters, in-principal approval from __ is
152 GM
necessary to be obtained.
IRAC (Income Recognition and Asset Classification Code) Norms
Principal / Interest / both not served up to 90 days RG-04 (Sub-Standard)
If Account remains up to 1 year in the Substandard category RG-05 (Doubtful-1)
If Account remains Less Than 2 years in the Substandard category RG-06 (Doubtful-2)
If Account remains up to 3 years in the Substandard category RG-07 (Doubtful-3)
If security erosion is more than 90% RG-08 (Loss Assets)
KCC- The NPA tracking henceforth shall be as under
Due date of repayment /
Crop Period NPA Reckon date
limit expiry
Short Term Crop, system “Crop Season Period for IRAC” as 24 months (2 crop
auto populates 12 Months season). In this ideal situation, RKCC account will
‘MDL expiry date’ for 12 months become NPA at the end of 36 months if not renewed.
Long Term Crop, “Crop Season Period for IRAC” as 18 months (One crop
system auto populates 18 Months season) In this ideal situation, RKCC account will become
‘MDL expiry date’ for 18 months NPA at the end of 36 months if not renewed.
CBS “ARREAR CONDITIONS”
Arrear
Description/ Nature of irregularity Movement of IRAC Status Applicable to
Conditions
501 EMI overdue: 7-29 days 0 1 DL / TL
504 1EMI => 30 days overdue 0/1 2 DL / TL
505 2 EMI => 30 days overdue 0/1/2 3 DL / TL
506 3 EMI => 30 days overdue 0/1/2/3 4 DL / TL
601 Interest Not Serviced for 7 to 29 days 0 1 CC / OD
602 Interest Not Serviced >= 30 days 1 2 CC / OD
611 Age of Stock Statement >= 97 days 0 1 CC / OD
612 Age of Stock Statement >=120 days 1 2 CC / OD
621 Renewal due >= 97 days 0 1 CC / OD
631 Stock Statement >= 365 days 0/1/2/3 4 CC / OD
701 Irregularity 7 to 29 days 0 1 CC / OD / DL / TL
702 Irregularity >=30 days 1 2 CC / OD / DL / TL
703 Irregularity >= 60 days 2 3 CC / OD / DL / TL
704 Irregularity >= 90 days 3 4 CC / OD / DL / TL
711 Security Erosion >50% 4 5 CC / OD / DL / TL
712 Security Erosion > 90% 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7 8 CC / OD / DL / TL
801 Sub Standard >= 1 year 4 5 CC / OD / DL / TL
802 Doubtful >= 1 year 5 6 CC / OD / DL / TL
803 Doubtful >= 2 year 6 7 CC / OD / DL / TL

Chapter – 15 Priority Sector Lending
Domestic
Small Primary Urban commercial banks Foreign banks
Regional Rural & Foreign banks
Categories Finance Co-operative with less than
Banks with 20 branches 20 branches
Banks Bank
and above
75% of ANBC or 40% of ANBC or
FY wise (@) % of
CEOBE whichever CEOBE whichever
ANBC or CEOBE,
is higher; However, is higher; out of
75% of whichever is 40% of Adjusted Net
lending to Medium which up to 32%
higher. Bank Credit (ANBC)
Enterprises, Social ANBC or can be in the form
Total Priority or Credit Equivalent
Infrastructure and CEOBE @31.03.2020:40% of lending to
Sector of Off-Balance Sheet
Renewable Energy whichever is Exports and not
31.03.2021: 45% Exposures (CEOBE)
shall be reckoned higher. less than
31.03.2022: 50% whichever is higher 8% can be to any
for priority sector
31.03.2023: 60% other priority
achievement only
31.03.2024: 75% sector
up to 15% of ANBC.
18% of ANBC or
18% ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is CEOBE, whichever is
higher; out of which a target of higher; out of which
Agriculture Not Applicable a target of 10%# is
10%# is prescribed for Small and
prescribed for Small
Marginal Farmers and Marginal
Farmers
Micro 7.5% of ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is higher

Enterprises
Advances to 15% of
weaker ANBC or CEOBE, 12%# of ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is higher
section whichever is higher
# Revised targets for SMFs and Weaker Section will be implemented in a phased manner as indicated below:
The targets for lending to SMFs and for Weaker Sections shall be revised upwards from FY 2021-22 onwards as follows
Financial Year Small & Marginal Farmer Target * Weaker Section Target $
2020-21 8% 10%
2021-22 9% 11%
2022-23 9.50% 11.50%
2023-24 10% 12%
* Not applicable to UCBs

$ Weaker Sections target for RRBs will continue to be 15% of ANBC or CEOBE, whichever is higher
Export Credit (not applicable to RRBs and LABs)
Domestic banks / Wholly Owned Subsidiary Foreign banks with 20 Foreign banks with less
of Foreign banks/ SFBs/ UCBs branches and above than 20 branches
Incremental export credit over corresponding date Incremental export credit over
of the preceding year, up to 2% of ANBC or CEOBE Export credit up to 32% of
corresponding date of the preceding
whichever is higher, subject to a sanctioned limit of ANBC or CEOBE whichever
year, up to 2% of ANBC or CEOBE
up to ₹ 40 crore per borrower is higher.
whichever is higher.
Revised Classification of MSM Enterprises applicable w.e.f 1st July 2020 (Investment
in Plant & Machinery/equipment and Annual Turnover)
Classification Micro Enterprises Small Enterprises Medium Enterprises
Manufacturing Enterprises
Investment in P&M = 1 Cr. Investment in P&M = 10 Cr. Investment in P&M = 50 Cr.
and
Service Enterprises Max Turnover = 5 Cr. Max Turnover = 50 Cr. Max Turnover = 250 Cr.
Priority Sector Lending – Lending by banks to NBFCs for On-Lending

(Not applicable to RRBs, UCBs, SFBs and LABs)
Agriculture: On-lending by NBFCs for ‘Term lending’ component under Agriculture
01 ₹ 10 lakhs
will be allowed up to _____per borrower.
Micro & Small enterprises: On-lending by NBFC will be allowed up to ₹ ___ per
02 ₹ 20 lakhs
borrower
Housing: Bank loans to Housing Finance Companies (HFCs), approved by NHB for
their refinance, for on-lending for the purpose of purchase / construction /
03 ₹ 20 lakhs
reconstruction of individual dwelling units or for slum clearance and rehabilitation of
slum dwellers, subject to an aggregate loan limit of ₹ ___per borrower.
Bank credit to NBFCs (including HFCs) for on-lending will be allowed up to an overall
04 5% of Total PSL
limit of ____% of individual bank’s total priority sector lending.
Loans to individuals for educational purposes, including vocational courses, not
05 exceeding ₹ _____ lakh will be considered as eligible for priority sector classification. ₹ 20 lakhs
Loans currently classified as priority sector will continue till maturity
Loans to individuals up to ₹ ______ in metropolitan centres (with population of
10 lakh and above) for purchase/construction of a dwelling unit per family, are
06 ₹ 35 Lacs
eligible to be considered as priority sector provided the overall cost of the dwelling
unit in the metropolitan centre does not exceed ₹ 45 Lacs.
Loans to individuals up to ₹ ______ in other centres for purchase/construction
07 of a dwelling unit per family, are eligible to be considered as priority sector provided ₹ 25 Lacs
the overall cost of the dwelling unit in the other centres does not exceed ₹ 30 Lacs.
Loans up to ₹___ lakh in metropolitan centres and up to ₹___ lakh in other centres for Metro = ₹ 10 lakh
08
repairs to damaged dwelling units conforming to the overall cost of the dwelling unit. Other = ₹ 6 lakh
Bank loans to any governmental agency for construction of dwelling units or for slum
09 clearance and rehabilitation of slum dwellers subject to dwelling units with carpet area 60 Sq. Mtr
of not more than _____.
 Agriculture
 MSM Enterprises
 Export Credit
10 Priority Sector includes the following categories:
 Education & Housing
 Social Infrastructure
 Renewable Energy and Others
All loans to units in the KVI sector will be eligible for classification under the sub-target
11 7.5%
of ___% prescribed for Micro Enterprises under priority sector
Farm Credit: (Individuals) Loans against pledge/hypothecation of agricultural produce (including warehouse
receipts) for a period not exceeding 12 months subject to a limit up to Rs. ___ against:
12 • Negotiable Warehouse Receipts (NWR) / electronic Negotiable Warehouse Receipts (eNWR) ₹ 75 lakh
• Warehouse receipts other than NWRs/eNWRs. ₹ 50 lakh
Farm Credit: (Non-Individuals) Loans to corporate farmers, farmers’ producer

organizations/companies of individual farmers, partnership firms and co-operatives of farmers
directly engaged in Agriculture and Allied Activities. Loans for the following activities will be
subject to an aggregate limit of ₹ _______ per borrowing entity:
(i) Crop loans to farmers which will include traditional/non-traditional plantations and
horticulture and loans for allied activities. ₹ 2 Cr
13 (ii) Medium and long-term loans for agriculture and allied activities (e.g. purchase of
agricultural implements and machinery and developmental loans for allied activities).
(iii) Loans for pre and post-harvest activities viz. spraying, harvesting, grading and transporting
of their own farm produce
Loans up to ₹_____ per borrowing entity to FPOs/FPCs undertaking farming with assured
₹ 5 Cr
marketing of their produce at a pre-determined price.
Agriculture Infrastructure: For the below loans, an aggregate sanctioned limit of ₹ ____ per
borrower from the banking system, will classified under-
• Loans for construction of storage facilities (warehouse, market yards, godowns and silos)
including cold storage units/cold storage chains designed to store agriculture
14 produce/products, irrespective of their location. ₹ 100 Cr
• Soil conservation and watershed development.
• Plant tissue culture and agri-biotechnology, seed production, production of bio-pesticides,
bio-fertilizer, and vermi composting.
Loans up to ₹ ______ to co-operative societies of farmers for
₹ 5 Cr
disposing of the produce of members comes under
Loans up to ₹____ to Start-ups, as per definition of Ministry of Commerce
15 Ancillary Activities ₹ 50 Cr
and Industry, GOI that are engaged in agriculture and allied services.
Loans for Food and Agro-processing up to an aggregate sanctioned limit
₹ 100 Cr
of ₹ _____ per borrower from the banking system.
Ancillary Activities: For the purpose of

Landholding = 1 Hec. (Marginal Farmer)
16 computation of achievement of the sub-target, Small
Landholding = >1 Hec. to 2 Hec. (Small Farmer)
and Marginal Farmers will include the following: -
For the purpose of computation of achievement of the sub-target, Small and Marginal Farmers will
17 include Loans up to ₹ ______ to individuals solely engaged in Allied activities without ₹ 2 lakhs
any accompanying land holding criteria.
Bank credit to registered NBFCs (other than MFIs) towards on-lending for ‘Term lending’
18 ₹ 10 lakhs
component under agriculture will be allowed up to ₹ ___ per borrower
Social Loans up to a limit of ₹____ per borrower for setting up schools,
Infrastructure drinking water facilities and sanitation facilities including construction/
₹ 5 Cr.
refurbishment of household toilets and water improvements at
19 In case of UCBs, the said household level, etc.
limits are applicable only in
centres having a population Loans up to a limit of ₹____ crore per borrower for building health care
₹ 10 Cr.
of less than one lakh. facilities including under ‘Ayushman Bharat’ in Tier II to Tier VI centres.
Bank loans up to a limit of ₹ _____ to borrowers for purposes like solar
based power generators, biomass-based power generators, windmills,
micro-hydel plants and for non-conventional energy based public ₹ 30 Cr.
20 Renewable Energy utilities, viz., street lighting systems and remote village electrification
etc., will be eligible for Priority Sector classification.
For individual households, the loan limit will be ₹____ per borrower. ₹ 10 lakhs
Loan facility extended by NBFC-Micro Finance Institutions (MFIs): Eligibility Criteria for PSL:
Loan which is disbursed by NBFC-MFIs to a borrower with household annual income not exceeding
21
₹1,25,000 for Rural and ₹2,00,000 for Urban/semi-urban households.
22 Loan does not exceed ₹ 75,000/- in the first cycle and ₹___ in the subsequent cycles. ₹ 1,25,000/-
Total indebtedness of the borrower does not exceed ₹_____ (excluding loan for
23 ₹ 1,25,000/-
education and medical expenses);
The limit of the loans extended by NBFC-MFIs for which the tenure of the loan shall
24 not be less than 24 months, has been raised to ₹ ___/- with right to borrower of ₹ 30,000/-
prepayment without penalty.
The following loans as per the prescribed limits are eligible for priority sector classification:
• Loans not exceeding ₹1.00 lakh per borrower provided directly by the banks to individuals and individual
members of SHG/JLG, provided the individual borrower’s household annual income is ₹1.00 lakh in rural
areas and ₹1.60 lakh for non-rural areas, and
• Loans not exceeding ₹2.00 lakh provided directly by banks to SHG/JLG for activities other than
25 agriculture or MSME, viz., loans for meeting social needs, construction or repair of house, construction of
toilets or any viable common activity started by the SHGs.
• Loans to distressed persons [other than distressed farmers indebted to noninstitutional lenders] not
exceeding ₹ 1.00 lakh per borrower to prepay their debt to non-institutional lenders.
• Loans up to ₹ 50 crore to Start-ups, as per definition of Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Govt. of India
that are engaged in activities other than Agriculture or MSME.
No loan related and adhoc service charges/inspection charges should be levied on
26 priority sector loans up to ₹_____. In the case of eligible priority sector loans to SHGs/ ₹ 25,000/-
JLGs, this limit will be applicable per member and not to the group as a whole.
Priority sector loans to the following borrowers will be considered as lending under Weaker Sections category
• Overdrafts upto ₹ 10,000/- under PMJDY accounts (with age limit of 18-65 years),
No conditions will be attached for OD upto Rs. 2000/- (MSMEs)
• Small and Marginal Farmers
• Artisans, village and cottage industries where individual credit limits do not exceed ₹1 lakh
• Beneficiaries under Government Sponsored Schemes such as National Rural Livelihood Mission (NRLM), National Urban
Livelihood Mission (NULM) and Self Employment Scheme for Rehabilitation of Manual Scavengers (SRMS)
• Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes
• Beneficiaries of Differential Rate of Interest (DRI) scheme
• Self Help Groups
• Distressed farmers indebted to non-institutional lenders
• Distressed persons other than farmers, with max loan amount of ₹ 1 lakh per borrower to prepay their debt to
noninstitutional lenders
• Individual women beneficiaries up to ₹1 lakh per borrower
• Persons with disabilities
• Minority communities as may be notified by Government of India from time to time.
Monitoring of Priority Sector Lending targets: To ensure continuous flow of credit

27 Quarterly
to priority sector, the compliance of banks will be monitored on ‘_____ basis.
Housing loans to banks’ own employees are not eligible for classification under priority
28 TRUE
sector.
For the purpose of identifying the economically weaker sections and low-income groups,
the family income limit is revised to ₹_____ per annum for EWS and ₹_____ per EWS: Rs. 3 Lakhs LIG:
29
annum for LIG, in alignment with the income criteria specified under the Pradhan Rs. 6 Lakhs
Mantri Awas Yojana.
The loans sanctioned by banks for housing projects exclusively for the purpose of
30 construction of houses for economically weaker sections and low-income ₹ 10 Lacs
groups, the total cost of which does not exceed ₹ ____ per dwelling unit.
All Priority Sector Lending Certificates (PSLCs) will be valid till 31st March and will expire
31 01st April each year
on_____.
 PSLC General
 PSLC Small and Marginal Farmer
32 There are only four eligible categories of PSLCs i.e.
 PSLC Agriculture
 PSLC Micro Enterprises
Foreign banks with less than 20 branches are not allowed to reckon ______towards
33 fulfilment of their incremental target for lending to sectors other than exports beyond PSLC General
the overall target of 32 per cent.
34 The trade summary of PSLC market is available to the participants through the__ RBI’s “e-Kuber” portal
________transactions taking place through the Trade Receivables Discounting System

35 (TReDS) shall also be eligible for classification under priority sector upon Factoring Transactions
operationalization of the platform.
SHG- Self Help Group is a voluntary homogenous group of _______ individuals.
However, in hilly tracks/ regions and tribal dominated areas, where communities are
36 10 to 20 individuals
dispersed, the minimum size of SHG can be of 5 members. The SHG shall not consist of
more than 20 persons.
 Minutes Book
 Savings and Loan register
37 Books to be maintained by a SHG.-
 Weekly/Fortnightly/Monthly
Register  Members Passbook.
Using Local Book Writers – Sharing of Expenses: To share the cost of book writing paid to
38 Local book writers engaged in maintaining books of accounts to the extent of Rs._____ /- per SHG Rs. 25/-
per month.
Incentives to NGOs: Rs. _______/- per SHG
(For this the NGO should be in existence for a minimum period of 3 years) 50% of the Incentive will
39 Rs. 750/-
be given on formation of SHG and opening of Savings Bank account with the Bank, and Remaining
50% after three 03 months from the date of credit linking with the Bank.
40 SHG Members should not have multiple membership in ___ or more SHGs. 2 or more
Meetings of SHG members should be conducted at regular intervals ____ and

41 At least once in a month
attendance and participation of members should be satisfactory.
For selection of SHGs for linkage: The group should have satisfactory internal
42 06 Months
savings and credit activity for at least ______months.
As per operational guidelines issued by NABARD, SHGs may be sanctioned savings
linked loans by banks (varying from a saving to loan ratio of _________. However, in 1:1 to 1:4
43
case of matured SHGs, loans may be given beyond the limit of four times the savings as (i.e. 4 times of corpus).
per the discretion of the bank.
Loan amount can be disbursed fully in ‘______’. All transactions are routed through the
44 “Cash”
Saving Bank Account of the SHG.

Arohan 2024 With 2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Arohan 2024 With 2023

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Arohan 2024 With 2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

(For Internal Circulation Only)-

(Auto Loan: Products & Features)

By: Neeraj Kumar Sahu

(For Internal Circulation Only)

Sl. Questions Answers

New Car loan and

Parameter Seizure under Loan Agreement Seizure under SARFAESI

When the account is irregular for more

Enabling Law Terms of Loan Agreement SARFAESI Act

Police help can be taken after approaching Chief Metropolitan

CIC Score 700 & above

Min: Rs. 1.00 Lakhs Margin 15% of On-Road Price

Obtaining of Collateral Security is waived

Super Bike Loan Scheme

Repayment 48 Months or 60 years of Age, whichever is earlier

Processing Fee 2% of Loan Amount (Maximum = Rs. 10000/-)

Capacity = 500 Cubic Capacity (CC) or more

Eligible Age 21 – 57 Years

Processing Fee 2% of Loan + GST

Up to 50% = For other applicants

Age 21 – 57 Years Margin 15% of On-Road Price

Min-50000/-, Max-3.00 Lacs Repayment Min-12 Months, Max-48 Months

AROHAN (A Series of Learning )

(Xpress Credit and Pension Loan)

(For Internal Circulation Only)

Chapter – 2 Xpress Credit and Pension Loan: Products & Features

Minimum CIC Stipulation: for Normal Xpress Credit Scheme.

Xpress Credit – ELITE (for Senior

• Review of loan to be done if 2 months’ instalments are overdue

Tenure Minimum 6 months to maximum 24 months

Xpress Credit Insta Top-up through YONO

• Existing Xpress Credit Loan Borrowers: With

Where Residual Maturity is: Then, Loan Tenure will be:

Loan Tenure 12 Months to 35 Months Max-12 Months Only

36 Months to 48 Months Max-36 Months

Facility Demand Loan

Insta Pension Top-up Loan through YONO

• Existing Pension Loan Borrowers: With

20% of Pension Loan Limit (Existing Loan Limit)

Facility Demand Loan

SBI Pension Loan to Regular SBI Pension Loan to Family

Min. Loan Rs. 25000/- Rs. 25000/- Rs. 25000/-

Maximum of 18 months’ pension Maximum of 18 months’ pension

Repayment 72 months (Loan to be repaid by 78 years of age)

Facility Demand Loan Demand Loan Term Loan

Sl. Questions Answers

Overdues seen in the CIBIL Report would be dealt with as below:

22 Platinum Salary Package customers 0.50% in Rate of Interest

Criteria Primary CIC Secondary CIC

Loans up to Rs.4 lacs CIBIL Not Applicable

Loans above Rs.4 lacs CIBIL Experian

If no hit under (2) above CRIF High Marks Equifax

(Core Banking Solutions)

By: Neeraj Kumar Sahu

(For Internal Circulation Only)

Sl. Questions Answers

Sl. No. Questions Answers

23 CGL/BGL cash Difference A/c 1204505001